Quantcast
Channel: Uncategorized – New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 678 articles
Browse latest View live

TENAPANOR

$
0
0

Tenapanor structure.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | Tenapanor | C50H66Cl4N8O10S2

Tenapanor.png

Image result for tenapanor

2D chemical structure of 1234423-95-0

Tenapanor

Molecular FormulaC50H66Cl4N8O10S2

Average mass1145.049 Da

1234423-95-0 [RN]

1234423-95-0 (free base)   1234365-97-9 (2HCl)

9652

3-((S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)-N-(26-((3-((S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)phenyl)sulfonamido)-10,17-dioxo-3,6,21,24-tetraoxa-9,11,16,18-tetraazahexacosyl)benzenesulfonamide

Benzenesulfonamide, N,N’-(10,17-dioxo-3,6,21,24-tetraoxa-9,11,16,18-tetraazahexacosane-1,26-diyl)bis[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]-

12,15-Dioxa-2,7,9-triazaheptadecanamide, 17-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulfonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulfonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl]-8-oxo-

1-[2-[2-[2-[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-4-yl]phenyl]sulfonylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl]-3-[4-[2-[2-[2-[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-4-yl]phenyl]sulfonylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethylcarbamoylamino]butyl]urea

17-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-Dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulfonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulfonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl]-8-oxo-12,15-dioxa-2,7,9-triazaheptadecanamide

WYD79216A6
1-[2-[2-[2-[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-4-yl]phenyl]sulfonylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl]-3-[4-[2-[2-[2-[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-4-yl]phenyl]sulfonylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethylcarbamoylamino]butyl]urea
AZD1722
N,N’-(10,17-Dioxo-3,6,21,24-tetraoxa-9,11,16,18-tetraazahexacosane-1,26-diyl)bis{3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-4-isoquinolinyl]benzenesulfonamide}
N,N’-(10,17,-Dioxo-3,6,21,24-tetraoxa-9,11,16,18-tetraazahexacosane-1,26-diyl)bis(((4S)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide)
RDX-5791
UNII:WYD79216A6
Inhibits intestinal sodium-hydrogen exchanger 3.

Tenapanor, also known as AZD-1722 and RDX 5791, is an inhibitor of the sodium-proton (Na(+)/H(+)) exchanger NHE3, which plays a prominent role in sodium handling in the gastrointestinal tract and kidney. Tenapanor possesses an excellent preclinical safety profile and, as of now, there are no serious concerns about its side effects.

Tenapanor is a drug developed by Ardelyx, which acts as an inhibitor of the sodium-proton exchanger NHE3. This antiporterprotein is found in the kidney and intestines, and normally acts to regulate the levels of sodium absorbed and secreted by the body. When administered orally, tenapanor selectively inhibits sodium uptake in the intestines, limiting the amount absorbed from food, and thereby reduces levels of sodium in the body.[1] This may make it useful in the treatment of chronic kidney disease and hypertension, both of which are exacerbated by excess sodium in the diet.[2]

Ardelyx and licensees Kyowa Hakko Kirin and Fosun Pharma are developing tenapanor, an NHE3 (Na+/H+ exchange-3) inhibitor that increases fluid content in the GI tract and which also reduces GI tract pain via an unknown TRPV-1-dependent pathway, for treating constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome (IBS-C) and hyperphosphatemia in patients with end stage renal disease (ESRD).

Syn

PATENT

WO2010078449

PATENT

WO-2019091503

A novel crystalline form of tenapanor free base, process for its preparation, composition comprising it and its use for the preparation of tenapanor with chemical purity >98.8% is claimed. Also claimed are salt forms of tenapanor, preferably tenapanor phosphate and their use for treating irritable bowel syndrome, constipation, hyperphosphatemia, final stage renal failure, chronic kidney disease and preventing excess sodium in patients with kidney and heart conditions. Further claimed are processes for the preparation of tenapanor comprising the steps of reaction of a diamine compound with 1,4-diisocyanatobutane, followed by deprotection and condensation to obtain tenapanor. Novel intermediates of tenapanor and their use for the preparation of tenapanor are claimed. Tenapanor is known to be a sodium hydrogen exchanger 3 inhibitor and analgesic.

enapanor, having the chemical name 17-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulphonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl -4-isoquinolinyl] phenyl] sulphonyl] amino] ethoxy] ethoxy ] ethyl] – 8 -oxo- 12,15 -dioxa-2 ,7,9-triazaheptadecaneamide, is a selective inhibitor of the sodium protonic NHE3 antiporter. Orally administered tenapanor selectively inhibits the absorption of sodium in the intestine. This leads to an increase of water content in the digestive tract, improved bowel flow and normalization of the frequency of bowel movement and stool consistency. At the same time it exhibits antinociceptive activity and ability to lower serum phosphate levels. Because of these properties, it is clinically tested for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome, especially when accompanied by constipation, treatment of hyperphosphatemia, especially in patients with dialysis with final stage renal failure, treatment of chronic kidney disease, and prevention of excess sodium in patients with kidney and heart conditions. The tenapanor molecule, which was first described in the international patent application WO 2010/078449, has the following structural formula:

In this document, tenapanor was prepared as bishydrochloride salt. The bishydrochloride salt was prepared only in the form of an amorphous foam, which, after solidification, required grinding for further processing. However, the thus obtained particles are of varying sizes, while a narrow particle size distribution is required for pharmaceutical use in order to ensure uniform behavior. The amorphous foam obtained in the said document is essentially a thickened reaction mixture or a slightly purified reaction mixture containing, in addition to tenapanor, various impurities. The possibilities to purify the reaction mixtures are limited. Moreover, amorphous foams tend to adsorb solvents, and it is usually difficult to remove (or dry out) the residual solvents from the amorphous foam. This is undesirable for pharmaceutical use. A typical feature of amorphous foams is a large specific surface, resulting in a greater interaction of the substance with the surrounding environment. This significantly increases the risk of decomposition of the substance, for example through air oxygen, moisture or light. The present invention aims at overcoming these problems.

It would be advantageous to provide tenapanor solid forms (tenapanor free base or tenapanor salts) which are precipitated in solid forms, thus allowing to filter off the liquid reaction mixture containing the impurities. This results in a significantly improved purity.

The process used in WO 2010/078449 for the preparation of bishydrochloride salt of tenapanor was based on the preparation of 3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzene-l-sulfonyl chloride of formula III from 4-(3-bromophenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l, 2,3,4-te

Scheme 1

The said document also discloses resolution of the starting tetrahydroisoquinoline of formula II by L-or D-dibenzoylt

(II) (S-II) (R-II)

Scheme 2

WO 2010/078449 discloses further steps of preparation of tenapanor, as shown in Scheme 3.

(V) (I)

Scheme 3

Individual synthetic steps described in Scheme 3 result in low yields: 42% for the reaction of the chloride of formula III with 2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethylamine of formula IV, and 59% for the subsequent reaction with 1,4-diisocyanatobutane of formula V. The products of both synthetic steps are isolated by preparative chromatography which is technologically an unsuitable isolation and purification technique. The low yields and the need to use preparative chromatography for the isolation are caused by an abundance of side products and impurities and by the inability of the intermediates as well as of the product to provide a crystalline form.

Thus present invention thus further aims at providing a method of preparation of tenapanor which would be economically effective, in particular in relation to the expensive starting compound 4-(3-bromophenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, and which would also enable industrial scale production, in particular by removing steps which cannot be scaled up effectively or which cannot be scaled up at all. Furthermore, the method of preparation of tenapanor should provide tenapanor in a form which is useful for use in pharmaceutical forms and does not have the disadvantages of an amorphous foam.

Tenapanor free base in the form of an amorphous solid foam was prepared by the procedure disclosed in patent application WO 2010/078449, Example 202. The chemical purity of the tenapanor prepared by this procedure was 96.5% (HPLC). The structure of tenapanor was verified by MS and H and 13C NMR spectra.

Step A

Preparation of (5)- -(3-(benzylthio)phenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline

Potassium carbonate (9.30 g) and anhydrous xylene (500 ml) were added to the reaction vessel. Benzyl mercaptane (25 g) was added dropwise to the stirred mixture under ice -cooling. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for lh.

(S)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline 50 g in anhydrous xylene (500 ml), Pd2(dba)3 (3 g) and Xantphos (3 g). The resulting solution was stirred at 25 °C for 30 minutes and then added to a solution of benzyl mercaptane. The resulting reaction mixture was maintained at 140 °C for 16 h. The mixture was then concentrated and the residue was subjected to preparative chromatography on silica gel with the mobile phase ethyl acetate / petroleum ether (1: 100-1 :50). 20 g of product are obtained as a yellow oil (36% yield).

Ste B

Preparation of (5) -3 -(6 , 8 -dichloro-2 -methyl- 1,2,3 ,4-tetr ahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulf onyl chloride hydrochloride

(S)-4-(3-(benzylthio)phenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (16 g) was dissolved in the reaction vessel in acetic acid/water (160 mL: 16 mL) mixture. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and then gaseous Cl2 was introduced into the well stirred mixture. After disappearance of the starting material, the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and concentrated in vacuo. A product (10 g, 66.6%) was obtained as a colorless substance.

Step C

Preparation of (S)-N-(2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l, 2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

2-(2-(2-Aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethylamine HC1 (30 g; 0.2 mol) and triethylamine (5.2 g; 52 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (500 ml) and the mixture was chilled in an ice bath. (S)-3-(6,8-Dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonyl chloride hydrochloride (10 g; 26 mmol) was added in parts during 40 minutes to the chilled reaction mixture. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at laboratory temperature for additional 30 minutes.

The dichloromethane solution was extracted three times by brine (2x 250 ml), dried over sodium sulphate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified using preparative chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane-methanol mobile phase.

Yield 7.2 g. HRMS 502.1247 [M+H]+, C22H29CI2N3O4S.

Step D

Preparation of 17-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl]sulphonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(4S)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl -4-isoquinolinyl] phenyl] sulphonyl] amino] ethoxy] ethoxy ] ethyl] – 8 -oxo- 12,15 -dioxa-2 ,7,9-triazah

(S)-N-(2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (5g; 10 mmol) prepared in step A was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). Triethylamine (1.5 g; 14.9 mmol) and 1 ,4-diisocyanatobutane (0.48 g; 3.4 mmol) were added to the solution. The reaction mixture was cooled using ice and stirred overnight. The resulting fine suspension was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated and the obtained product was purified by preparative chromatography on on silica gel with dichloromethane-methanol mixture as a mobile phase

Yield: 2 g of tenapanor in the form of amorphous solid foam. HPLC purity 96.5 %.

HRMS 1143.3186 [M+H]+, C5oH66Cl4N8010S2. *H NMR (500MHz, DMSO, ppm):7.69-7.66 (m, 6H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 6H), 6.89 (bs, 2H), 5.9 (t, 2H), 5.79 (t, 2H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 3.7 (dd, 4H), 3.44-3.44 (m, 8H), 3.35 (dd, 8H), 3.12 (dd, 4H), 2.96-2.64 (m, 12H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 1.31 (bs, 4H).

Ste E

Preparation of bishydrochloride salt of tenapanor

Tenapanor free base (1 g; 0.85 mmol) prepared in step B was dissolved in a mixture of methanol (10 ml) and 4M aqueous HCl (0.5 ml; 2 mmol) under mild reflux. The solution was concentrated on rotary vacuum evaporator, and the title product was obtained in the yield of 1 g of amorphous solid foam.

Example 1

Preparation of tenapanor, crystalline form I

Tenapanor free base (200 mg, 0.17 mmol), prepared as in step D of the comparative example, was dissolved in 0.4 ml acetonitrile under mild reflux. The clear solution was cooled at the rate of 1 °C/min with stirring to laboratory temperature (i.e., range from 22 °C to 26 °C) and then stirred for additional 2 hours at this temperature. The resulting crystals were isolated by filtration on sintered glass filter and dried for 6 hours in a vacuum oven at 40 °C. Crystallization yield was 170 mg of crystalline form I of tenapanor. HPLC showed a purity of 99.5%.

Examples 4 to 9 illustrate the inventive method of preparation of crystalline tenapanor.

Example 4

Preparation of (5)- -(3-(benzylthio)phenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline

DIPEA (9.6 mL) and anhydrous dioxane (100 mL) were added to a reaction vessel. Benzyl mercaptan (8.1 ml) was added dropwise to the stirred mixture under ice -cooling. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for lh.

In a second reaction vessel, (S)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (21.2 g) in anhydrous dioxane (140 mL), Pd2(dba)3 (835 mg)and Xantphos (835 mg) were mixed. The resulting solution was stirred at 25 °C for 30 minutes and then added to the solution of benzyl mercaptan. The resulting reaction mixture was maintained at gentle reflux for 3 hours.

After cooling, the suspension obtained was filtered through a thin layer of celite. HC1 was added to the filtrate. The precipitated hydrochloride was isolated by filtration, washed well and dried. 21 g of pinkish product were obtained (81.6% yield).

Example 5

Preparation of (5) -3 -(6 , 8 -dichloro-2 -methyl- 1,2,3 ,4-tetr ahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulf onyl chloride hydrochlorid

(S)-4-(3-(benzylthio)phenyl)-6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline hydrochloride (11.1 g) was stirred in DCM/2M HC1 (70 mL:6 mL) mixture in a reaction vessel. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and then gaseous Cl2 was introduced into the vigorously stirred mixture. After disappearance of the starting material, the resulting suspension was bubbled through by nitrogen and the product was filtered off and washed with DCM. 9.2 g of white product was obtained (82.7% yield).

Example 6

In the reaction vessel, t-butyl 2-(2-(2-amionoethoxy)ethoxy)ethylcarbamate (21.8 g) was stirred in DCM. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath under an inert atmosphere. To the cooled solution was

added 1 ,4-diisocyanatobutane (6.14 g) and TEA (0.1 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 2 h.

35% HCl was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred under gentle reflux overnight.

After cooling, the precipitated product was filtered off and washed with DCM.

The product was recrystallized from propan-2-ol. 22.3 g of white product was obtained (80% yield).

Example 7

Preparation of (5)-N-(2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l , 2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

(S)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonyl chloride hydrochloride (11.7 g) prepared in Example 2 was stirred in dichloromethane (100 ml) and the suspension was cooled in an ice bath. To the cooled suspension was added a solution of t-butyl 2-(2-(2-amionoethoxy)ethoxy)ethylcarbamate (6.8 g) and DIPEA (14 ml) in DCM (50 ml). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 hours in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was extracted twice with water. Concentrated HCl (15 mL) was added to the dichloromethane solution and the mixture heated at gentle reflux for 2 h.

The precipitated product, after cooling, was extracted into water. The aqueous phase was separated and basified with Na2C03. The product as the free base was extracted into DCM and the dichloromethane solution was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. 12.9 g of product were obtained.

Yield 93.4%. HRMS 502.1247 [M+H]+, C22H29CI2N3O4S.

Example 8

Preparation of 17-[[[3-[(45)-6,8-dichloro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl] sulfonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(45)-6,8-dichloro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl] phenyl] sulf onyl] amino] ethoxy ] ethoxy ] ethyl] – 8 -oxo- 12,15 -dioxa-2 ,7 ,9-triazaheptadecanamide (tenapanor free base)

(S)-N-(2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin- 4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (12.9 g) prepared in Example 4 was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 ml). To the solution was added triethylamine (0.3 ml) and 1,4-diisocyanatobutane (1.7 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 h. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with water and aqueous Na2C03. The dichloromethane solution of the product was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a solid foam. Yield 13.9 g. The crude product was taken up in acetone (100 ml) and then recrystallized from methanol (80 ml). 7.3 g of white crystalline product was obtained. Yield 49.8%.

HRMS 1143.3186 [M+H]+, C5oH66Cl4N8010S2!H NMR (500MHz, DMSO, ppm):7.69-7.66 (m, 6H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 6H), 6.89 (bs, 2H), 5.9 (t, 2H), 5.79 (t, 2H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 3.7 (dd, 4H), 3.44-3.44 (m, 8H), 3.35 (dd, 8H), 3.12 (dd, 4H), 2.96-2.64 (m, 12H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 1.31 (bs, 4H)

Example 9

Preparation of 17-[[[3-[(45)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl]phenyl] sulfonyl]amino]-N-[2-[2-[2-[[[3-[(45)-6,8-dichloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-isoquinolinyl] phenyl] sulf onyl] amino] ethoxy ] ethoxy ] ethyl] – 8 -oxo- 12,15 -dioxa-2 ,7 ,9-

(S)-3-(6,8-dichloro-2-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-4-yl)benzenesulfonyl chloride hydrochloride (0.81 g) prepared in Example 2 and l,l’-(butane-l,4-diyl)bis(3-(2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl)urea) dihydrochloride prepared according to Example 3 (0.48 g) were stirred in anhydrous ΝΜΡ (10 ml). To the suspension was added DIPEA (2 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at 60 °C for 1.5 h. Water (10 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and the mixture was cooled to 5 °C. The precipitated product was isolated and stirred in acetone at 5 °C overnight. The beige product was filtered off (0.67 g) and recrystallized from methanol (12 ml).

0.53 g of a colorless crystalline product was obtained.

Yield 78.7 %. HRMS 502.1247 [M+H]+, C22H29CI2N3O4S. DSC analysis showed the melting temperature of 130.5 °C.

Example 10

Tenapanor (1.48 g, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in 10 ml of tetrahydrofurane (THF). From the thus prepared solution, 1 ml is taken and phosphoric acid (0.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Salt of tenapanor with phosphoric acid precipitated from the solution in solid stable form, the salt was filtered off, washed with THF and dried by stream of inert gas. XRPD confirmed amorphousness of the product.

Example 11

Tenapanor (1.48 g, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in 10 ml of tetrahydrofurane (THF). From the thus prepared solution, 1 ml is taken and hydrobromic acid (0.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Salt of tenapanor with hydrobromic acid precipitated from the solution in solid stable form, the salt was filtered off, washed with THF and dried by stream of inert gas. XRPD confirmed amorphousness of the product.

Example 12

Tenapanor (1.48 g, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in 10 ml of acetone. From the thus prepared solution, 1 ml is taken and phosphoric acid (0.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Salt of tenapanor with phosphoric acid precipitated from the solution in solid stable form, the salt was filtered off, washed with acetone and dried by stream of inert gas. XRPD confirmed amorphousness of the product.

Example 13

Tenapanor (1.48 g, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in 10 ml of acetone. From the thus prepared solution, 1 ml is taken and citric acid (0.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Salt of tenapanor with citric acid precipitated from the solution in solid stable form, the salt was filtered off, washed with acetone and dried by stream of inert gas. XRPD confirmed amorphousness of the product.

Other pharmaceutically acceptable acids were tested by the procedures shown in Examples 10-13, but did not yield salts which would precipitate in amorphous stable solid form from the solution. The tested acids were: methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, maleinic acid, tartaric acid, fumaric acid, trichloroacetic acid.

Example 14

Tenapanor (500 mg, 0.44 mmol) is dissolved in 20 ml of THF at 45 °C. To this clear solution, a solution of phosphoric acid in THF (50 μ1/5 ml) is added dropwise during 10 minutes. The resulting suspension is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The precipitated salt of tenapanor with phosph (79 %) oric is filtered off, washed with 3 ml of THF and dried by stream of inert gas. Yield: 430 mg of colourless salt of tenapanor with phosphoric acid. XRPD showed amorphousness of the product.

Example 15

Tenapanor (500 mg, 0.44 mmol) is dissolved in 20 ml of THF at 45 °C. To this clear solution, hydrobromic acid (48%; 100 μΐ) is added dropwise during 10 minutes. A fine precipitate forms already during the dropwise addition of HBr, and the suspension is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The precipitated salt of tenapanor with HBr is filtered off, washed with 3 ml of THF and dried by stream of inert gas. Yield: 397 mg (69 %) of colourless salt of tenapanor with HBr (1 :2). XRPD showed amorphousness of the product.

References

  1. ^ Spencer AG, Labonte ED, Rosenbaum DP, Plato CF, Carreras CW, Leadbetter MR, Kozuka K, Kohler J, Koo-McCoy S, He L, Bell N, Tabora J, Joly KM, Navre M, Jacobs JW, Charmot D (2014). “Intestinal inhibition of the na+/h+ exchanger 3 prevents cardiorenal damage in rats and inhibits na+ uptake in humans”. Sci Transl Med6 (227): 227ra36. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.3007790PMID 24622516.
  2. ^ Salt-buster drug cuts sodium absorbed from food. New Scientist, 14 March 2014

REFERENCES

1: Johansson SA, Knutsson M, Leonsson-Zachrisson M, Rosenbaum DP. Effect of Food Intake on the Pharmacodynamics of Tenapanor: A Phase 1 Study. Clin Pharmacol Drug Dev. 2017 Mar 24. doi: 10.1002/cpdd.341. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28339149.

2: Johansson S, Rosenbaum DP, Ahlqvist M, Rollison H, Knutsson M, Stefansson B, Elebring M. Effects of Tenapanor on Cytochrome P450-Mediated Drug-Drug Interactions. Clin Pharmacol Drug Dev. 2017 Mar 16. doi: 10.1002/cpdd.346. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28301096.

3: Chey WD, Lembo AJ, Rosenbaum DP. Tenapanor Treatment of Patients With Constipation-Predominant Irritable Bowel Syndrome: A Phase 2, Randomized, Placebo-Controlled Efficacy and Safety Trial. Am J Gastroenterol. 2017 Feb 28. doi: 10.1038/ajg.2017.41. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28244495.

4: Carney EF. Dialysis: Efficacy of tenapanor in hyperphosphataemia. Nat Rev Nephrol. 2017 Apr;13(4):194. doi: 10.1038/nrneph.2017.27. PubMed PMID: 28239171.

5: Block GA, Rosenbaum DP, Leonsson-Zachrisson M, Åstrand M, Johansson S, Knutsson M, Langkilde AM, Chertow GM. Effect of Tenapanor on Serum Phosphate in Patients Receiving Hemodialysis. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2017 Feb 3. pii: ASN.2016080855. doi: 10.1681/ASN.2016080855. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28159782.

6: Koliani-Pace J, Lacy BE. Update on the Management of Chronic Constipation. Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol. 2017 Mar;15(1):126-134. doi: 10.1007/s11938-017-0118-2. Review. PubMed PMID: 28116695.

7: Charoenphandhu N, Kraidith K, Lertsuwan K, Sripong C, Suntornsaratoon P, Svasti S, Krishnamra N, Wongdee K. Na(+)/H(+) exchanger 3 inhibitor diminishes hepcidin-enhanced duodenal calcium transport in hemizygous β-globin knockout thalassemic mice. Mol Cell Biochem. 2017 Mar;427(1-2):201-208. doi: 10.1007/s11010-016-2911-y. PubMed PMID: 27995414.

8: Thammayon N, Wongdee K, Lertsuwan K, Suntornsaratoon P, Thongbunchoo J, Krishnamra N, Charoenphandhu N. Na(+)/H(+) exchanger 3 inhibitor diminishes the amino-acid-enhanced transepithelial calcium transport across the rat duodenum. Amino Acids. 2017 Apr;49(4):725-734. doi: 10.1007/s00726-016-2374-1. PubMed PMID: 27981415.

9: Afsar B, Vaziri ND, Aslan G, Tarim K, Kanbay M. Gut hormones and gut microbiota: implications for kidney function and hypertension. J Am Soc Hypertens. 2016 Dec;10(12):954-961. doi: 10.1016/j.jash.2016.10.007. Review. PubMed PMID: 27865823.

10: Johansson S, Leonsson-Zachrisson M, Knutsson M, Spencer AG, Labonté ED, Deshpande D, Kohler J, Kozuka K, Charmot D, Rosenbaum DP. Preclinical and Healthy Volunteer Studies of Potential Drug-Drug Interactions Between Tenapanor and Phosphate Binders. Clin Pharmacol Drug Dev. 2016 Sep 22. doi: 10.1002/cpdd.307. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27654985.

11: Ketteler M, Liangos O, Biggar PH. Treating hyperphosphatemia – current and advancing drugs. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016 Oct;17(14):1873-9. doi: 10.1080/14656566.2016.1220538. Review. PubMed PMID: 27643443.

12: Johansson S, Rosenbaum DP, Knutsson M, Leonsson-Zachrisson M. A phase 1 study of the safety, tolerability, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of tenapanor in healthy Japanese volunteers. Clin Exp Nephrol. 2016 Jul 1. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27368672.

13: Block GA, Rosenbaum DP, Leonsson-Zachrisson M, Stefansson BV, Rydén-Bergsten T, Greasley PJ, Johansson SA, Knutsson M, Carlsson BC. Effect of Tenapanor on Interdialytic Weight Gain in Patients on Hemodialysis. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2016 Sep 7;11(9):1597-605. doi: 10.2215/CJN.09050815. PubMed PMID: 27340281; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC5012484.

14: Nusrat S, Miner PB Jr. New pharmacological treatment options for irritable bowel syndrome with constipation. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2015;20(4):625-36. doi: 10.1517/14728214.2015.1105215. Review. PubMed PMID: 26548544.

15: Spencer AG, Greasley PJ. Pharmacologic inhibition of intestinal sodium uptake: a gut centric approach to sodium management. Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens. 2015 Sep;24(5):410-6. doi: 10.1097/MNH.0000000000000154. Review. PubMed PMID: 26197202.

16: Zielińska M, Wasilewski A, Fichna J. Tenapanor hydrochloride for the treatment of constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2015;24(8):1093-9. doi: 10.1517/13543784.2015.1054480. Review. PubMed PMID: 26065434.

17: Thomas RH, Luthin DR. Current and emerging treatments for irritable bowel syndrome with constipation and chronic idiopathic constipation: focus on prosecretory agents. Pharmacotherapy. 2015 Jun;35(6):613-30. doi: 10.1002/phar.1594. Review. PubMed PMID: 26016701.

18: Gerritsen KG, Boer WH, Joles JA. The importance of intake: a gut feeling. Ann Transl Med. 2015 Mar;3(4):49. doi: 10.3978/j.issn.2305-5839.2015.03.21. PubMed PMID: 25861604; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4381464.

19: Labonté ED, Carreras CW, Leadbetter MR, Kozuka K, Kohler J, Koo-McCoy S, He L, Dy E, Black D, Zhong Z, Langsetmo I, Spencer AG, Bell N, Deshpande D, Navre M, Lewis JG, Jacobs JW, Charmot D. Gastrointestinal Inhibition of Sodium-Hydrogen Exchanger 3 Reduces Phosphorus Absorption and Protects against Vascular Calcification in CKD. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2015 May;26(5):1138-49. doi: 10.1681/ASN.2014030317. PubMed PMID: 25404658; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4413764.

20: Spencer AG, Labonte ED, Rosenbaum DP, Plato CF, Carreras CW, Leadbetter MR, Kozuka K, Kohler J, Koo-McCoy S, He L, Bell N, Tabora J, Joly KM, Navre M, Jacobs JW, Charmot D. Intestinal inhibition of the Na+/H+ exchanger 3 prevents cardiorenal damage in rats and inhibits Na+ uptake in humans. Sci Transl Med. 2014 Mar 12;6(227):227ra36. doi: 10.1126/scitranslmed.3007790. PubMed PMID: 24622516.

Tenapanor
Tenapanor structure.png
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
ChemSpider
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.243.471 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C50H66Cl4N8O10S2
Molar mass 1145.046 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

//////////////Tenapanor, AZD 1722, RDX 5791, chronic kidney diseasehypertension

CN1CC(C2=CC(=CC(=C2C1)Cl)Cl)C3=CC(=CC=C3)S(=O)(=O)NCCOCCOCCNC(=O)NCCCCNC(=O)NCCOCCOCCNS(=O)(=O)C4=CC=CC(=C4)C5CN(CC6=C(C=C(C=C56)Cl)Cl)C


Quinupramine, キヌプラミン

$
0
0

Quinupramine

Quinupramine

キヌプラミン

  • 5-(1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl)-10,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f]azepine
  • Formula:C21H24N2
  • MW:304.44 g/mol
  • CAS:31721-17-2
Quinupramine
CAS Registry Number: 31721-17-2
CAS Name: 5-(1-Azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl)-10,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f]azepine
Additional Names: 10,11-dihydro-5-(3-quinuclidinyl)-5H-dibenz[b,f]azepine
Manufacturers’ Codes: LM-208
Trademarks: Kinupril (Bellon); Kevopril (Rhone-Poulenc)
Molecular Formula: C21H24N2
Molecular Weight: 304.43
Percent Composition: C 82.85%, H 7.95%, N 9.20%
Literature References: Analog of imipramine, q.v. Prepn: C. Gueremy, P. C. Wirth, DE 2030492 (1971 to Sogeras), C.A. 74,141581e (1971). Animal studies: W. Van Dorsser, A. Dresse, Arch. Int. Pharmacodyn. Ther. 208, 373 (1974); eidem, ibid. 220, 164 (1976). Clinical study: R. Volmat et al., Clin. Neurol. Psychiat. 239, 445 (1978).
Properties: Crystals, mp 150°.
Melting point: mp 150°
Therap-Cat: Antidepressant.
Keywords: Antidepressant; Tricyclics.

Quinupramine (brand names KevoprilKinuprilAdeprimQuinuprine) is a tricyclic antidepressant (TCA) used in Europe for the treatment of depression.[1][2]

Pharmacologically, quinupramine acts in vitro as a strong muscarinic acetylcholine receptor antagonist (anticholinergic) and H1 receptorantagonist (antihistamine), moderate 5-HT2 receptor antagonist, and weak serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor.[3] It has negligible affinity for the α1-adrenergicα2-adrenergicβ-adrenergic, or D2 receptor.[3]

Clinically, quinupramine is reported to be stimulating similarly to imipraminedesipramine, and demexiptiline.[4] It can be inferred that its in vivo metabolites may have stronger effects on the reuptake of norepinephrine and/or serotonin than quinupramine itself

SYN

References

  1. ^ Swiss Pharmaceutical Society (2000). Index Nominum 2000: International Drug Directory (Book with CD-ROM). Boca Raton: Medpharm Scientific Publishers. p. 908. ISBN 3-88763-075-0.
  2. ^ José Miguel Vela; Helmut Buschmann; Jörg Holenz; Antonio Párraga; Antoni Torrens (2007). Antidepressants, Antipsychotics, Anxiolytics: From Chemistry and Pharmacology to Clinical Application. Weinheim: Wiley-VCH. p. 248. ISBN 978-3-527-31058-6.
  3. Jump up to:a b Sakamoto H, Yokoyama N, Kohno S, Ohata K (December 1984). “Receptor binding profile of quinupramine, a new tricyclic antidepressant”. Japanese Journal of Pharmacology36 (4): 455–60. doi:10.1254/jjp.36.455PMID 6098759.
  4. ^ Kent, Angela; M. Billiard (2003). Sleep: physiology, investigations, and medicine. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum. p. 233. ISBN 0-306-47406-9.
    • DOS 2 030 492 (Sogeras; appl. 20.6.1970; GB-prior. 20.6.1969).
    • GB 1 252 320 (Sogeras; valid from 29.5.1970; prior. 20.6.1969).
Quinupramine
Quinupramine.svg
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Elimination half-life 33 hours
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ECHA InfoCard 100.046.149 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C21H24N2
Molar mass 304.43 g/mol g·mol−1

//////////////Quinupramine, キヌプラミン

Nicotinamide riboside chloride

$
0
0

Nicotinamide-beta-riboside.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Nicotinamide riboside | C11H15N2O5

Image result for nicotinamide riboside chloride

Image result for nicotinamide riboside chloride

1-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-methylol-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]pyridin-1-ium-3-carboxamide
CAS 1341-23-7 [RN]
3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-β-D-ribofuranosyl-Pyridinium

Nicotinamide riboside chloride

CAS 23111-00-4 CHLORIDE

CAS : 1341-23-7 (cation)   23111-00-4 (chloride)   445489-49-6 (Triflate)

3-Carbamoyl-1-((2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)pyridin-1-ium chloride

Nicotinamide ribose chloride

UNII-8XM2XT8VWI

MW 290.7 g/mol

1-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyridin-1-ium-3-carboxamide;chloride

C1=CC(=C[N+](=C1)C2C(C(C(O2)CO)O)O)C(=O)N.[Cl-]

 Nicotinamide riboside; SRT647; SRT-647; SRT 647; Nicotinamide Riboside Triflate, α/β mixture

EH-301, nicotinamide riboside chloride,AND  pterostilbene,, BY Elysium Health Inc

Nicotinamide riboside, also known as NR and SRT647, is a pyridine-nucleoside form of vitamin B3 that functions as a precursor to nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide or NAD+. NR blocks degeneration of surgically severed dorsal root ganglion neurons ex vivo and protects against noise-induced hearing loss in living mice. Nicotinamide riboside prevents muscle, neural and melanocyte stem cell senescence. Increased muscular regeneration in mice has been observed after treatment with nicotinamide riboside, leading to speculation that it might improve regeneration of organs such as the liver, kidney, and heart. Nicotinamide riboside also lowers blood glucose and fatty liver in prediabetic and type 2 diabetic models while preventing the development of diabetic peripheral neuropathy. Note: Nicotinamide Riboside chloride is a α/β mixture

Nicotinamide riboside (NR) is a pyridinenucleoside form of vitamin B3 that functions as a precursor to nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide or NAD+.[1][2]

Chemistry

While the molecular weight of nicotinamide riboside is 255.25 g/mol,[3] that of its chloride salt is 290.70 g/mol.[4][5] As such, 100 mg of nicotinamide riboside chloride provides 88 mg of nicotinamide riboside.

History

Nicotinamide riboside (NR) was first described in 1944 as a growth factor, termed Factor V, for Haemophilus influenza, a bacterium that lives in and depends on blood. Factor V, purified from blood, was shown to exist in three forms: NAD+, NMN and NR. NR was the compound that led to the most rapid growth of this bacterium.[6] Notably, H. influenza cannot grow on nicotinic acidnicotinamidetryptophan or aspartic acid, which were the previously known precursors of NAD+.[7]

In 2000, yeast Sir2 was shown to be an NAD+-dependent protein lysine deacetylase,[8] which led several research groups to probe yeast NAD+ metabolism for genes and enzymes that might regulate lifespan. Biosynthesis of NAD+ in yeast was thought to flow exclusively through NAMN (nicotinic acid mononucleotide).[9][10][11][12][13]

When NAD+ synthase (glutamine-hydrolysing) was deleted from yeast cells, NR permitted yeast cells to grow. Thus, these Dartmouth College investigators proceeded to clone yeast and human nicotinamide riboside kinases and demonstrate the conversion of NR to NMN by nicotinamide riboside kinases in vitro and in vivo. They also demonstrated that NR is a natural product found in cow’s milk.[14][15]

Properties

Although it is a form of vitamin B3, NR exhibits unique properties that distinguish it from the other B3 vitamins—niacin and nicotinamide. In a head-to-head experiment conducted on mice, each of these vitamins exhibited unique effects on the hepatic NAD+ metabolome with unique kinetics, and with NR as the form of B3 that produced the greatest increase in NAD+ at a single timepoint.[16]

Different biosynthetic pathways are responsible for converting the different B3 vitamins into NAD+. The enzyme nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase (Nampt) catalyzes the rate-limiting step of the two-step pathway converting nicotinamide to NAD+. Two nicotinamide riboside kinases (NRK1 and NRK2) convert NR to NAD+ via a pathway that does not require Nampt.[14]

Animal studies have demonstrated that these enzymes respond differently to age and stress. In a mouse model of dilated cardiomyopathy, NRK2 mRNA expression increased, while Nampt mRNA expression decreased.[17] A similar increase in NRK1 and NRK2 expression has been observed in injured central and peripheral neurons.[18][19][20][21][22]

Niacin is known for its tendency to cause an uncomfortable flushing of the skin. This flushing is triggered by the activation of the GPR109A G-protein coupled receptor. NR does not activate this receptor,[23] and has not been shown to cause flushing in humans—even at doses as high as 2,000 mg/day.[16][24][25][26]

Despite being an NAD+ precursor, nicotinamide acts as an inhibitor of the NAD+-consuming sirtuin enzymes.[10] When sirtuins consume NAD+, they create nicotinamide and O-acetyl-ADP-ribose as products of the deacetylation reaction. Consistent with high-dose nicotinamide as a sirtuin inhibitor, NR and niacin, but not nicotinamide, have been shown to increase hepatic levels of O-acetyl-ADP-ribose.[16]

Commercialization

In 2004, Dartmouth Medical School researcher Dr. Charles Brenner discovered that NR could be converted to NAD+ via the eukaryotic nicotinamide riboside kinase biosynthetic pathway[14] Dartmouth was subsequently issued patents for nutritional and therapeutic uses of NR, in 2006.[27] ChromaDex licensed these patents in July 2012, and began to develop a commercially viable, full-scale process to bring NR to market.[28]

Human Clinical Testing

There have been five published clinical trials on groups of both men and women testing for safety. One of these trials studied NR in combination with pterostilbene,[29] while the other four examined the effects of NR alone.[16][24][25][26]

The first published clinical trial established the safety and characterized the pharmacokinetics of single doses of NR.[16] Since then, doses as high as 2,000 mg/day have been administered over periods as long as 12 weeks.[25] These studies show that NR can significantly increase levels of NAD+ and some of its associated metabolites in both whole blood and peripheral blood mononuclear cells.[16][24][26]

In a 12 week clinical trial of obese insulin-resistant men using 2000 mg/day, NR appeared safe, but did not improve insulin sensitivity or whole-body glucose metabolism.[26] In a trial of NR 250 mg plus 50 mg of pterostilbene, as well as with double this dose, the combined supplement raised NAD+ levels in a trial of older adults.[29]

PATENT

WO-2019126482

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf;jsessionid=E20C1C824C8C705AFA323203013A909F.wapp1nB?docId=WO2019126482&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION

Crystalline form of nicotinamide riboside chloride, useful for treating motor neuron disease or ALS, infertility, kidney damage, and liver damage or fatty liver. Elysium Health  in collaboration with  Mayo Clinic , is developing EH-301 (clinical, in July 2019), a combination of nicotinamide riboside chloride and pterostilbene for the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. See WO2019108878 , claiming use of composition comprising nicotinamide riboside and pterostilbene, for treating obesity.

Nicotinamide riboside is a pyridine-nucleoside form of niacin ( i.e ., vitamin B3) that serves as a precursor to nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+). NAD+promotes cellular metabolism, mitochondrial function, and energy production. Currently, nicotinamide riboside is made through synthetic methods or fermentation processes. Because of its significant potential to confer health benefits when used as a dietary supplement, there exists a need to develop highly efficient and scalable processes for the manufacture and purification of nicotinamide riboside.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In certain aspects, the present invention provides a crystalline form of a compound having the structure of formula (I)

Example 1. Scale-Up Synthesis and Crystallization of Nicotinamide Riboside Chloride

900 kg of nicotinamide riboside triacetate and 2133 kg of methanol were charged to a reactor and mixed, then cooled to 0 °C. 747 kg of 7M mmmonia in methanol (i.e.,“methanolic NH3”) was slowly charged to the reactor at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was passed through a polish filter, then the reaction mixture was stirred for 14 hours. A sample from the reaction mixture was taken to assess reaction progress. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was

placed under vacuum, then warmed to 20 °C to 25 °C for 4 hours. Vacuum was applied until solids formed. Once solids were formed, the resultant slurry was filtered on a Nutsche filter dryer. Solids were washed with 1422 kg of ethanol, then 1422 kg of acetone, then 1322 kg of methyl tert butyl ether (MTBE). The resultant solids were then dried at 40 °C. Product was formed with 60% yield. The process flow diagram for this reaction is shown in FIG. 6.

Example 2. Optional Secondary Isolation

The crystalline form may optionally undergo a second isolation process according to the following steps: The solids obtained in Example 1 were dissolved in purified water at 30 °C to 40 °C. Ethanol was slowly added to the solution and mixed for 10 hours, over which time the solids began to precipitate. MTBE was then added and mixed for 2 hours. The mixture was then filtered on a Buchner funnel, and the solids were washed with ethanol, then acetone, then MTBE. Solids were dried at 40 °C.

Example 3. Spectroscopic Data.

The crystalline form made by the process described in Examples 1 and 2 has an XRD spectrum substantially as shown in FIG. 1. The instrument utilized in collecting the XRD data is a Rigaku Smart Lab X-Ray diffraction system.

Specifically, in order to collect the XRD data, The Rigaku Smart-Lab X-ray diffraction system was configured for reflection Bragg-Brentano geometry using a line source X-ray beam. The X-ray source is a Cu Long Fine Focus tube that was operated at 40 kV and 44 mA. That source provides an incident beam profile at the sample that changes from a narrow line at high angles to a broad rectangle at low angles. Beam conditioning slits are used on the line X-ray source to ensure that the maximum beam size is less than 10 mm both along the line and normal to the line. The Bragg-Brentano geometry is a para-focusing geometry controlled by passive divergence and receiving slits with the sample itself acting as the focusing component for the optics. The inherent resolution of Bragg-Brentano geometry is governed in part by the diffractometer radius and the width of the receiving slit used. Typically, the Rigaku Smart-Lab is operated to give peak widths of 0.1 °2Q or less. The axial divergence of the X-ray beam is controlled by 5.0-degree Sober slits in both the incident and diffracted beam paths.

The samples were prepared in a low background Si holder using light manual pressure to keep the sample surface flat and level with the reference surface of the sample holder. The single crystal Si low background holder has a small circular recess (10 mm diameter and about 0.2 mm depth) that held between 20 and 25 mg of the sample. The samples were analyzed from 2 to 40

°2Q using a continuous scan of 6 °20 per minute with an effective step size of 0.02 °20. The data collection procedure used to analyze these samples was not validated. The peak lists were generated using PDXL2 v.2.3.1.0. The figures were created using PlotMon VI.00.

PATENT

WO2019108878 , claiming use of composition comprising nicotinamide riboside and pterostilbene, for treating obesity.

CLIP

https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0186459

CLIP

Syntheses and chemical properties of β-nicotinamide riboside and its analogues and derivatives
  • February 2019
  • Beilstein Journal of Organic Chemistry 15(1):401-430
  • DOI: 10.3762/bjoc.15.36
 License, CC BY

Image result for Nicotinamide riboside chloride SYNTHESIS

References

  1. ^ Bogan, K.L., Brenner, C. (2008). “Nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, and nicotinamide riboside: a molecular evaluation of NAD+ precursor vitamins in human nutrition”. Annu. Rev. Nutr28: 115–130. doi:10.1146/annurev.nutr.28.061807.155443PMID 18429699.
  2. ^ Chi Y, Sauve AA (November 2013). “Nicotinamide riboside, a trace nutrient in foods, is a vitamin B3 with effects on energy metabolism and neuroprotection”. Curr Opin Clin Nutr Metab Care16 (6): 657–61. doi:10.1097/MCO.0b013e32836510c0PMID 24071780.
  3. ^ “Nicotinamide riboside”pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.
  4. ^ “GRAS Notices, GRN No. 635”http://www.accessdata.fda.gov. Retrieved 18 February 2019.
  5. ^ “Spherix/ChromaDex GRAS submission” (PDF)FDA.gov. Retrieved 18 February2019.
  6. ^ Gingrich, W; Schlenk, F (June 1944). “Codehydrogenase I and Other Pyridinium Compounds as V-Factor for Hemophilus influenzae and H. parainfluenzae”Journal of Bacteriology47 (6): 535–50. PMC 373952PMID 16560803.
  7. ^ Belenky, P.; et al. (2007). “NAD+ Metabolism in Health and Disease”. Trends in Biochemical Sciences32 (1): 12–19. doi:10.1016/j.tibs.2006.11.006PMID 17161604.
  8. ^ Imai, S.; et al. (2000). “Transcriptional silencing and longevity protein Sir2 is an NAD-dependent histone deacetylase”. Nature403 (6771): 795–800. doi:10.1038/35001622PMID 10693811.
  9. ^ Anderson; et al. (2003). “Nicotinamide and PNC1 govern lifespan extension by calorie restriction in Saccharomyces cerevisiae”Nature423 (6936): 181–185. doi:10.1038/nature01578PMC 4802858PMID 12736687.
  10. Jump up to:a b Bitterman; et al. (2002). “Inhibition of silencing and accelerated aging by nicotinamide, a putative negative regulator of yeast Sir2 and human SIRT1”. J. Biol. Chem277 (47): 45099–45107. doi:10.1074/jbc.m205670200PMID 12297502.
  11. ^ Gallo; et al. (2004). “Nicotinamide clearance by pnc1 directly regulates sir2-mediated silencing and longevity”. Mol. Cell. Biol24 (3): 1301–1312. doi:10.1128/mcb.24.3.1301-1312.2004.
  12. ^ Panozzo, C.; et al. (2002). “Aerobic and anaerobic NAD+ metabolism in Saccharomyces cerevisiae”. FEBS Lett517 (1–3): 97–102. doi:10.1016/s0014-5793(02)02585-1PMID 12062417.
  13. ^ Sandmeier, JJ; Celic, I; Boeke, JD; Smith, JS (March 2002). “Telomeric and rDNA silencing in Saccharomyces cerevisiae are dependent on a nuclear NAD(+) salvage pathway”Genetics160 (3): 877–89. PMC 1462005PMID 11901108.
  14. Jump up to:a b c Bieganowki, P. & Brenner, C. (2004). “Discoveries of Nicotinamide Riboside as a Nutrient and Conserved NRK Genes Establish a Preiss-Handler Independent Route to NAD+ in Fungi and Humans”. Cell117 (4): 495–502. doi:10.1016/s0092-8674(04)00416-7PMID 15137942.
  15. ^ Hautkooper, R.H.; et al. (2012). “Sirtuins as regulators of metabolism and healthspan”Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol13 (4): 225–238. doi:10.1038/nrm3293PMC 4872805PMID 22395773.
  16. Jump up to:a b c d e f Trammell, Samuel A. J.; Schmidt, Mark S.; Weidemann, Benjamin J.; Redpath, Philip; Jaksch, Frank; Dellinger, Ryan W.; Li, Zhonggang; Abel, E. Dale; Migaud, Marie E.; Brenner, Charles (10 October 2016). “Nicotinamide riboside is uniquely and orally bioavailable in mice and humans”Nature Communications7 (1): 12948. doi:10.1038/ncomms12948PMC 5062546PMID 27721479.
  17. ^ Diguet, Nicolas; Trammell, Samuel A.J.; Tannous, Cynthia; Deloux, Robin; Piquereau, Jérôme; Mougenot, Nathalie; Gouge, Anne; Gressette, Mélanie; Manoury, Boris; Blanc, Jocelyne; Breton, Marie; Decaux, Jean-François; Lavery, Gareth G.; Baczkó, István; Zoll, Joffrey; Garnier, Anne; Li, Zhenlin; Brenner, Charles; Mericskay, Mathias (22 May 2018). “Nicotinamide Riboside Preserves Cardiac Function in a Mouse Model of Dilated Cardiomyopathy”. Circulation137 (21): 2256–2273. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.116.026099PMID 29217642.
  18. ^ Vaur, Pauline; Brugg, Bernard; Mericskay, Mathias; Li, Zhenlin; Schmidt, Mark S.; Vivien, Denis; Orset, Cyrille; Jacotot, Etienne; Brenner, Charles; Duplus, Eric (December 2017). “Nicotinamide riboside, a form of vitamin B , protects against excitotoxicity-induced axonal degeneration”. The FASEB Journal31 (12): 5440–5452. doi:10.1096/fj.201700221RRPMID 28842432.
  19. ^ Sasaki, Y.; Araki, T.; Milbrandt, J. (16 August 2006). “Stimulation of Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide Biosynthetic Pathways Delays Axonal Degeneration after Axotomy”. Journal of Neuroscience26 (33): 8484–8491. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2320-06.2006PMID 16914673.
  20. ^ Frederick, David W.; Loro, Emanuele; Liu, Ling; Davila, Antonio; Chellappa, Karthikeyani; Silverman, Ian M.; Quinn, William J.; Gosai, Sager J.; Tichy, Elisia D.; Davis, James G.; Mourkioti, Foteini; Gregory, Brian D.; Dellinger, Ryan W.; Redpath, Philip; Migaud, Marie E.; Nakamaru-Ogiso, Eiko; Rabinowitz, Joshua D.; Khurana, Tejvir S.; Baur, Joseph A. (August 2016). “Loss of NAD Homeostasis Leads to Progressive and Reversible Degeneration of Skeletal Muscle”Cell Metabolism24 (2): 269–282. doi:10.1016/j.cmet.2016.07.005PMC 4985182PMID 27508874.
  21. ^ Cantó, Carles; Jiang, Lake Q.; Deshmukh, Atul S.; Mataki, Chikage; Coste, Agnes; Lagouge, Marie; Zierath, Juleen R.; Auwerx, Johan (March 2010). “Interdependence of AMPK and SIRT1 for Metabolic Adaptation to Fasting and Exercise in Skeletal Muscle”Cell Metabolism11 (3): 213–219. doi:10.1016/j.cmet.2010.02.006PMC 3616265PMID 20197054.
  22. ^ Rappou, Elisabeth; Jukarainen, Sakari; Rinnankoski-Tuikka, Rita; Kaye, Sanna; Heinonen, Sini; Hakkarainen, Antti; Lundbom, Jesper; Lundbom, Nina; Saunavaara, Virva; Rissanen, Aila; Virtanen, Kirsi A.; Pirinen, Eija; Pietiläinen, Kirsi H. (March 2016). “Weight Loss Is Associated With Increased NAD /SIRT1 Expression But Reduced PARP Activity in White Adipose Tissue”. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism101 (3): 1263–1273. doi:10.1210/jc.2015-3054PMID 26760174.
  23. ^ Cantó, Carles; Houtkooper, Riekelt H.; Pirinen, Eija; Youn, Dou Y.; Oosterveer, Maaike H.; Cen, Yana; Fernandez-Marcos, Pablo J.; Yamamoto, Hiroyasu; Andreux, Pénélope A.; Cettour-Rose, Philippe; Gademann, Karl; Rinsch, Chris; Schoonjans, Kristina; Sauve, Anthony A.; Auwerx, Johan (June 2012). “The NAD+ Precursor Nicotinamide Riboside Enhances Oxidative Metabolism and Protects against High-Fat Diet-Induced Obesity”Cell Metabolism15 (6): 838–847. doi:10.1016/j.cmet.2012.04.022PMC 3616313PMID 22682224.
  24. Jump up to:a b c Airhart, Sophia E.; Shireman, Laura M.; Risler, Linda J.; Anderson, Gail D.; Nagana Gowda, G. A.; Raftery, Daniel; Tian, Rong; Shen, Danny D.; O’Brien, Kevin D.; Sinclair, David A. (6 December 2017). “An open-label, non-randomized study of the pharmacokinetics of the nutritional supplement nicotinamide riboside (NR) and its effects on blood NAD+ levels in healthy volunteers”PLOS ONE12 (12): e0186459. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0186459PMC 5718430PMID 29211728.
  25. Jump up to:a b c Dollerup, Ole L; Christensen, Britt; Svart, Mads; Schmidt, Mark S; Sulek, Karolina; Ringgaard, Steffen; Stødkilde-Jørgensen, Hans; Møller, Niels; Brenner, Charles; Treebak, Jonas T; Jessen, Niels (August 2018). “A randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial of nicotinamide riboside in obese men: safety, insulin-sensitivity, and lipid-mobilizing effects”. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition108 (2): 343–353. doi:10.1093/ajcn/nqy132PMID 29992272.
  26. Jump up to:a b c d Martens, Christopher R.; Denman, Blair A.; Mazzo, Melissa R.; Armstrong, Michael L.; Reisdorph, Nichole; McQueen, Matthew B.; Chonchol, Michel; Seals, Douglas R. (29 March 2018). “Chronic nicotinamide riboside supplementation is well-tolerated and elevates NAD+ in healthy middle-aged and older adults”Nature Communications9 (1): 1286. doi:10.1038/s41467-018-03421-7PMC 5876407PMID 29599478.
  27. ^ Brenner, Charles (20 April 2006). “Nicotinamide riboside kinase compositions and methods for using the same”Google Patents. Dartmouth College. Retrieved 19 February2019.
  28. ^ “ChromaDex Licenses Exclusive Patent Rights for Nicotinamide Riboside (NR) Vitamin Technologies”. 2012-07-16. Retrieved 15 February 2019.
  29. Jump up to:a b Dellinger, Ryan W.; Santos, Santiago Roel; Morris, Mark; Evans, Mal; Alminana, Dan; Guarente, Leonard; Marcotulli, Eric (24 November 2017). “Repeat dose NRPT (nicotinamide riboside and pterostilbene) increases NAD+ levels in humans safely and sustainably: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study”NPJ Aging and Mechanisms of Disease3 (1): 17. doi:10.1038/s41514-017-0016-9PMC 5701244PMID 29184669.

Further reading

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

High dose nicotinic acid is used as an agent that elevates high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, lowers low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and lower free fatty acids through a mechanism that is not completely understood. It was suggested that nicotinamide riboside might possess such an activity by elevating NAD in the cells responsible for reverse cholesterol transport. The discovery that the Wallerian degeneration slow gene encodes a protein fusion with NMN adenylyltransferase 1 indicated that increased NAD+ precursor supplementation might oppose neurodegenerative processes.

ChromaDex acquired intellectual property on uses and synthesis of NR from Dartmouth College, Cornell University, and Washington University and began distributing NR as Niagen in 2013. In November 2015 ChromaDex received New Dietary Ingredient (NDI) status for Niagen from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the FDA issued a generally recognized as safe (GRAS) No Objection Letter for Nicotinamide Riboside Chloride (NR) on August 3, 2016.

REFERENCES

1: Chi Y, Sauve AA. Nicotinamide riboside, a trace nutrient in foods, is a vitamin B3 with effects on energy metabolism and neuroprotection. Curr Opin Clin Nutr Metab Care. 2013 Nov;16(6):657-61. doi: 10.1097/MCO.0b013e32836510c0. Review. PubMed PMID: 24071780.

2: Bogan KL, Brenner C. Nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, and nicotinamide riboside: a molecular evaluation of NAD+ precursor vitamins in human nutrition. Annu Rev Nutr. 2008;28:115-30. doi: 10.1146/annurev.nutr.28.061807.155443. Review. PubMed PMID: 18429699.

3: Ghanta S, Grossmann RE, Brenner C. Mitochondrial protein acetylation as a cell-intrinsic, evolutionary driver of fat storage: chemical and metabolic logic of acetyl-lysine modifications. Crit Rev Biochem Mol Biol. 2013 Nov-Dec;48(6):561-74. doi: 10.3109/10409238.2013.838204. Review. PubMed PMID: 24050258; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4113336.

4: Yang Y, Sauve AA. NAD(+) metabolism: Bioenergetics, signaling and manipulation for therapy. Biochim Biophys Acta. 2016 Dec;1864(12):1787-1800. doi: 10.1016/j.bbapap.2016.06.014. Review. PubMed PMID: 27374990.

5: Sauve AA. NAD+ and vitamin B3: from metabolism to therapies. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2008 Mar;324(3):883-93. doi: 10.1124/jpet.107.120758. Review. PubMed PMID: 18165311.

6: Kato M, Lin SJ. Regulation of NAD+ metabolism, signaling and compartmentalization in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. DNA Repair (Amst). 2014 Nov;23:49-58. doi: 10.1016/j.dnarep.2014.07.009. Review. PubMed PMID: 25096760; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4254062.

7: Gerlach G, Reidl J. NAD+ utilization in Pasteurellaceae: simplification of a complex pathway. J Bacteriol. 2006 Oct;188(19):6719-27. Review. PubMed PMID: 16980474; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC1595515.

8: Srivastava S. Emerging therapeutic roles for NAD(+) metabolism in mitochondrial and age-related disorders. Clin Transl Med. 2016 Dec;5(1):25. doi: 10.1186/s40169-016-0104-7. Review. PubMed PMID: 27465020; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4963347.

9: Handschin C. Caloric restriction and exercise “mimetics”: Ready for prime time? Pharmacol Res. 2016 Jan;103:158-66. doi: 10.1016/j.phrs.2015.11.009. Review. PubMed PMID: 26658171; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4970791.

10: Ruggieri S, Orsomando G, Sorci L, Raffaelli N. Regulation of NAD biosynthetic enzymes modulates NAD-sensing processes to shape mammalian cell physiology under varying biological cues. Biochim Biophys Acta. 2015 Sep;1854(9):1138-49. doi: 10.1016/j.bbapap.2015.02.021. Review. PubMed PMID: 25770681.

11: Imai S, Guarente L. NAD+ and sirtuins in aging and disease. Trends Cell Biol. 2014 Aug;24(8):464-71. doi: 10.1016/j.tcb.2014.04.002. Review. PubMed PMID: 24786309; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4112140.

12: Jaehme M, Slotboom DJ. Structure, function, evolution, and application of bacterial Pnu-type vitamin transporters. Biol Chem. 2015 Sep;396(9-10):955-66. doi: 10.1515/hsz-2015-0113. Review. PubMed PMID: 26352203.

13: Magni G, Di Stefano M, Orsomando G, Raffaelli N, Ruggieri S. NAD(P) biosynthesis enzymes as potential targets for selective drug design. Curr Med Chem. 2009;16(11):1372-90. Review. PubMed PMID: 19355893.

14: Mendelsohn AR, Larrick JW. Partial reversal of skeletal muscle aging by restoration of normal NAD⁺ levels. Rejuvenation Res. 2014 Feb;17(1):62-9. doi: 10.1089/rej.2014.1546. Review. PubMed PMID: 24410488.

15: Penberthy WT. Pharmacological targeting of IDO-mediated tolerance for treating autoimmune disease. Curr Drug Metab. 2007 Apr;8(3):245-66. Review. PubMed PMID: 17430113.

16: Gazzaniga F, Stebbins R, Chang SZ, McPeek MA, Brenner C. Microbial NAD metabolism: lessons from comparative genomics. Microbiol Mol Biol Rev. 2009 Sep;73(3):529-41, Table of Contents. doi: 10.1128/MMBR.00042-08. Review. PubMed PMID: 19721089; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC2738131.

17: Magni G, Amici A, Emanuelli M, Orsomando G, Raffaelli N, Ruggieri S. Enzymology of NAD+ homeostasis in man. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2004 Jan;61(1):19-34. Review. PubMed PMID: 14704851.

18: Magni G, Orsomando G, Raffelli N, Ruggieri S. Enzymology of mammalian NAD metabolism in health and disease. Front Biosci. 2008 May 1;13:6135-54. Review. PubMed PMID: 18508649.

19: Belenky P, Bogan KL, Brenner C. NAD+ metabolism in health and disease. Trends Biochem Sci. 2007 Jan;32(1):12-9. Review. Erratum in: Trends Biochem Sci. 2008 Jan;33(1):1. PubMed PMID: 17161604.

20: Niven DF, O’Reilly T. Significance of V-factor dependency in the taxonomy of Haemophilus species and related organisms. Int J Syst Bacteriol. 1990 Jan;40(1):1-4. Review. PubMed PMID: 2145965.

Nicotinamide riboside
Nicotinamide-beta-riboside.svg
Nicotinamideriboside.png
Names
Other names
1-(β-D-Ribofuranosyl)nicotinamide; N-Ribosylnicotinamide
Identifiers
3D model (JSmol)
ChEBI
ChemSpider
KEGG
PubChem CID
Properties
C11H15N2O5+
Molar mass 255.25 g/mol
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).

///////////// EH-301,  EH 301,  EH301, Nicotinamide riboside,  SRT647, SRT-647, SRT 647, Nicotinamide Riboside Triflate, α/β mixture

C1=CC(=C[N+](=C1)C2C(C(C(O2)CO)O)O)C(=O)N.[Cl-]

Quinacillin

$
0
0

Quinacillin

Image result for Quinacillin drug future

Quinacillin

UNII-83NB50X92M

Cas 1596-63-0

83NB50X92M

Quinacilina

MW 416.4 g/mol, MF C18H16N4O6S

(2S,5R,6R)-6-[(3-carboxyquinoxaline-2-carbonyl)amino]-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid

  • 4-Thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid, 6-(3-carboxy-2-quinoxalinecarboxamido)-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo- (7CI,8CI)
  • 4-Thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid, 6-[[(3-carboxy-2-quinoxalinyl)carbonyl]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-, [2S-(2α,5α,6β)]-
  • (2S,5R,6R)-6-[[(3-Carboxy-2-quinoxalinyl)carbonyl]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid
  • 3-Carboxy-2-quinoxalinylpenicillanic acid
  • 3-Carboxy-2-quinoxalinylpenicillin
  • 6-(3-Carboxy-2-quinoxalinecarboxamido)-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid
  • Penicillin, (3-carboxy-2-quinoxalinyl)-
CAS Registry Number: 1596-63-0
CAS Name: (2S,5R,6R)-6-[[(3-Carboxy-2-quinoxalinyl)carbonyl]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylic acid
Additional Names: 3-carboxy-2-quinoxalinylpenicillin
Molecular Formula: C18H16N4O6S
Molecular Weight: 416.41
Percent Composition: C 51.92%, H 3.87%, N 13.45%, O 23.05%, S 7.70%
Literature References: Semi-synthetic antibiotic related to penicillin. Prepd by condensation of quinoxaline-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride with 6-aminopenicillanic acid: Richards et al., Nature 199, 354 (1963).
Derivative Type: Disodium salt
CAS Registry Number: 985-32-0
Molecular Formula: C18H14N4Na2O6S
Molecular Weight: 460.37
Percent Composition: C 46.96%, H 3.07%, N 12.17%, Na 9.99%, O 20.85%, S 6.97%
Properties: Crystals, dec 261-262°. [a]D23 +183.5° (water). Very hygroscopic. uv max (containing 9.2% water): 242, 326 nm (e32,100; 7280). Acquires a bright yellow color on exposure to strong sunlight but is stable at 100° for at least 3 months. Freely sol in water; a 25% aq soln is stable for 2 months at 0°. Antimicrobial activity is highest against Staphylococcus aureus.
Optical Rotation: [a]D23 +183.5° (water)
Absorption maximum: uv max (containing 9.2% water): 242, 326 nm (e 32,100; 7280)
Quinacillin bistriethylammonium.png
cas 13549-27-4
Derivative Type: Bistriethylammonium salt monohydrate
Molecular Formula: C30H46N6O6S.H2O
Molecular Weight: 636.80
Percent Composition: C 56.58%, H 7.60%, N 13.20%, O 17.59%, S 5.04%
Properties: Crystals from acetone, dec 135-137°. [a]D20 +142° (c = 0.376 in water).
Optical Rotation: [a]D20 +142° (c = 0.376 in water)
Therap-Cat: Antibacterial.
Keywords: Antibacterial (Antibiotics); ?Lactams; Penicillins.
Quinacillin is a semisynthetic penicillase-resistant penicillin with antibacterial activity. Quinacillin binds to and inactivates penicillin-binding proteins (PBPs) located on the inner membrane of the bacterial cell wall. Inactivation of PBPs interferes with the cross-linkage of peptidoglycan chains necessary for bacterial cell wall strength and rigidity. This interrupts bacterial cell wall synthesis and results in the weakening of the bacterial cell wall, eventually causing cell lysis.
PATENTS
GB 867890
GB 967890
JP 47026513
DE 2161659
WO 2014111957
IN 2013MU00181
US 20150328323
PAPER
//////Quinacillin
CC1(C(N2C(S1)C(C2=O)NC(=O)C3=NC4=CC=CC=C4N=C3C(=O)O)C(=O)O)C

Imipenem, イミペネム水和物

$
0
0

Imipenem.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Imipenem hydrate | C12H19N3O5S

74431-23-5.png

Imipenem

イミペネム水和物

Cas 74431-23-5

  • Molecular FormulaC12H19N3O5S
  • Average mass317.361 Da

(5R,6S)-3-((2-(Formimidoylamino)ethyl)thio)-6-((R)-1-hydroxyethyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monohydrate

1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid, 6-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-, (5R,6S)-, monohydrate
264-734-5 [EINECS]
74431-23-5 [RN]
N-Formimidoylthienamycin Monohydrate
Primaxin monohydrate
Tienam monohydrate
(5R,6S)-3-((2-Formimidamidoethyl)thio)-6-((R)-1-hydroxyethyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid hydrate
(5R,6S)-3-[2-(aminomethylideneamino)ethylsulfanyl]-6-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid and hydrate
8174596 [Beilstein]
imipemide monohydrate

Antibacterial, Cell wall biosynthesis inhibitor

Imipenem
CAS Registry Number: 74431-23-5; 64221-86-9 (anhydrous)
CAS Name: (5R,6S)-6-[(1R)-1-Hydroxyethyl]-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monohydrate
Additional Names: N-formimidoylthienamycin monohydrate; imipemide
Manufacturers’ Codes: MK-787
Molecular Formula: C12H17N3O4S.H2O
Molecular Weight: 317.36
Percent Composition: C 45.41%, H 6.03%, N 13.24%, O 25.21%, S 10.10%
Literature References: Extremely broad-spectrum semi-synthetic antibiotic; first stable derivative of thienamycin, q.v. Prepn: W. J. Leanza et al., J. Med. Chem. 22, 1435 (1979); T. W. Miller, EP 6639 (1980 to Merck & Co.), C.A. 93, 155845y (1980); B. G. Christensen et al., US 4194047 (1980 to Merck & Co.). Totally synthetic prepn without formation of thienamycin: I. Shinkai et al.,Tetrahedron Lett. 23, 4903 (1982). HPLC determn in serum: C. M. Myers, J. L. Blumer, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 26, 78 (1984). Series of articles on in vitro activity, pharmacokinetics, clinical efficacy of combination with cilastatin sodium, q.v., a renal dehydropeptidase I inhibitor: J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 12, Suppl. D, 1-155 (1983); Rev. Infect. Dis. 7, Suppl. 3, S389-S536 (1985); Am. J. Med. 78, Suppl. 6A, 1-167 (1985); Infection 14, Suppl. 2, S111-S180 (1986). Comprehensive description: E. R. Oberholtzer, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. 17, 73-114 (1988).
Properties: Crystals from water-ethanol. [a]D25 +86.8° (c = 0.05 in 0.1M phosphate, pH 7). pKa1 ~3.2, pKa2 ~9.9. uv max (water): 299 nm (e 9670, 98% NH2OH ext). Soly (mg/ml): water 10, methanol 5, ethanol 0.2, acetone <0.1, dimethylformamide <0.1, dimethylsulfoxide 0.3.
pKa: pKa1 ~3.2, pKa2 ~9.9
Optical Rotation: [a]D25 +86.8° (c = 0.05 in 0.1M phosphate, pH 7)
Absorption maximum: uv max (water): 299 nm (e 9670, 98% NH2OH ext)
Derivative Type: Combination with cilastatin sodium
CAS Registry Number: 85960-17-4
Trademarks: Imipem (Neopharmed); Primaxin (Merck & Co.); Tenacid (Sigma-Tau); Tienam (Merck & Co.); Zienam (Merck & Co.)
Therap-Cat: Antibacterial.
Keywords: Antibacterial (Antibiotics); ?Lactams; Carbapenems.

Imipenem (Primaxin among others) is an intravenous β-lactam antibiotic discovered by Merck scientists Burton Christensen, William Leanza, and Kenneth Wildonger in the mid-1970s.[1] Carbapenems are highly resistant to the β-lactamase enzymes produced by many multiple drug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria,[2] thus play a key role in the treatment of infections not readily treated with other antibiotics.[3]

Imipenem was patented in 1975 and approved for medical use in 1985.[4] It was discovered via a lengthy trial-and-error search for a more stable version of the natural product thienamycin, which is produced by the bacterium Streptomyces cattleya. Thienamycin has antibacterial activity, but is unstable in aqueous solution, so impractical to administer to patients.[5] Imipenem has a broad spectrum of activity against aerobic and anaerobicGram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria.[6] It is particularly important for its activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa and the Enterococcus species. It is not active against MRSA, however.

Medical uses

Spectrum of bacterial susceptibility and resistance

Acinetobacter anitratusAcinetobacter calcoaceticusActinomyces odontolyticusAeromonas hydrophilaBacteroides distasonisBacteroides uniformis, and Clostridium perfringens are generally susceptible to imipenem, while Acinetobacter baumannii, some Acinetobacter spp., Bacteroides fragilis, and Enterococcus faecalis have developed resistance to imipenem to varying degrees. Not many species are resistant to imipenem except Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Oman) and Stenotrophomonas maltophilia.[7]

Coadministration with cilastatin

Imipenem is rapidly degraded by the renal enzyme dehydropeptidase 1 when administered alone, and is almost always coadministered with cilastatin to prevent this inactivation[8]

Adverse effects

Common adverse drug reactions are nausea and vomiting. People who are allergic to penicillin and other β-lactam antibiotics should take caution if taking imipenem, as cross-reactivity rates are high. At high doses, imipenem is seizurogenic.[9]

Mechanism of action

Imipenem acts as an antimicrobial through inhibiting cell wall synthesis of various Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. It remains very stable in the presence of β-lactamase (both penicillinase and cephalosporinase) produced by some bacteria, and is a strong inhibitor of β-lactamases from some Gram-negative bacteria that are resistant to most β-lactam antibiotics.

SYM

By reaction of thienamycin (I) with methyl formimidate (II) by means of NaOH in water.

DE 2652679; FR 2332012; GB 1570990; NL 7612939

SYN 2

WO 0294828

The reaction of (3R,5R,6S)-6-(1(R)-hydroxyethyl)-2-oxo-1-carbapenem-3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester (I) with diphenyl chlorophosphate by (II) means of DMAP and DIEA in DMA/dichloromethane gives the enol phosphate (III), which is condensed with 2-aminoethanethiol (IV) in DMA to yield the 2-aminoethylsulfanyl derivative (V). The reaction of (V) with benzyl formimidate (VI) by means of DIEA in DMA affords the intermediate p-nitrobenzyl ester (VII), which is finally hydrogenated with H2 over Pd/C in water/isopropanol/N-methylmorpholine to provide the target Imipemide.

SYN 3

Tetrahedron Lett 1982,23(47),4903

The condensation of 7-oxo-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3-(diphenoxyphosphate)-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid p-nitrophenyl ester (I) with the bis(trimethylsilyl) derivative of 2-(iminomethylamino)ethanethiol (II) in the presence of base gives p-nitrophenyl ester of MK-0787, protected with a trimethylsilyl group (III), which is finally deprotected by hydrogenolysis.

CLIP

Image result for imipenem synthesis

Synthesis Path

References

  1. ^ U.S. Patent 4,194,047
  2. ^ Clissold, SP; Todd, PA; Campoli-Richards, DM (Mar 1987). “Imipenem/cilastatin. A review of its antibacterial activity, pharmacokinetic properties and therapeutic efficacy”. Drugs33 (3): 183–241. doi:10.2165/00003495-198733030-00001PMID 3552595.
  3. ^ Vardakas, KZ; Tansarli, GS; Rafailidis, PI; Falagas, ME (Dec 2012). “Carbapenems versus alternative antibiotics for the treatment of bacteraemia due to Enterobacteriaceae producing extended-spectrum β-lactamases: a systematic review and meta-analysis”. The Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy67 (12): 2793–803. doi:10.1093/jac/dks301PMID 22915465.
  4. ^ Fischer, Janos; Ganellin, C. Robin (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 497. ISBN 9783527607495.
  5. ^ Kahan, FM; Kropp, H; Sundelof, JG; Birnbaum, J (Dec 1983). “Thienamycin: development of imipenen-cilastatin”. The Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. 12 Suppl D: 1–35. doi:10.1093/jac/12.suppl_d.1PMID 6365872.
  6. ^ Kesado, Tadataka; Hashizume, Terutaka; Asahi, Yoshinari (1980). “Antibacterial activities of a new stabilized thienamycin, N-formimidoyl thienamycin, in comparison with other antibiotics”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy17 (6): 912–7. doi:10.1128/aac.17.6.912PMC 283902PMID 6931548.
  7. ^ “Imipenem spectrum of bacterial susceptibility and Resistance” (PDF). Retrieved 4 May 2012.
  8. ^ “IMIPENEM/CILASTATIN”livertox.nih.gov. Retrieved 2019-03-08.
  9. ^ Cannon, Joan P.; Lee, Todd A.; Clark, Nina M.; Setlak, Paul; Grim, Shellee A. (2014-08-01). “The risk of seizures among the carbapenems: a meta-analysis”Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy69 (8): 2043–2055. doi:10.1093/jac/dku111ISSN 0305-7453.

Further reading

External links

Imipenem
Imipenem.svg
Imipenem ball-and-stick.png
Clinical data
Trade names Primaxin
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
MedlinePlus a686013
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
IMIV
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 20%
Metabolism Renal
Elimination half-life 38 minutes (children), 60 minutes (adults)
Excretion Urine (70%)
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.058.831 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C12H17N3O4S
Molar mass 299.347 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
    • Synonyms:Imipemide
    • ATC:J01DH51
  • Use:carbapenem antibiotic
  • Chemical name:[5R-[5α,6α(R*)]]-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid
  • Formula:C12H17N3O4S
  • MW:299.35 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:64221-86-9
  • InChI Key:ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C12H17N3O4S/c1-6(16)9-7-4-8(20-3-2-14-5-13)10(12(18)19)15(7)11(9)17/h5-7,9,16H,2-4H2,1H3,(H2,13,14)(H,18,19)/t6-,7-,9-/m1/s1
  • EINECS:264-734-5
  • LD50:1660 mg/kg (M, i.v.); >5 g/kg (M, p.o.);
    1972 mg/kg (R, i.v.); >5 g/kg (R, p.o.)

Derivatives, monohydrate

  • Formula:C12H17N3O4S • H2O
  • MW:317.37 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:74431-23-5
References
    • Leanza, W.J. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 22, 1435 (1979).
    • a Salzmann, T.L. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 102, 6161-6163 (1980).
    •  Reider, P.J.; Grabowski, E.J.J.: Tetrahedron Lett. (TELEAY) 23, 2293-2296 (1982).
    •  Grabowski, E.J.J.: Chirality (CHRLEP) 17, 249-259 (2005).
    • US 4 194 047 (Merck & Co.; 18.3.1980; prior. 21.11.1975).
    • DOS 2 652 679 (Merck & Co.; appl. 19.11.1976; USA-prior. 21.11.1975).
    • b US 5 998 612 (Merck & Co.; 7.12.1999; appl. 12.6.1992; prior. 23.10.1981).
    • c US 4 981 992 (Takasago; 27.1.1998; appl. 13.5.1996; J-prior. 11.5.1995).
    •  US 5 204 460 (Takasago; 20.4.1993; appl. 8.11.1991; J-prior. 8.11.1990).
    •  US 5 204 462 (Takasago; 20.4.1993; appl. 8.11.1991; J-prior. 8.11.1990).
    •  US 5 712 388 (Takasago; 27.1.1998; appl. 13.5.1996; J-prior. 11.5.1995).
    •  US 5 081 239 (Takasago; 14.1.1992; appl. 29.11.1989; J-prior. 29.11.1988).
  • Acetoxylation of 2-azetidinones in 4-position:
    • Noyori, R. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 111, 9134-9135 (1989).
    • Noyori, R. et al.: Angew. Chem. (ANCEAD) 114, 2108-2123 (2002).
    • US 5 288 862 (Takasago; 22.2.1994; appl. 16.4.1992; J-prior. 18.4.1991).
    • US 5 606 052 (Takasago; 25.2.1997; appl. 16.4.1992; J-prior. 18.4.1991).
  • Noyori-catalyst:
    • US 4 739 084 (Takasago; 19.4.1988; appl. 15.4.1987; J-prior. 13.5.1986).
  • d process of Nippon Soda (Nisso):
    • US 5 026 844 (Suntory & Nippon Soda; 25.6.1991; appl. 13.10.1989; J-prior. 19.10.1988).
    • US 5 792 861 (Tanabe Seiyaku & Nippon Soda; 11.8.1998; appl. 29.6.1994, 4.11.1996; J-prior. 30.6.1993).
    • US 5 808 055 (Suntory & Nippon Soda; 15.9.1998; appl. 30.3.1993, 5.7.1995; J-prior. 30.3.1993).
    • e US 4 791 198 (Kanegafuchi; 13.12.1988; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 4 861 877 (Kanegafuchi; 29.8.1989; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1985, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 5 061 817 (Kanegafuchi; 29.10.1991; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987, 31.5.1988; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 4 914 200 (Kanegafuchi; 3.4.1990; appl. 28.4.1987, 14.2.1989; J-prior. 30.4.1986, 13.11.1986, 9.2.1987).
  • Enzymatic reduction of alkyl-2-(N-benzoylamino)methyl-3-oxobutyrates with bakers yeast:
    • US 5 463 047 (Ciba-Geigy; 31.10.1995; appl. 15.9.1994; CH-prior. 4.5.1987).
  • Further synthesis processes of Merck & Co. for thienamycin:
    • Johnston, D.B.R. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 100, 313-315 (1978).
    • Mellilo, D.G. et al.: Tetrahedron Lett. (TELEAY) 21, 2783 (1980).
    • Melillo, D.G. et al.: J. Org. Chem. (JOCEAH) 51, 1498-1504 (1986).
    • Karady, S. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 103, 6765-6767 (1981).
    • US 4 269 772 (Merck & Co.; 26.5.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 282 148 (Merck & Co.; 4.8.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 287 123 (Merck & Co.; 1.9.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 290 947 (Merck & Co.; 22.9.1981; appl. 29.5.1980).
    • US 4 360 684 (Merck & Co.; 23.11.1982; appl. 8.4.1981).
    • US 4 206 219 (Merck & Co.; 3.6.1980; appl. 24.10.1978).
    • US 4 348 320 (Merck & Co.; 7.9.1982; appl. 20.8.1980; USA-prior. 19.11.1976).
    • US 4 460 507 (Merck & Co.; 17.7.1984; appl. 29.4.1982; USA-prior. 10.10.1980).
    • US 5 055 573 (Merck & Co.; 8.10.1991, appl. 24.8.1990; USA-prior. 19.11.1976).
    • US 5 037 974 (Merck & Co.; 6.8.1991; appl. 14.8.1990; prior. 23.5.1988, 10.4.1990).
  • Review of thienamycin syntheses:
    • Nicolaou, K.C.; Sorensen, E.J.: Classics in Total Synthesis, VCH 1996, Weinheim & New York, chapter 16, p. 249-263.
    • Berks, A.H.: Tetrahedron (TETRAB) 52, 331-375 (1996).
  • Alternative 2-azetidinone ring closure with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate:
    • US 4 350 631 (Merck & Co.; 21.9.1982; appl. 18.3.1981; prior. 18.12.1980).
  • Thienamycin (by fermentation of S. cattleya):
    • US 3 950 357 (Merck & Co.; 13.4.1976; appl. 25.11.1974).
    • DOS 2 552 638 (Merck & Co.; appl. 24.11.1975; USA-prior. 25.11.1974).
  • Combination with cilastatin:
    • EP 48 301 (Merck & Co.; appl. 24.9.1980).

/////////////Imipenem, イミペネム水和物  , MK-787,

Novobiocin, ノボビオシン;

$
0
0

Novobiocin2DCSD.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | novobiocin | C31H36N2O11

Novobiocin

ノボビオシン;

  • Molecular FormulaC31H36N2O11
  • Average mass612.624 Da
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzamido)-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yloxy)-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name) [ACD/IUPAC Name]
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name)
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name)
1476-53-5 [RN]
17EC19951N
216-023-6 [EINECS]
224-321-2 [EINECS]
575
Albamycin[Trade name]
Biotexin
CAS number303-81-1
WeightAverage: 612.6243
Monoisotopic: 612.231910004
Chemical FormulaC31H36N2O11
For the treatment of infections due to staphylococci and other susceptible organisms
Novobiocin
 Novobiocin
CAS Registry Number: 303-81-1
CAS Name: N-[7-[[3-O-(Aminocarbonyl)-6-deoxy-5-C-methyl-4-O-methyl-b-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl]oxy]-4-hydroxy-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-1-benzopyran-3-yl]-4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)benzamide
Additional Names: crystallinic acid; streptonivicin
Manufacturers’ Codes: PA-93; U-6591
Molecular Formula: C31H36N2O11
Molecular Weight: 612.62
Percent Composition: C 60.78%, H 5.92%, N 4.57%, O 28.73%
Literature References: Antibiotic substance produced by Streptomyces spheroides: Kaczka et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 6404 (1955); Wolf, US 3000873 (1961 to Merck & Co.); Stammer, Miller; Miller; Wallick, US 3049475US 3049476US 3049534 (all 1962 to Merck & Co.). By Streptomyces niveus: Hoeksema et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 6710 (1955); Antibiot. Chemother. 6, 143 (1956); French, US 3068221 (1962 to Upjohn). Structure: Shunk et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 78, 1770 (1956); Hoeksema et al., ibid.2019; Walton et al., ibid. 82, 1489 (1960). Conformation: Golding, Richards, Chem. Ind. (London) 1963, 1081. Revised configuration: O. Achmatowicz et al., Tetrahedron 32, 1051 (1976). Synthesis: Stammer, US 2925411 (1960); Walton, Spencer, US2966484 (1960 to Merck & Co.); Vaterlaus et al., Helv. Chim. Acta 47, 390 (1964). Conversion of isonovobiocin to novobiocin: Caron et al., US 2983723 (1961 to Upjohn). Antiviral activity: Chang, Weinstein, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 1970, 165. Efficacy in canine respiratory infections: B. W. Maxey, Vet. Med. Small Anim. Clin. 75, 89 (1980). Mechanism of action studies: Smith, Davis, J. Bacteriol. 93, 71 (1967); H. T. Wright et al., Science 213, 455 (1981); I. W. Althaus et al., J. Antibiot. 41, 373 (1988). Review: Brock in Antibiotics vol. 1, R. Gottlieb, P. Shaw, Eds. (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1967) pp 651-665; M. J. Ryan, ibid. vol. 5(pt. 1), F. E. Hahn, Ed. (1979) pp 214-234.
Properties: Pale yellow orthorhombic crystals from ethanol. Sensitive to light. d 1.3448. Dec at 152-156° (a rarer modification dec 174-178°). Acid reaction: pKa1 4.3; pKa2 9.1. [a]D24 -63.0° (c = 1 in ethanol). uv max (0.1N NaOH; 0.1N methanolic HCl; pH 7 phosphate buffer): 307; 324; 390 nm (E1%1cm 600, 390, 350 resp.). Sol in aq soln above pH 7.5. Practically insol in more acidic solns. Sol in acetone, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, lower alcohols, pyridine. Additional soly data: Weiss et al., Antibiot. Chemother.7, 374 (1957).
pKa: pKa1 4.3; pKa2 9.1
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -63.0° (c = 1 in ethanol)
Absorption maximum: uv max (0.1N NaOH; 0.1N methanolic HCl; pH 7 phosphate buffer): 307; 324; 390 nm (E1%1cm 600, 390, 350 resp.)
Density: d 1.3448
Derivative Type: Monosodium salt
CAS Registry Number: 1476-53-5
Trademarks: Albamycin (Pharmacia & Upjohn)
Molecular Formula: C31H35N2NaO11
Molecular Weight: 634.61
Percent Composition: C 58.67%, H 5.56%, N 4.41%, Na 3.62%, O 27.73%
Properties: Minute crystals, dec 220°. [a]D24 -38° (c = 2.5 in 95% ethanol); [a]D24 -33° (c = 2.5 in water). Freely sol in water. A 100 mg/ml soln has a pH of 7.5 and a half-life of ~30 days at 25° and several months at 4°. Soly data: Weiss et al., loc. cit. Properties: Birlova, Traktenberg, Antibiotiki 13, 997 (1968).
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -38° (c = 2.5 in 95% ethanol); [a]D24 -33° (c = 2.5 in water)
Therap-Cat: Antibacterial.
Therap-Cat-Vet: Antimicrobial.
INGREDIENT UNII CAS INCHI KEY
Novobiocin sodium Q9S9NQ5YIY 1476-53-5 WWPRGAYLRGSOSU-RNROJPEYSA-M

Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc

Abgentis is investigating a novobiocin analog, GYR-12 (discovery), as a re-engineered, previously-marketed-but-uncompetitive (undisclosed) antibacterial compound inhibiting ATPase activity of DNA supercoiling GyrB/ParE, for the potential broad-spectrum treatment of bacterial infections, including multi-drug resistant Gram-negative infections. In April 2017, development was underway [1924695].

Novobiocin, also known as albamycin or cathomycin, is an aminocoumarin antibiotic that is produced by the actinomycete Streptomyces niveus, which has recently been identified as a subjective synonym for S. spheroides[1] a member of the order Actinobacteria. Other aminocoumarin antibiotics include clorobiocin and coumermycin A1.[2] Novobiocin was first reported in the mid-1950s (then called streptonivicin).[3][4]

It is active against Staphylococcus epidermidis and may be used to differentiate it from the other coagulase-negative Staphylococcus saprophyticus, which is resistant to novobiocin, in culture.

Novobiocin was licensed for clinical use under the tradename Albamycin (Pharmacia And Upjohn) in the 1960s. Its efficacy has been demonstrated in preclinical and clinical trials.[5][6] The oral form of the drug has since been withdrawn from the market due to lack of efficacy.[7] Novobiocin is an effective antistaphylococcal agent used in the treatment of MRSA.[8]

Mechanism of action

The molecular basis of action of novobiocin, and other related drugs clorobiocin and coumermycin A1 has been examined.[2][9][10][11][12] Aminocoumarins are very potent inhibitors of bacterial DNA gyrase and work by targeting the GyrB subunit of the enzyme involved in energy transduction. Novobiocin as well as the other aminocoumarin antibiotics act as competitive inhibitors of the ATPase reaction catalysed by GyrB. The potency of novobiocin is considerably higher than that of the fluoroquinolones that also target DNA gyrase, but at a different site on the enzyme. The GyrA subunit is involved in the DNA nicking and ligation activity.

Novobiocin has been shown to weakly inhibit the C-terminus of the eukaryotic Hsp90 protein (high micromolar IC50). Modification of the novobiocin scaffold has led to more selective Hsp90 inhibitors.[13] Novobiocin has also been shown to bind and activate the Gram-negative lipopolysaccharide transporter LptBFGC.[14][15]

Structure

Novobiocin is an aminocoumarin. Novobiocin may be divided up into three entities; a benzoic acid derivative, a coumarin residue, and the sugar novobiose.[9] X-ray crystallographic studies have found that the drug-receptor complex of Novobiocin and DNA Gyrase shows that ATP and Novobiocin have overlapping binding sites on the gyrase molecule.[16] The overlap of the coumarin and ATP-binding sites is consistent with aminocoumarins being competitive inhibitors of the ATPase activity.[17]

Structure–activity relationship

In structure activity relationship experiments it was found that removal of the carbamoyl group located on the novobiose sugar lead to a dramatic decrease in inhibitory activity of novobiocin.[17]

Biosynthesis

This aminocoumarin antibiotic consists of three major substituents. The 3-dimethylallyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid moiety, known as ring A, is derived from prephenate and dimethylallyl pyrophosphate. The aminocoumarin moiety, known as ring B, is derived from L-tyrosine. The final component of novobiocin is the sugar derivative L-noviose, known as ring C, which is derived from glucose-1-phosphate. The biosynthetic gene cluster for novobiocin was identified by Heide and coworkers in 1999 (published 2000) from Streptomyces spheroidesNCIB 11891.[18] They identified 23 putative open reading frames (ORFs) and more than 11 other ORFs that may play a role in novobiocin biosynthesis.

The biosynthesis of ring A (see Fig. 1) begins with prephenate which is a derived from the shikimic acid biosynthetic pathway. The enzyme NovF catalyzes the decarboxylation of prephenate while simultaneously reducing nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADP+) to produce NADPH. Following this NovQ catalyzes the electrophilic substitution of the phenyl ring with dimethylallyl pyrophosphate (DMAPP) otherwise known as prenylation.[19] DMAPP can come from either the mevalonic acid pathway or the deoxyxylulose biosynthetic pathway. Next the 3-dimethylallyl-4-hydroxybenzoate molecule is subjected to two oxidative decarboxylations by NovR and molecular oxygen.[20] NovR is a non-heme iron oxygenase with a unique bifunctional catalysis. In the first stage both oxygens are incorporated from the molecular oxygen while in the second step only one is incorporated as determined by isotope labeling studies. This completes the formation of ring A.

Figure 1. Biosynthetic scheme of benzamide portion of novobiocin (4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)benzoic acid)

The biosynthesis of ring B (see Fig. 2) begins with the natural amino acid L-tyrosine. This is then adenylated and thioesterified onto the peptidyl carrier protein (PCP) of NovH by ATPand NovH itself.[21] NovI then further modifies this PCP bound molecule by oxidizing the β-position using NADPH and molecular oxygen. NovJ and NovK form a heterodimer of J2K2 which is the active form of this benzylic oxygenase.[22] This process uses NADP+ as a hydride acceptor in the oxidation of the β-alcohol. This ketone will prefer to exist in its enol tautomer in solution. Next a still unidentified protein catalyzes the selective oxidation of the benzene (as shown in Fig. 2). Upon oxidation this intermediate will spontaneously lactonize to form the aromatic ring B and lose NovH in the process.

Figure 2. Biosynthesis of 3-amino-4,7-dihydroxy-2H-chromen-2-one component of novobiocin (ring B)

The biosynthesis of L-noviose (ring C) is shown in Fig. 3. This process starts from glucose-1-phosphate where NovV takes dTTP and replaces the phosphate group with a dTDP group. NovT then oxidizes the 4-hydroxy group using NAD+. NovT also accomplishes a dehydroxylation of the 6 position of the sugar. NovW then epimerizes the 3 position of the sugar.[23] The methylation of the 5 position is accomplished by NovU and S-adenosyl methionine (SAM). Finally NovS reduces the 4 position again to achieve epimerization of that position from the starting glucose-1-phosphate using NADH.

Figure 3. Biosynthesis of L-noviose component of novobiocin (ring C)

Rings A, B, and C are coupled together and modified to give the finished novobiocin molecule. Rings A and B are coupled together by the enzyme NovL using ATP to diphosphorylate the carboxylate group of ring A so that the carbonyl can be attacked by the amine group on ring B. The resulting compound is methylated by NovO and SAM prior to glycosylation.[24] NovM adds ring C (L-noviose) to the hydroxyl group derived from tyrosine with the loss of dTDP. Another methylation is accomplished by NovP and SAM at the 4 position of the L-noviose sugar.[25] This methylation allows NovN to carbamylate the 3 position of the sugar as shown in Fig. 4 completing the biosynthesis of novobiocin.

Figure 4. Completed biosynthesis of novobiocin from ring systems AB, and C.
CLIP

CLIP

CLIP

CLIP

str1-1

PATENT

US-20190241599

Novel co-crystal forms of novobiocin and its analogs and proline, processes for their preparation and compositions comprising them are claimed. Also claims are methods for inhibiting heat shock protein 90 and treating or preventing neurodegenerative disorders, such as diabetic peripheral neuropathy.

References

  1. ^ Lanoot B, Vancanneyt M, Cleenwerck I, Wang L, Li W, Liu Z, Swings J (May 2002). “The search for synonyms among streptomycetes by using SDS-PAGE of whole-cell proteins. Emendation of the species Streptomyces aurantiacus, Streptomyces cacaoi subsp. cacaoi, Streptomyces caeruleus and Streptomyces violaceus”. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology52 (Pt 3): 823–9. doi:10.1099/ijs.0.02008-0PMID 12054245.
  2. Jump up to:a b Alessandra da Silva Eustáquio (2004) Biosynthesis of aminocoumarin antibiotics in Streptomyces: Generation of structural analogues by genetic engineering and insights into the regulation of antibiotic production. DISSERTATION
  3. ^ Hoeksema H.; Johnson J. L.; Hinman J. W. (1955). “Structural studies on streptonivicin, a new antibiotic”. J Am Chem Soc77 (24): 6710–6711. doi:10.1021/ja01629a129.
  4. ^ Smith C. G.; Dietz A.; Sokolski W. T.; Savage G. M. (1956). “Streptonivicin, a new antibiotic. I. Discovery and biologic studies”. Antibiotics & Chemotherapy6: 135–142.
  5. ^ Raad I, Darouiche R, Hachem R, Sacilowski M, Bodey GP (November 1995). “Antibiotics and prevention of microbial colonization of catheters”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy39 (11): 2397–400. doi:10.1128/aac.39.11.2397PMC 162954PMID 8585715.
  6. ^ Raad II, Hachem RY, Abi-Said D, Rolston KV, Whimbey E, Buzaid AC, Legha S (January 1998). “A prospective crossover randomized trial of novobiocin and rifampin prophylaxis for the prevention of intravascular catheter infections in cancer patients treated with interleukin-2”. Cancer82 (2): 403–11. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0142(19980115)82:2<412::AID-CNCR22>3.0.CO;2-0PMID 9445199.
  7. ^ “Determination That ALBAMYCIN (Novobiocin Sodium) Capsule, 250 Milligrams, Was Withdrawn From Sale for Reasons of Safety or Effectiveness”The Federal Register. 19 January 2011.
  8. ^ Walsh TJ, Standiford HC, Reboli AC, John JF, Mulligan ME, Ribner BS, Montgomerie JZ, Goetz MB, Mayhall CG, Rimland D (June 1993). “Randomized double-blinded trial of rifampin with either novobiocin or trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus colonization: prevention of antimicrobial resistance and effect of host factors on outcome”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy37 (6): 1334–42. doi:10.1128/aac.37.6.1334PMC 187962PMID 8328783.
  9. Jump up to:a b Maxwell A (August 1993). “The interaction between coumarin drugs and DNA gyrase”. Molecular Microbiology9 (4): 681–6. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2958.1993.tb01728.xPMID 8231802.
  10. ^ Maxwell A (February 1999). “DNA gyrase as a drug target”. Biochemical Society Transactions27 (2): 48–53. doi:10.1042/bst0270048PMID 10093705.
  11. ^ Lewis RJ, Tsai FT, Wigley DB (August 1996). “Molecular mechanisms of drug inhibition of DNA gyrase”. BioEssays18 (8): 661–71. doi:10.1002/bies.950180810PMID 8760340.
  12. ^ Maxwell A, Lawson DM (2003). “The ATP-binding site of type II topoisomerases as a target for antibacterial drugs”. Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry3 (3): 283–303. doi:10.2174/1568026033452500PMID 12570764.
  13. ^ Yu XM, Shen G, Neckers L, Blake H, Holzbeierlein J, Cronk B, Blagg BS (September 2005). “Hsp90 inhibitors identified from a library of novobiocin analogues”. Journal of the American Chemical Society127 (37): 12778–9. doi:10.1021/ja0535864PMID 16159253.
  14. ^ Mandler MD, Baidin V, Lee J, Pahil KS, Owens TW, Kahne D (June 2018). “Novobiocin Enhances Polymyxin Activity by Stimulating Lipopolysaccharide Transport”Journal of the American Chemical Society140 (22): 6749–6753. doi:10.1021/jacs.8b02283PMC 5990483PMID 29746111.
  15. ^ May JM, Owens TW, Mandler MD, Simpson BW, Lazarus MB, Sherman DJ, Davis RM, Okuda S, Massefski W, Ruiz N, Kahne D (December 2017). “The Antibiotic Novobiocin Binds and Activates the ATPase That Powers Lipopolysaccharide Transport”Journal of the American Chemical Society139 (48): 17221–17224. doi:10.1021/jacs.7b07736PMC 5735422PMID 29135241.
  16. ^ Tsai FT, Singh OM, Skarzynski T, Wonacott AJ, Weston S, Tucker A, Pauptit RA, Breeze AL, Poyser JP, O’Brien R, Ladbury JE, Wigley DB (May 1997). “The high-resolution crystal structure of a 24-kDa gyrase B fragment from E. coli complexed with one of the most potent coumarin inhibitors, clorobiocin”. Proteins28 (1): 41–52. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0134(199705)28:1<41::aid-prot4>3.3.co;2-bPMID 9144789.
  17. Jump up to:a b Flatman RH, Eustaquio A, Li SM, Heide L, Maxwell A (April 2006). “Structure-activity relationships of aminocoumarin-type gyrase and topoisomerase IV inhibitors obtained by combinatorial biosynthesis”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy50 (4): 1136–42. doi:10.1128/AAC.50.4.1136-1142.2006PMC 1426943PMID 16569821.
  18. ^ Steffensky M, Mühlenweg A, Wang ZX, Li SM, Heide L (May 2000). “Identification of the novobiocin biosynthetic gene cluster of Streptomyces spheroides NCIB 11891”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy44 (5): 1214–22. doi:10.1128/AAC.44.5.1214-1222.2000PMC 89847PMID 10770754.
  19. ^ Pojer F, Wemakor E, Kammerer B, Chen H, Walsh CT, Li SM, Heide L (March 2003). “CloQ, a prenyltransferase involved in clorobiocin biosynthesis”Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America100 (5): 2316–21. Bibcode:2003PNAS..100.2316Pdoi:10.1073/pnas.0337708100PMC 151338PMID 12618544.
  20. ^ Pojer F, Kahlich R, Kammerer B, Li SM, Heide L (August 2003). “CloR, a bifunctional non-heme iron oxygenase involved in clorobiocin biosynthesis”. The Journal of Biological Chemistry278 (33): 30661–8. doi:10.1074/jbc.M303190200PMID 12777382.
  21. ^ Chen H, Walsh CT (April 2001). “Coumarin formation in novobiocin biosynthesis: beta-hydroxylation of the aminoacyl enzyme tyrosyl-S-NovH by a cytochrome P450 NovI”. Chemistry & Biology8 (4): 301–12. doi:10.1016/S1074-5521(01)00009-6PMID 11325587.
  22. ^ Pacholec M, Hillson NJ, Walsh CT (September 2005). “NovJ/NovK catalyze benzylic oxidation of a beta-hydroxyl tyrosyl-S-pantetheinyl enzyme during aminocoumarin ring formation in novobiocin biosynthesis”. Biochemistry44 (38): 12819–26. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.569.1481doi:10.1021/bi051297mPMID 16171397.
  23. ^ Thuy TT, Lee HC, Kim CG, Heide L, Sohng JK (April 2005). “Functional characterizations of novWUS involved in novobiocin biosynthesis from Streptomyces spheroides”. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics436 (1): 161–7. doi:10.1016/j.abb.2005.01.012PMID 15752721.
  24. ^ Pacholec M, Tao J, Walsh CT (November 2005). “CouO and NovO: C-methyltransferases for tailoring the aminocoumarin scaffold in coumermycin and novobiocin antibiotic biosynthesis”. Biochemistry44 (45): 14969–76. doi:10.1021/bi051599oPMID 16274243.
  25. ^ Freel Meyers CL, Oberthür M, Xu H, Heide L, Kahne D, Walsh CT (January 2004). “Characterization of NovP and NovN: completion of novobiocin biosynthesis by sequential tailoring of the noviosyl ring”. Angewandte Chemie43 (1): 67–70. doi:10.1002/anie.200352626PMID 14694473.

External links

Novobiocin
Novobiocin2DCSD.svg
Space-filling model of the novobiocin molecule
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Routes of
administration
intravenous
ATCvet code
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability negligible oral bioavailability
Metabolism excreted unchanged
Elimination half-life 6 hours
Excretion renal
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.005.589 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C31H36N2O11
Molar mass 612.624 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Novobiocin calcium.png

4309-70-0  CAS

calcium;7-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-4-carbamoyloxy-3-hydroxy-5-methoxy-6,6-dimethyloxan-2-yl]oxy-3-[[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzoyl]amino]-8-methyl-2-oxochromen-4-olate

///////// Novobiocin, ノボビオシン  , Antibacterial, Antimicrobial,  crystallinic acid, streptonivicin,

Manufacturers’ Codes: PA-93; U-6591

History

Novobiocin is a coumarin antibiotic obtained from Streptomyces niveus and other Streptomyces species. Novobiocin is useful primarily in infections involving staphylococci, and other gram-positive organisms. It acts by inhibiting the initiation of DNA replication in bacterial and mammanlian cells. Evidences indicated that Novobiocin blocks prokaryotic DNA gyrase and eukaryotic II topoisomerase, enzymes that relax super-coiled DNA and are crucial for DNA replication.1

Novobiocin

UIPAC Name 4-Hydroxy-3-4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzamido-8-methylcoumarin-7-yl 3-O-carbamoyl-5,5-di-C-methyl-α-l-lyxofuranoside
CAS Number 303-81-1
Molecular Mass 612.624 g / mol
Chemical Formular C31H36N2O11

Biosynthesis

The substituted coumarin (ring B, red) and the 4-OH benzoyl moiety (ring A, aqua) in novobiocin were derived from Image-Tyr based on earlier labeling studies. β-OH-Tyr is proposed to be a common intermediate in these two biosynthetic pathways.2

NovH is a Image-Tyr specific didomain NRPS that generates the Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH intermediate. NovH, isolated from E. coli is primed by a PPTase with CoA. The A domain activates Image-Tyr as Image-tyrosyl-AMP and then transfers the Image-tyrosyl group to the HS-pant-PCP domain of NovH through thioester formation.3

Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH is then function as a cytochrome P450 monooxygenase that hydroxylates the β-carbon of the tethered Image-tyrosyl group on NovH. While the substrate Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH provides two electrons for a single round of the hydroxylation reaction, the other two electrons needed to reduce the oxygen atom are provided by NADPH via two-electron transfer effected by electron transfer proteins ferrodoxin (Fd) and ferrodoxin reductase (Fd Red).3 The electron transfer route is from NADPH→FAD in Fd Red→Fe–S center in Fd→Heme in NovI→oxygen.

Both NovJ and NovK are similar to 3-keto-ACP reductase and they may form a heterodimer and operate in the reverse direction to oxidize 3-OH to 3-keto. NovO is similar to some quinone C-methyltransferases 3 but the timing of methylation is not clear. NovC resembles flavin-dependent monooxygenases (35 and 32% similarity to dimethylaniline and cyclohexanone monooxygenases, respectively) 3 and is proposed to hydroxylate the ortho position of the phenyl ring. The nucleophilic attack of the ortho hydroxyl group on the thioester carbonyl center would release the coumarin ring and regenerate NovH. Ring B is then synthesized.

Synthesis

Mechanism of action

E.Coli DNA gyrase utilizes ATP to catalyze the negative supercoiling, or under-twisting, of duplex DNA. The energy coupling components of the supercoiling reaction includes 1) the DNA-dependent hydrolysis that converts ATP to ADP and Pi, and 2) the gyrase cleavage reaction that targets the specified DNA site. The two activities are induced by treating the stable gyrase-DNA complex trapped by the inihibitor oxolinic acid with sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS or Sulphate). 4 Novobiocin competes with ATP in the ATPase and supercoiling assays, hence Novobiocin prevents the ATP from shifting the primary cleavage site on ColE1 DNA by places the site of action of the antibiotics at a reaction step prior to ATP hydrolysis and blocks the binding of ATP. 4 Such a simple mechanism of action represents for all effects of the drugs on DNA gyrase.

Clinical Use

Due to factors as low solubility, poor pharmacokinetics, and limited activity agasinst Gram-negative bacteria, the clinical usage of Novobiocin is not achieved. 5 Therefore, it is of interest to study the novobiocin biosynthetic pathway in order to generate analogs with enhanced solubility and pharmacokinetic properties while maintaining the gyrase inhibitory properties.

References

1 J.C. D’Halluin, M. Milleville, and P. Boulanger. “Effect of Novobiocin on adenovirus DNA synthesis and encapsidation”. Nucleic Acids Research 1980; 8: 1625-1641

2 M. Steffensky, S.M. Li and L. Heide, “Cloning, overexpression, and purification of novobiocic acid synthetase from Streptomyces spheroides ” NCIB 11891. J. Biol. Chem. 275 (2000), pp. 21754–21760.

3 Huawei Chen and Christopher T. Walsh, “Coumarin formation in novobiocin biosynthesis: β-hydroxylation of the aminoacyl enzyme tyrosyl-S-NovH by a cytochrome P450 NovI” Chemistry and Biology; 2001; 8: 301-312

4 K. Scheirer and N. P. Higgins. “The DAN Cleavage Reaction of DNA Gyrase ” The Journal of Biological Chemistry; 1997; 272 (43): 27202-27209

5 N Pi, C. L. F. Meyers, M. Pacholec, C. T. Walsh, and J. A. Leary. “Mass spectrometric characterization of a three-enzyme tandem reacton for assembly and modification of the novobiocin skeleton” PNAS 2004;101;10036-10041

Labetalol Hydrochloride, ラベタロール ,

$
0
0

Labetalol.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Labetalol | C19H24N2O3

Labetalol

ラベタロール;

  • Molecular FormulaC19H24N2O3
  • Average mass328.405 Da

Labetalol hydrochloride, AH-5158A, Sch-15719W, Amipress, Trandate, Normodyne

Labetalol was granted FDA approval on 1 August 1984

Presolol; (RS)-2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl}benzamide; 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenyl propyl)amino]ethyl]salicylamide

A salicylamide derivative that is a non-cardioselective blocker of BETA-ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS and ALPHA-1 ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS.

253-258-3 [EINECS]
2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(4-phenyl-2-butanyl)amino]ethyl}benzamide [ACD/IUPAC Name]
2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(4-phenylbutan-2-yl)amino]ethyl}benzamide
36894-69-6 [RN]
Benzamide, 2-hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)-
Benzamide, 2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]- [ACD/Index Name]
Dilevalol
Labetalol[Wiki]
labetolol
[32780-64-6]
[36894-69-6]
2-Hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)benzamide
  • AH 5158
  • Albetol
  • EC 253-258-3
  • EINECS 253-258-3
  • HSDB 6537
  • Ibidomide
  • Labetalol
  • Labetalolum
  • Labetalolum [INN-Latin]
  • Labetolol
  • SCH 15719W
  • UNII-R5H8897N95
Labetalol hydrochloride >98% (TLC), powder

Labetalol hydrochloride

  • CAS Number 32780-64-6,
  • Empirical Formula (Hill Notation) C19H24N2O3 · HCl,
  • Molecular Weight 364.87

REF https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/anda/98/74787_Labetalol%20Hydrochloride_Chemr.pdf

Image result for labetalol

RR

CAS 75659-07-3

  • (R,R)-Labetalol
  • Dilevalol
  • Dilevalolum
  • Dilevalolum [Latin]
  • UNII-P6629XE33T

Labetalol is a racemic mixture of 2 diastereoisomers where dilevalol, the R,R’ stereoisomer, makes up 25% of the mixture.8 Labetalol is formulated as an injection or tablets to treat hypertension

Labetalol is a medication used to treat high blood pressure and in long term management of angina.[1][2] This includes essential hypertension, hypertensive emergencies, and hypertension of pregnancy.[2] In essential hypertension it is generally less preferred than a number of other blood pressure medications.[1] It can be given by mouth or by injection into a vein.[1]

Common side effects include low blood pressure with standing, dizziness, feeling tired, and nausea.[1] Serious side effects may include low blood pressureliver problemsheart failure, and bronchospasm.[1] Use appears safe in the latter part of pregnancy and it is not expected to cause problems during breastfeeding.[2][3] It works by blocking the activation of β-receptors and α-receptors.[1]

Labetalol was patented in 1966 and came into medical use in 1977.[4] It is available as a generic medication.[2] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about 8 £ as of 2019.[2] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about US$12.[5] In 2016 it was the 233rd most prescribed medication in the United States with more than 2

Medical uses

Labetalol is effective in the management of hypertensive emergencies, postoperative hypertension, pheochromocytoma-associated hypertension, and rebound hypertension from beta blocker withdrawal. [7]

It has a particular indication in the treatment of pregnancy-induced hypertension which is commonly associated with pre-eclampsia[8]

It is also used as an alternative in the treatment of severe hypertension.[7]

Special populations

Pregnancy: studies in lab animals showed no harm to the baby. However, a comparable well-controlled study has not been performed in pregnant women.[9]

Nursing: breast milk has been shown to contain small amounts of labetalol (0.004% original dose). Prescribers should be cautious in the use of labetalol for nursing mothers.[9]

Pediatric: no studies have established safety or usefulness in this population.[9]

Geriatric: the elderly are more likely to experience dizziness when taking labetalol. Labetalol should be dosed with caution in the elderly and counseled on this side effect.[9]

Side effects

Common

Low blood pressure with standing is more severe and more common with IV formulation (58% vs 1%[9]) and is often the reason larger doses of the oral formulation cannot be used.[10]

Rare

Contraindications

Labetalol is contraindicated in people with overt cardiac failure, greater-than-first-degree heart block, severe bradycardiacardiogenic shock, severe hypotension, anyone with a history of obstructive airway disease including asthma, and those with hypersensitivity to the drug.[12]

Chemistry

The minimum requirement for adrenergic agents is a primary or secondary amine separated from a substituted benzene ring by one or two carbons.[13] This configuration results in strong agonist activity. As the size of the substituent attached to the amine becomes greater, particularly with respect to a t-butyl group, then the molecule typically is found to have receptor affinity without intrinsic activity, and is, therefore, an antagonist.[13] Labetalol, with its 1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl substituted amine, is greater in size relative to a t-butyl group and therefore acts predominantly as an antagonist. The overall structure of labetalol is very polar. This was created by substituting the isopropyl group in the standard beta-blocker structure with an aralkyl group, including a carboxamide group on the meta position, and by adding a hydroxyl group on the para position.[14]

Labetalol has two chiral carbons and consequently exists as four stereoisomers.[15] Two of these isomers, the (S,S)- and (R,S)- forms are inactive. The third, the (S,R)-isomer, is a powerful α1 blocker. The fourth isomer, the (R,R)-isomer which is also known as dilevalol, is a mixed nonselective β blocker and selective α1 blocker.[14] Labetalol is typically given as a racemic mixture to achieve both alpha and beta receptor blocking activity.[16]

Stereoisomers of labetalol
(RR)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(R,R)-Labetalol
CAS number: 75659-07-3
(SS)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(S,S)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-24-2
(RS)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(R,S)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-32-2
(SR)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(S,R)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-31-1

Labetalol acts by blocking alpha and beta adrenergic receptors, resulting in decreased peripheral vascular resistance without significant alteration of heart rate or cardiac output.

The β:α antagonism of labetalol is approximately 3:1.[17][18]

It is chemically designated in International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) nomenclature as 2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide monohydrochloride.[16][19]

Pharmacology

Mechanism of action

Labetalol’s dual alpha and beta adrenergic antagonism has different physiological effects in short- and long-term situations. In short-term, acute situations, labetalol decreases blood pressure by decreasing systemic vascular resistance with little effect on stroke volume, heart rate and cardiac output.[20] During long-term use, labetalol can reduce heart rate during exercise while maintaining cardiac output by an increase in stroke volume.[21]

Labetalol is a dual alpha (α1) and beta (β1/β2) adrenergic receptor blocker and competes with other Catecholamines for binding to these sites.[22] Its action on these receptors are potent and reversible.[12] Labetalol is highly selective for postsynaptic alpha1- adrenergic, and non-selective for beta-adrenergic receptors. It is about equipotent in blocking both beta1- and beta2- receptors.[14]

The amount of alpha to beta blockade depends on whether labetalol is administered orally or intravenously (IV). Orally, the ratio of alpha to β blockade is 1:3. Intravenously, alpha to β blockade ratio is 1:7.[14][12] Thus, the labetalol can be thought to be a beta-blocker with some alpha-blocking effects.[12][22][23] By comparison, labetalol is a weaker β-blocker than propranolol, and has a weaker affinity for alpha-receptors compared to Phentolamine.[14][22]

Labetalol possesses intrinsic sympathomimetic activity.[23] In particular, it is a partial agonist at beta2- receptors located in the vascular smooth muscle. Labetalol relaxes vascular smooth muscle by a combination of this partial beta2- agonism and through alpha1- blockade.[23][24] Overall, this vasodilatory effect can decrease blood pressure.[25]

Similar to local anesthetics and sodium channel blocking antiarrhythmics, labetalol also has membrane stabilizing activity.[23][26] By decreasing sodium entry, labetalol decreases action potential firing and thus has local anesthetic activity.[27]

Physiological action

The physiological effects of labetalol when administered acutely (intravenously) are not predictable solely by their receptor blocking effect, i.e. blocking beta1- receptors should decrease heart rate, but labetalol does not. When labetalol is given in acute situations, it decreases the peripheral vascular resistance and systemic blood pressure while having little effect on the heart rate, cardiac output and stroke volume, despite its alpha1-, beta1- and beta2- blocking mechanism.[20][21] These effects are mainly seen when the person is in the upright position.[25]

Long term labetalol use also has different effects from other beta-blocking drugs. Other beta-blockers, such as propranolol, persistently reduce cardiac output during exercise. The peripheral vascular resistance decreases when labetalol is first administered. Continuous labetalol use further decreases peripheral vascular resistance. However, during exercise, cardiac output remains the same due to a compensatory mechanism that increases stroke volume. Thus, labetalol is able to reduce heart rate during exercise while maintaining cardiac output by the increase in stroke volume.[21]

Pharmacokinetics

Labetalol, in animal models, was found to cross the blood-brain-barrier in only negligible amounts.[28]

History

Labetalol was the first drug created that combined both alpha- and beta- adrenergic receptor blocking properties. It was created to potentially fix the compensatory reflex issue that occurred when blocking a single receptor subtype, i.e. vasoconstriction after blocking beta-receptors or tachycardia after blocking alpha receptors. Because the reflex from blocking the single receptor subtypes acted to prevent the lowering of blood pressure, it was postulated that weak blocking of both alpha- and beta- receptors could work together to decrease blood pressure.[14][21]

Syn 1

Drugs Fut 1976,1(3),125

DE 1643224; FR 1557677; FR 8010M; GB 1200886; US 3642896; US 3644353; US 3705233

Condensation of 5-bromoacetylsalicylamide (I) with N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amine (II) in refluxing butanone to 5-(N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) glycyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (III), m.p. 139-141 C, which is reduced with H2 over Pt-Pd/C in ethanol.

SYN 2

Reductocondensation of 5-(N,N-dibenzylglycyl)salicylamide (IV) and benzylace-tone (V) with H2 over Pd-Pt/C in methanol – acetic acid.

SYN 3

Reaction of methyl 5-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)salicylate hydrochloride (VI) with NH3 to 5-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (VII), m.p. >360 C, which is finally condensed with benzylacetone (V) and reduced with H2 over Pd-Pt/C in methanol.

SYN 4

File:Labetalol synthesis.png

SYN 5

2-hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)-, monohydrochloride, could be produced through many synthetic methods.

Following is one of the synthesis routes: 5-Bromoacetylsalicylamide (I) with N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amine (II) is condensed in the presence of refluxing butanone to produce 5-(N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) glycyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (III), m.p. 139-141 C, and next the yielding compound is reduced with H2 over Pt-Pd/C in ethanol.

Production of Labetalol hydrochloride

SYN 6

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2017098520A1/en

aration of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of

Figure imgf000004_0001

Scheme -I illustrates the process for preparation of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of formula (I).

Figure imgf000004_0002

30% NaOH

Step – Sodium borohydride

Figure imgf000004_0003

Pure Labetaiol Hydrochloride (I)

aration of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of

Figure imgf000004_0001

Scheme -I illustrates the process for preparation of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of formula (I).

Figure imgf000004_0002

30% NaOH

Step – Sodium borohydride

Figure imgf000004_0003

Pure Labetaiol Hydrochloride (I)

SYN

https://patents.google.com/patent/EP0009702A1/en

  • The substance labetalol is known from British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444. Its pharmacological properties are discussed by Farmer et. al. in British Journal of Pharmacology, 45: 660-675 (1972), who designate it AH5158; it is shown to block a- and β-adrenergic receptors, suggesting that it would be useful in the treatment of arrhythmia, hypertension and angina pectoris.
  • [0003]
    The unique pharmacological properties of labetalol and its use as an antihypertensive agent are said to be largely a function of the exquisite balance of its a- and a-blocking activities. The file history of U.S.P. 4,012,444 indeed indicates that slight changes in the chemical structure of labetalol deleteriously affect this balance, and, even in the few analogous compounds where the balance is retained, the absolute potencies of these compounds are shown to be too low for them to be useful antihypertensive agents. Therefore, in the treatment of hypertension, labetalol is the compound of choice among those disclosed in British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444.
  • [0004]
    Labetalol has two asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms and therefore can exist as two diastereoisomers and four optical isomers. Indeed, British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444 disclose that compounds such as labetalol have optically active forms, but give no example of an optically active form. These patent specifications .teach that “the racemic mixtures may be resolved by conventional methods, for example by salt formation with an optically active acid, followed by fractional crystallization”, but give no method of resolution. Example 14 of each specifi cation does indeed describe the separation of labetalol into two diastereoisomers “1” and “2”, using benzoic acid, but this is not an optical resolution. In British patent specifications 1,541,932 and 1,541,933, “isomer 1” is designated “diastereoisomer A” and is characterised as that diastereoisomer whose hydrochloride salt has the higher melting point. These two British patent specifications also disclose that diastereoisomer A is a valuable antiarrhythmic agent since it has strongly reduced β-adrenergic blocking activity and is therefore useful in the treatment of people who have suffered myocardial infarction.
  • [0005]
    We have now discovered that diastereoisomer A is composed of the (S,R) and (R,S) optical isomers of labetalol, whereas diastereoisomer B is composed of the (S,S) and (R,R) optical isomers. We have also-surprisingly found that the novel (R,R) optical isomer of labetalol exhibits, in comparison with labetalol itself, both an unexpectedly high increase in β-adrenergic blocking potency and a decrease in a-adrenergic blocking potency. Thus, when the (R,R) optical isomer is compared with labetalol, the ratio of the β-adrenergic blocking potency to the a-adrenergic blocking potency is found to be greatly and unexpectedly increased. In particular, animal tests have indicated that the (R,R) optical isomer has about twelve times the β-blocking potency of labetalol, but only about one third of the a-blocking potency of labetalol. These. properties could in no way have been predicted theoretically, especially as the β-blocking potency of diastereoisomer B is not significantly different from that of labetalol and the a-blocking potency of diastereoisomer B is half that of labetalol. Indeed, it is clear, when the activities of the four optical isomers of labetalol are compared, that the activities of the diastereoisomers A and B and indeed of labetalol itself cannot be calculated from the activities of their components. One can put this the other way around by saying that the α-and β-blocking activities of the four optical isomers of labetalol do not merely average to give the a- and β-blocking activites of labetalol and of its diastereoisomers A and B. Some of the activities are much greater than could ever have been expected on a simple basis of mathematical proportions, in particular the high β-blocking activity of the (R,R) optical isomer: this activity is much higher than the β-blocking activity of diastereoisomer B so that antagonism evidently exists between the (S,S) and (R,R) optical isomers with respect to the β-blocking activity. This degree of antagonism could in no way have been foreseen. In the absence of this antagonism, the (R,R) optical isomer shows a balance of properties that make it the optical isomer of choice in the treatment of hypertension. In particular, the (R,R) optical isomer possesses potent antihypertensive activity and rapid onset of activity while substantially lacking the undesirable side-effects usually associated with a-blockade, e.g. postural hypotension.
  • The following Table shows the relationships between labetalol, its diastereoisomersA and B and the four pure optical isomers; below each compound are given its potencies as an a-blocking and then as a β-blocking agent, all relative to the values for labetalol (assigned values 1.0 for each blocking activity):

    Figure imgb0001

    This table clearly shows the unexpectedly high β-blocking activity and ratio of β-:α-blocking activities possessed by the (R,R)-optical isomer. Additionally, the (R,R)–optical isomer has been found to possess greater direct peripheral vasodilation activity than labetalol, and this also contributes to its anti-hypertensive activity. Moreover, the (R,R)-optical isomer is substantially non-toxic at therapeutic doses.

  • [0007]
    According to the invention therefore we provide the (R,R)-optical isomer of labetalol, namely 5- {(R)–1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl} salicylamide, which can be characterised by means of its hydrochloride salt which is dimorphic with m.pts. of about 133-134°C. and about 192-193.5°C. and an [α]D 26 of about -30.6° (conc. 1 mg./ml., ethanol), said (R,R) optical isomer being substantially free of the corresponding (R,S), (S,R) and (S,S) optical isomers

reaction scheme:

Figure imgb0002
    E. (-)-5- { (R)-l-Hydroxy-2-[(R)-(l-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)-amino]ethyl} salicylamide hydrochloride salt (9)
  • [0032]
    Treat a solution of 3.0 g. (0.0059 mol.) of 2-0-benzyl-5-{(R) -1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)benzylamino]ethyl} salicylamide in 30 ml. of ethyl ether with 2N ethereal hydrogen chloride until no further precipitation occurs. Wash the precipitated 2-0-benzyl-5-{(R)-1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl–3-phenylpropyl)benzylamino]ethyl} salicylamide hydrochloride with ether to remove excess hydrogen chloride and dissolve it in 100 ml. ethanol. To the ethanol solution add 300 mg. of a 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon catalyst and hydrogenate (3 atm.; 3.1 kg. cm.-2) in a Paar apparatus with shaking at room temperature for 3 hours. Filter off the catalyst, evaporate, and triturate the solid residue with isopropanol. Dissolve the solid in 11 ml. of 1N sodium hydroxide, adjust the pH to about 8 and precipitate the free base by bubbling in carbon dioxide. Collect the free base, wash it with water and dry it in vacuo at 40°C. Chromatograph the free base on 450 g. of silica gel and dissolve the pure product in 20 ml. of boiling acetonitrile. Cool the solution and carefully acidify with 2N ethereal HC1 to about pH2. Solidify the gum which precipitates by refluxing the mixture for 10 minutes, filter off the solid, wash it with ethyl ether and recrystallize it from ethanol to obtain analytically pure product (9), m.p. 192-193.5°C.(dec.), [α]D26 = -30.6° (c=1.0, ethanol).

Dilevalol

Synonyms:(R,R)-Labetalol

ATC:C02CB

  • Use:α- and β-adrenoceptor antagonist, α- and β-blocker, isomer of labetalol, antihypertensive
  • Chemical name:[R-(R*,R*)]-2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide
  • Formula:C19H24N2O3
  • MW:328.41 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:75659-07-3
  • LD50:1719 mg/kg (M, p.o.);
    1228 mg/kg (R, p.o.)

Derivatives

Monohydrochloride

  • Formula:C19H24N2O3 • HCl
  • MW:364.87 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:75659-08-4
  • LD50:1079 mg/kg (M, p.o.);
    82 mg/kg (R, i.v.); 1026 mg/kg (R, p.o.)

Synthesis Path

Labetalol

Labetalol
CAS Registry Number: 36894-69-6
CAS Name: 2-Hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide
Additional Names: 5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]salicylamide; ibidomide
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O3
Molecular Weight: 328.41
Percent Composition: C 69.49%, H 7.37%, N 8.53%, O 14.62%
Literature References: Specific competitive antagonist at both a- and b-adrenergic receptor sites. Prepn: L. H. Lunts, D. T. Collin, DE2032642eidem,US4012444 (1971, 1977 both to Allen & Hanburys). Synthesis of labetalol and enantiomers: J. E. Clifton et al.,J. Med. Chem.25, 670 (1982); and comparison of cardiovascular properties: E. H. Gold et al., ibid. 1363. Abs config of dilevalol: P. Murray-Rust et al.,Acta Crystallogr.C40, 825 (1984). Adrenoceptor blocking properties: E. J. Sybertz et al.,J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther.218, 435 (1981). HPLC determn in serum or plasma: T. F. Woodman, B. Johnson, Ther. Drug Monit.3, 371 (1981). Metabolism in animals and man: R. Hopkins et al.,Biochem. Soc. Trans.4, 726 (1976). Toxicity: K. Shimpo et al.,Hokkaido Igaku Zasshi53, 15 (l978), C.A.90, 66465v (1974). Review of pharmacology: R. Donnelly, G. J. A. Macphee, Clin. Pharmacokinet.21, 95-109 (1991); of therapeutic applications in hypertension and ischemic heart disease: K. L. Goa et al.,Drugs37, 583-627 (1989).
Derivative Type: Hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 32780-64-6
Manufacturers’ Codes: AH-5158A; Sch-15719W
Trademarks: Amipress (Dox-Al); Ipolab (Finmedical); Labelol (ELEA); Labrocol (Lagap); Normodyne (Schering); Presdate (Alfa); Pressalolo (Locatelli); Trandate (Allen & Hanburys)
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O3.HCl
Molecular Weight: 364.87
Percent Composition: C 62.54%, H 6.91%, N 7.68%, O 13.15%, Cl 9.72%
Properties: White crystalline solid from ethanol-ethyl acetate, mp 187-189°. Sol in water, ethanol. Insol in ether, chloroform. LD50in male, female mice, male, female rats (mg/kg): 114, 120, 113, 107 i.p.; 47, 54, 60, 53 i.v.; 1450, 1800, 4550, 4000 orally (Shimpo).
Melting point: mp 187-189°
Toxicity data: LD50 in male, female mice, male, female rats (mg/kg): 114, 120, 113, 107 i.p.; 47, 54, 60, 53 i.v.; 1450, 1800, 4550, 4000 orally (Shimpo)
Derivative Type: (R,R)-Form hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 75659-08-4; 75659-07-3 (free base)
Additional Names: Dilevalol hydrochloride
Manufacturers’ Codes: Sch-19927
Properties: Polymorphic crystals from ethanol, mp 133-134° (dec); mp 192-193.5° (dec). [a]D26 -30.6° (c = 1.0 in ethanol).
Melting point: mp 133-134° (dec); mp 192-193.5° (dec)
Optical Rotation: [a]D26 -30.6° (c = 1.0 in ethanol)
Therap-Cat: Antihypertensive.
Keywords: a-Adrenergic Blocker; ?Adrenergic Blocker; Antihypertensive; Arylethanolamine Derivatives.
Labetalol
Labetalol.svg
Clinical data
Pronunciation /ləˈbɛtəlɔːl/
Trade names Normodyne, Trandate, others
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a685034
Pregnancy
category
  • C
    One of few drugs used for PIH
Routes of
administration
By mouth, intravenous
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 25%
Protein binding 50%
Metabolism Liver pass metabolism,
Elimination half-life Tablet: 6-8 hours; IV: 5.5 hours
Excretion Excreted in urine, not removed by hemodialysis
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.048.401 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C19H24N2O3
Molar mass 328.412 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
Chirality Racemic mixture

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f “Labetalol Hydrochloride Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e British national formulary : BNF 76 (76 ed.). Pharmaceutical Press. 2018. pp. 147–148. ISBN 9780857113382.
  3. ^ “Labetalol Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. Retrieved 11 March 2019.
  4. ^ Fischer, Jnos; Ganellin, C. Robin (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 463. ISBN 9783527607495.
  5. ^ “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  6. ^ “The Top 300 of 2019”clincalc.com. Retrieved 22 December 2018.
  7. Jump up to:a b Koda-Kimble, Mary A.; Alldredge, Brian K. (2013). “21”. Koda-Kimble and Young’s Applied Therapeutic: The Clinical Use of Drugs. Philadelphia: Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. ISBN 978-1-60913-713-7.
  8. ^ Arulkumaran, N; Lightstone, L (December 2013). “Severe pre-eclampsia and hypertensive crises”. Best Practice & Research. Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology27 (6): 877–84. doi:10.1016/j.bpobgyn.2013.07.003PMID 23962474.
  9. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q “Trandate” (PDF). Prometheus Laboratories Inc. November 2010. Retrieved 3 November 2015.
  10. ^ “Labetalol hydrochloride” (PDF). Hospira. May 2015. Retrieved 3 November 2015.
  11. ^ Shiohara T, Kano Y (2007). “Lichen planus and lichenoid dermatoses”. In Bolognia JL (ed.). Dermatology. St. Louis: Mosby. p. 161. ISBN 978-1-4160-2999-1.
  12. Jump up to:a b c d “Labetalol [package insert]. Spring Valley, NY: Par Pharmaceutical; 2011” (PDF). Retrieved 2015-11-03.
  13. Jump up to:a b Medicinal Chemistry of Adrenergics and Cholinergics
  14. Jump up to:a b c d e f Louis, W.J.; McNeill, JJ; Drummer, OH (1988). Doyle, AE (ed.). Labetalol and other vasodilator/Beta-blocking drugs. IN: Handbook of Hypertension. Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier Sciences Publishing Co. pp. 246–273. ISBN 978-0-444-90469-0.
  15. ^ Riva E, Mennini T, Latini R (December 1991). “The alpha- and beta-adrenoceptor blocking activities of labetalol and its RR-SR (50:50) stereoisomers”Br. J. Pharmacol104 (4): 823–8. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.1991.tb12513.xPMC 1908821PMID 1687367.
  16. Jump up to:a b Robertson D, Biaggioni, I. Adrenoceptor Antagonist Drugs. In: Katzung BG, Masters SB, Trevor AJ, eds. Basic & Clinical Pharmacology. 12th ed. San Francisco, CA: McGraw Hill Lange Medical; 2012: 151-168. ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8.
  17. ^ Katzung, Bertram G. (2006). Basic and clinical pharmacology. New York: McGraw-Hill Medical. p. 170. ISBN 978-0-07-145153-6.
  18. ^ D A Richards; J Tuckman; B N Prichard (October 1976). “Assessment of alpha- and beta-adrenoceptor blocking actions of labetalol”Br J Clin Pharmacol3 (5): 849–855. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.1976.tb00637.xPMC 1428931PMID 9968.
  19. ^ “labetalol | C19H24N2O3 – PubChem”pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. Retrieved 2015-11-04.
  20. Jump up to:a b MacCarthy, E. P.; Bloomfield, S. S. (1983-08-01). “Labetalol: a review of its pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, clinical uses and adverse effects”. Pharmacotherapy3(4): 193–219. doi:10.1002/j.1875-9114.1983.tb03252.xISSN 0277-0008PMID 6310529.
  21. Jump up to:a b c d Louis, W. J.; McNeil, J. J.; Drummer, O. H. (1984-01-01). “Pharmacology of combined alpha-beta-blockade. I”. Drugs. 28 Suppl 2: 16–34. doi:10.2165/00003495-198400282-00003ISSN 0012-6667PMID 6151889.
  22. Jump up to:a b c Robertson, D; Biaggioni, I (2012). Katzung, BG (ed.). Adrenoceptor Antagonist Drugs IN: Basic & Clinical Pharmacology (12 ed.). San Francisco: McGraw Hill Lange Medical. pp. 151–168. ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8.
  23. Jump up to:a b c d Westfall, David P (2004). Craig, Charles R (ed.). Adrenoreceptor Antagonists IN: Modern Pharmacology with Clinical Applications (6th ed.). Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. pp. 109–117. ISBN 978-0781737623.
  24. ^ Lund-Johansen, P. (1988-01-01). “Hemodynamic effects of beta-blocking compounds possessing vasodilating activity: a review of labetalol, prizidilol, and dilevalol”. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology. 11 Suppl 2: S12–17. doi:10.1097/00005344-198800000-00004ISSN 0160-2446PMID 2464093.
  25. Jump up to:a b Lund-Johansen, P. (1984-01-01). “Pharmacology of combined alpha-beta-blockade. II. Haemodynamic effects of labetalol”. Drugs. 28 Suppl 2: 35–50. doi:10.2165/00003495-198400282-00004ISSN 0012-6667PMID 6151890.
  26. ^ Mottram, Allan R.; Erickson, Timothy B. (2009). Field, John (ed.). Toxicology in Emergency Cardiovascular Care IN: The Textbook of Emergency Cardiovascular Care and CPR. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott WIlliams & Wilkins. pp. 443–452. ISBN 978-0-7817-8899-1.
  27. ^ Exam Zone (1 January 2009). Elsevier Comprehensive Guide. Elsevier India. pp. 449–. ISBN 978-81-312-1620-0.
  28. ^ Detlev Ganten; Patrick J. Mulrow (6 December 2012). Pharmacology of Antihypertensive Therapeutics. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 147–. ISBN 978-3-642-74209-5.

External links

References

    • EP 9 702 (Schering Corp.; appl. 17.9.1979; USA-prior. 20.9.1978).
  • Improvement of diastereomer separation:

    • DOS 2 616 403 (Scherico; appl. 14.4.1976; USA-prior. 17.4.1975).
    • US 4 173 583 (Schering Corp.; 6.11.1979; appl. 21.9.1978; prior. 17.4.1975).
  • Synthesis without chromatographic purification:

    • EP 92 787 (Schering Corp.; appl. 20.4.1983; USA-prior. 26.4.1982).
  • Chiral reduction of IV:

    • Clifton, J.E. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 25, 670 (1982).
    • Gold, E.H. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 25, 1363 (1982).
    • EP 382 157 (Schering Corp.; appl. 6.2.1990; USA-prior. 10.2.1989, 26.9.1989).
    • US 4 948 732 (Schering Corp.; 14.8.1990; prior. 26.9.1989, 10.2.1989).
///////////Labetalol hydrochloride, AH-5158A, Sch-15719W, Amipress, Trandate, Normodyne, ラベタロール  , Dilevalol

Octamoxin, октамоксин , أوكتاموكسين , 奥他莫辛 ,

$
0
0

Octamoxin

Skeletal formula of octamoxin

Octamoxin
  • Molecular FormulaC8H20N2
  • Average mass144.258 Da
Octan-2-ylhydrazine
Octomoxine
UNII:0HXY3M6S54
UNII:2NJ66SLA5C
UNII:895PL98ZMY
4684-87-1 [RN]
65500-65-4 [RN]
895PL98ZMY
0HXY3M6S54
1776
2-Hydrazinooctane
2NJ66SLA5C
CAS Registry Number: 4684-87-1
CAS Name: (1-Methylheptyl)hydrazine
Additional Names: 2-hydrazinooctane; octomoxine
Trademarks: Ximaol
Molecular Formula: C8H20N2
Molecular Weight: 144.26
Percent Composition: C 66.61%, H 13.97%, N 19.42%
Literature References: Monoamine oxidase inhibitor. Prepd by condensation of methyl hexyl ketone and hydrazine hydrate followed by hydrogenation under pressure: Michel-Ber et al., GB 899385 (1962 to Soc. Civile Auguil).
Derivative Type: Sulfate
CAS Registry Number: 3845-07-6
Trademarks: Nimaol
Molecular Formula: C8H20N2.H2SO4
Molecular Weight: 242.34
Percent Composition: C 39.65%, H 9.15%, N 11.56%, S 13.23%, O 26.41%
Properties: Crystals, mp 78-80°.
Melting point: mp 78-80°
Therap-Cat: Antidepressant.
Keywords: Antidepressant; Hydrazides/Hydrazines; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor.
Octamoxin (trade names XimaolNimaol), also known as 2-octylhydrazine, is an irreversible and nonselective monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI) of the hydrazine class that was used as an antidepressant in the 1960s but is now no longer marketed.[2][3][4][5]
CLIP
OXIME TO AMINO TO PRODUCT
Kishner, Zhurnal Russkago Fiziko-Khimicheskago Obshchestva1899vol. 31p. 878Ch emisches Zentralblatt 1900 vol. 71 Ip. 653

References

  1. ^ “Octamoxin – Compound Summary”. USA: National Center for Biotechnology Information. 26 March 2005. Identification and Related Records. Retrieved 31 May 2012.
  2. ^ “Dictionary of pharmacological agents – Google Books”.
  3. ^ “13-06781. Octamoxin [Archived]: The Merck Index”.
  4. ^ Levy J, Michel-Ber E (1966). “[Relations between the antidepressive effects of octamoxine revealed by 3 pharmacological tests and inhibition of cerebral monoamine oxidase in mice]”. Thérapie (in French). 21 (4): 929–45. PMID 5925088.
  5. ^ Gayral L, Stern H, Puyuelo R (1966). “[Indications and results of the treatment of mental depression by octamoxine (ximaol)]”. Thérapie (in French). 21 (5): 1183–90. PMID 5976767.
Octamoxin
Skeletal formula of octamoxin
Names
Preferred IUPAC name
1-Methylheptylhydrazine[citation needed]
Systematic IUPAC name
Octan-2-ylhydrazine[1]
Identifiers
3D model (JSmol)
ChemSpider
PubChem CID
UNII
Properties
C8H20N2
Molar mass 144.262 g·mol−1
Density 0.831 g/mL
Boiling point 228 °C (442 °F; 501 K)
Pharmacology
Oral
Related compounds
Related compounds
Tuaminoheptane
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).
///////////Octamoxin, XimaolNimaol,  2-octylhydrazine, октамоксин أوكتاموكسين 奥他莫辛 ,

DICYCLOPLATIN

$
0
0

Dicycloplatin.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2) | C12H20N2O8Pt

Dicycloplatin.png

Dicycloplatin

Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2)

  • Molecular FormulaC12H20N2O8Pt
  • Average mass515.380 Da
  • 287402-09-9

Has antineoplastic activity; a supramolecular complex of 1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid and cis-diammine(1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylate)platinum (II).

1,1-Cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid, ammonium platinum(2+) salt (2:2:1) [ACD/Index Name]
Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2)
287402-09-9 [RN]
DICYCLOPLATIN
UNII:0KC57I4UNB

Dicycloplatin is a chemotherapy medication used to treat a number of cancers which includes the Non-small-cell lung carcinoma and prostate cancer.[1]

Some side effects which are observed from the treatment by dicycloplatin are nauseavomitingthrombocytopenianeutropeniaanemiafatigueloss of appetiteliver enzyme elevation and alopecia. The drugs is a form of Platinum-based antineoplastic and it works by causing the mitochondrial dysfunction which leads to the cell death.[2]

Dicycloplatin was developed in China and it was used for phase I human trial clinical in 2006. The drug was approved for chemotherapy by the Chinese FDA in 2012.[3]

Image result for DICYCLOPLATIN SYNTHESIS

Medical uses

Dicycloplatin can inhibit the proliferation of tumor cells via the induction of apoptosis . It is used to treat a number types of cancer which are Non-small-cell lung carcinoma and prostate cancer.[4]

Side effects

Similar to cisplatin and carboplatin, dicycloplatin also contains some side effects, which are nauseavomitingthrombocytopenianeutropeniaanemiafatigueanorexia, liver enzyme elevation, and alopecia. However, with doses up to 350 mg/m(2), there is no significant toxicity; these effects are observed only at higher doses. Furthermore, the nephrotoxicity of dicycloplatin is reported to be less than that of cisplatin, and its myelosuppressive potency is similar to that of carboplatin.[5]

Chemical structure

Dicycloplatin consists of carboplatin and cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid (CBDC) linked by the hydrogen bond. In the structure of dicycloplatin, there are two types of bond: O-H…O is the bond between the hydroxyl group of CBDC with carboxyl oxygen atom. It creates the one-dimensional polymer chain of carboplatin and CBDC. The second one is N-H…O which links between the ammoniagroup of carboplatin and oxygen of CBDC. It forms the two-dimensional polymer chain of carboplatin and CBDC. In aqueous solution, the 2D-hydrogen bonded polymeric structure of dicycloplatin is destroyed. Firstly, the bond between ammonia group of carboplatin and oxygen of CBDC breaks, thus inducing the formation of one-dimensional dicycloplatin. After that, the strong hydrogen bond breaks and creates an intermediate state of dicycloplatin. Finally, the rearrangement of different orientation of carboplatin and CBDC leads to the formation of intramolecular hydrogen bond and a supramolecule of dicycloplatin with two O-H…O and N-H…O is created.[6]

Mechanism of action

Similar to carboplatin, dicycloplatin inhibits the proliferation of cancer cells by inducing cell apoptosis. When treated with dicycloplatin, some changes in the properties of Hep G2 cells are observed: the declination of Mitochondria Membrane Potential, the release of cytochrome c from mitocondria to cytosol, the activation of caspase-9caspase-3 and the decrease of Bcl-2.[4] Those phenomena indicate the role of mitochondrial in the apoptosis by intrisic way.[7] Furthermore, the increase in caspase-8 activation is also observed. This can stimulate the apoptosis by activating downstream caspase-3 [8] or by cleaving Bid.[9] As a result, the cleavage of Bid (tBid) transfers to the mitochondria and induce mitochondrial dysfunction which promotes the release of cytochrome c from mitochondria to cytosol.[10] From the dicycloplatin-treated Hep G2 cell, an excessive amount of reactive oxygen species was detected,[4] which plays an important role in the release of cytochrome c. In the mitochondria, the release of hemoprotein happens through 2-step process: Firstly, the dissociation of cytochrome c from its binding to cardiolipin happens. Due to the reactive oxygen species, the cardiolipin is oxidized, thus reducing the cytochrome c binding and increase the concentration of free cytochrome c [11]

PATENT

WO2018171371

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2018171371

Since the FDA approved cisplatin as an anticancer drug in 1978, the mortality rate of testicular cancer patients has been reduced from 100% to less than 10%. For patients with early detection, the cure rate can reach 100%, making cisplatin An outstanding representative of anticancer drugs. In 1986, the FDA approved the second-generation platinum anticancer drug carboplatin. Its anticancer spectrum is similar to that of cisplatin, but it has good water solubility and light toxicity. In 2002, the FDA approved the third-generation platinum anticancer drug oxaliplatin to enter clinical treatment of colorectal cancer. Its anticancer spectrum is different from cisplatin, and it does not produce cross-resistance with cisplatin.
In addition to the above three products, four products, including Nida Platinum, Shuplatin, Lobaplatin and Miplatin, have been listed in different countries and are the first in other countries.
In CN1311183A, Yang Xuqing et al. designed and prepared a new class of platinum antitumor drugs, diammonium platinum dichloride (II) derivatives, based on the abnormal changes in the spatial configuration of cancer cells DNA and RNA. A typical representative drug is bicycloplatinum. Bicycloplatinum in English is called Dicycloplatin, which is called bis(1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid) diammine platinum (II) (English name [Bis-(1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid)]diammine platinum(II) ), the structural formula is:
It is a supramolecular compound composed of carboplatin and 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid through four hydrogen bonds. It is the first self-developed platinum antitumor drug in China with broad spectrum, low toxicity and high efficiency. It does not produce cross-resistance and good penetrability.
Bicycloplatinum is usually obtained by reacting carboplatin with 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid. The prior art discloses various preparation methods, but both have the problems of complicated preparation process and low product purity.
CN1311183A As the earliest publication of bicycloplatin and its preparation method, it is disclosed that bicycloplatinum is prepared by the following method: carboplatin is dissolved in pure water at normal temperature, and then an equimolar amount of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid is added. After the reaction was completed, it was evaporated to dryness, washed with ethanol, and then recrystallized from distilled water. This method is cumbersome in operation due to the need for evaporation and recrystallization steps, and the yield of bicycloplatinum is low.
CN104693245A discloses a preparation method of bicyclo platinum, which is prepared by using carboplatin as a raw material in a ratio of 1:11 to 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid in a molar ratio of 1:1, and is protected from light at 0-60 ° C. After -9 days, the excess water is removed by concentration under reduced pressure or freeze-drying to obtain a bicyclic platinum product. Although according to reports, the HPLC purity of the product is more than 99%, it requires a long standing process, is inefficient, and greatly increases the risk of carboplatin decomposition, especially for the process of amplification; The heating and concentration in the final process makes the bicyclic platinum product exist in the higher temperature aqueous solution for a long time, and the product has a high risk of degradation, and the quality stability is inevitably affected. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity was not obtained according to this method.
CN106132408A discloses a process for the preparation of another bicyclic platinum in which carboplatin is mixed with a corresponding ratio of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid and a solvent to form a suspension, and the precipitated solid formed is separated from the suspension. Although the report states that the obtained product does not contain XRPD detectable amount of carboplatin, the suspension method uses a small amount of solvent, so that the product formed during the reaction is also precipitated as a solid, which is mixed with the unreacted raw material solid. This prevents the reaction from proceeding and makes the purification of the product more difficult. Especially in the case where the product is coated with carboplatin, the carboplatin can hardly be removed by purification. Therefore, the suspension method has the disadvantages of difficulty in control, poor operability, and incapability of industrial scale-up production. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity cannot be obtained according to this method as well.
1 is a nuclear magnetic resonance-hydrogen spectrum of the bicyclic platinum product of Example 1.
2 is a nuclear magnetic resonance-carbon spectrum of the bicyclic platinum product of Example 1.

Drawing

[ figure 1] 

[ figure 2] 
Preparation Example 1:
Take 20.0 g of cis-diiododiammine platinum (II), add 600 ml of purified water, stir well and heat to 80 ° C in water bath, then add 14.1 g of silver 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, after reacting for 30 minutes. The AgI slag was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a residue of about 50 ml, cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated product was filtered. After recrystallization, the mixture was dried at 60 ° C to obtain 11.26 g of carboplatin, and the yield was 69.88%.
Example 1
32.0 g (222.2 mmol) of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid was taken, and 260 ml of water was added thereto, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C in a water bath. Add 10.0 g (26.95 mmol) of carboplatin, stir for 40 minutes, cool at 10 ° C for 8 hours, filter the precipitated solid, wash the filter cake with appropriate amount of purified water, drain the washing water, and dry at 40 ° C under reduced pressure to obtain bicyclo platinum 9.32 g. The yield is 67.15% and the content is 99.78%. The obtained products were characterized by elemental analysis, negative ion electrospray mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance-hydrogen spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance-carbon spectroscopy and X-ray diffraction. The content of bicycloplatin was measured by high performance liquid chromatography.
The test results are shown in Figure 1. The attribution of each peak is as follows:
The peak of chemical shift 1.7159-1.7793ppm is H a , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei is 2, and it is divided into 5 heavy peaks by 4 H b on both sides ; the peak of chemical shift 1.8281-1.8928ppm is H c , actual hydrogen the number of cores 2, a total of four sides by H D impact crack 5 doublet; 2.3965-2.4288ppm peak chemical shift of H B , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei to 4, were subjected to unilateral 2 H a of Effect split into three doublet; 2.7140-2.7457ppm peak chemical shift of H D , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei is 4, were subjected to unilateral 2 H Caffected divided into three split doublet; chemical shifts of the peaks 4.0497ppm is H E , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei 6 as broad singlet; due to D 2 exchange interaction of O, carboxy FIG active hydrogen protons H does not appear f peaks. 4. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance – Carbon Spectrum (D 2 O, 500MHz)
The test results are shown in Figure 2, where the peaks are as follows:
The peak of chemical shift 15.25ppm is C a ; the peak of chemical shift 15.39ppm is C h ; the peak of chemical shift 28.60ppm is C b ; the peak of chemical shift 31.02ppm is C g ; the peak of chemical shift 52.93ppm is C c ; The peak of chemical shift 56.19 ppm is C f ; the peak of chemical shift 176.11 ppm is C d ; the peak of chemical shift 181.85 ppm is C e .

PATENT

WO-2019161526

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019161526&tab=FULLTEXT&_cid=P20-K0667C-67730-1

One-pot method for preparing twin dicarboxylic acid diamine complex platinum (II) derivatives ( dicycloplatin ) comprising the separation of intermediate carboplatin or carboplatin analogue.

For the preparation of bicycloplatin, CN1311183A, as the earliest publication of bicycloplatin and its preparation method, discloses the preparation of bicycloplatinum by the following method: carboplatin is dissolved in pure water at normal temperature, and then an equimolar amount of 1,1-ring is added. Butane dicarboxylic acid was evaporated to dryness after completion of the reaction, washed with ethanol, and recrystallized from distilled water. The method needs to completely evaporate the solvent water, which increases the risk of degradation of the bicyclic platinum, and also introduces more impurities into the crude bicycloplatinum. Therefore, ethanol washing and recrystallization are required, and the operation is cumbersome, and the yield of the bicyclic platinum is low.

[0015]
CN104693245A discloses a preparation method of bicyclo platinum, which is prepared by using carboplatin as a raw material in a ratio of 1:11 to 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid in a molar ratio of 1:1, and is protected from light at 0-60 ° C. After -9 days, the excess water is removed by concentration under reduced pressure or freeze-drying to obtain a bicyclic platinum product. Although according to reports, the HPLC purity of the product is more than 99%, it requires a long standing process, is inefficient, and greatly increases the risk of carboplatin decomposition, especially for the process of amplification; In the final process, the solvent water is completely evaporated to make the bicyclic platinum product exist in a relatively high temperature aqueous solution for a long time, and the product has a high risk of degradation, and the quality stability is inevitably affected. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity was not obtained according to this method.

[0016]
CN106132408A also discloses a process for the preparation of another bicyclic platinum in which carboplatin is mixed with a corresponding ratio of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid and a solvent to form a suspension, and the precipitated solid formed is separated from the suspension. Although the report states that the obtained product does not contain XRPD detectable amount of carboplatin, the suspension method uses a small amount of solvent, so that the product formed during the reaction is also precipitated as a solid, which is mixed with the unreacted raw material solid. This prevents the reaction from proceeding and makes the purification of the product more difficult. Especially in the case where the product is coated with carboplatin, the carboplatin can hardly be removed by purification. Therefore, the suspension method has the disadvantages of difficulty in control, poor operability, and incapability of industrial scale-up production. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity cannot be obtained according to this method as well.

Notes

  1. ^ D., Zhao; Y., Zhang; C., Xu; C., Dong; H., Lin; L., Zhang; C., Li; S., Ren; X., Wang; S., Yang; D., Han; X., Chen (February 2012). “Pharmacokinetics, Tissue Distribution, and Plasma Protein Binding Study of Platinum Originating from Dicycloplatin, a Novel Antitumor Supramolecule, in Rats and Dogs by ICP-MS”. Biological Trace Element Research148 (2): 203–8. doi:10.1007/s12011-012-9364-2PMID 22367705.
  2. ^ G.Q., Li; X.G., Chen; X.P., Wu; J.D., Xie; Y.J., Liang; X.Q., Zhao; W.Q, Chen; L.W., Fu (November 2012). “Effect of Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Chemotherapeutical Drug, on Inhibiting Cell Growth and Inducing Cell Apoptosis”PLOS ONE7 (11): e48994. Bibcode:2012PLoSO…748994Ldoi:10.1371/journal.pone.0048994PMC 3495782PMID 23152837.
  3. ^ J.J, Yu; X.Q, Yang; Q.H, Song; M. D., Mueller; S. C., Remick (2014). “Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Analog in Chemotherapy: Synthesis of Chinese Pre-clinical and Clinical Profile and Emerging Mechanistic Studies”Anticancer Research34: 455–464.
  4. Jump up to:a b c Guang-quan, Li; Xing-gui, Chen; Xing-ping, Wu; Jing-dun, Xie; Yong-ju, Liang; Xiao-qin, Zhao; Wei-qiang, Chen; Li-wu, Fu (November 2012). “Effect of Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Chemotherapeutical Drug, on Inhibiting Cell Growth and Inducing Cell Apoptosis”PLOS ONE7 (11): e48994. Bibcode:2012PLoSO…748994Ldoi:10.1371/journal.pone.0048994PMC 3495782PMID 23152837.
  5. ^ Li.S; Huang H; Liao H; Zhan J; Guo Y; Zou BY; Jiang WQ; Guan ZZ; Yang XQ (2015). “Phase I clinical trial of the novel platin complex dicycloplatin: clinical and pharmacokinetic results”. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics51 (2): 96–105. doi:10.5414/CP201761PMID 23127487.
  6. ^ Y., Xu Qing; J., Xiang Lin; S., Q.; TANG, Ka Luo; Y., Zhen Yun; Z., Xiao Feng; T., You Qi (June 2010). “Structural studies of dicycloplatin, an antitumor supramolecule”. Science China Chemistry53 (6): 1346–1351. doi:10.1007/s11426-010-3184-z.
  7. ^ R., Kumar; P.E., Herbert; A.N., Warrens (September 2005). “An introduction to death receptors in apoptosis”. International Journal of Surgery3 (4): 268–77. doi:10.1016/j.ijsu.2005.05.002PMID 17462297.
  8. ^ Yang, BF; Xiao, C; Li, H; Yang, SJ (2007). “Resistance to Fas-mediated apoptosis in malignant tumours is rescued by KN-93 and cisplatin via downregulation of cFLIP expression and phosphorylation”. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology34 (12): 1245–51. doi:10.1111/j.1440-1681.2007.04711.xPMID 17973862.
  9. ^ Blomgran, R; Zheng, L; Stendahl, O (2007). “Cathepsin-cleaved Bid promotes apoptosis in human neutrophils via oxidative stress-induced lysosomal membrane permeabilization”. Journal of Leukocyte Biology81 (5): 1213–23. doi:10.1189/jlb.0506359PMID 17264306.
  10. ^ Yin, XM (2006). “Bid, a BH3-only multi-functional molecule, is at the cross road of life and death”. Gene369: 7–19. doi:10.1016/j.gene.2005.10.038PMID 16446060.
  11. ^ Ott, M; Gogvadze, V; Orrenius, S; Zhivotovsky, B (May 2007). “Mitochondria, oxidative stress and cell death”. Apoptosis12 (5): 913–22. doi:10.1007/s10495-007-0756-2PMID 17453160.
Dicycloplatin
Dicycloplatin.png
Chemical structure of Dicycloplatin
Clinical data
Trade names Dicycloplatin
Synonyms Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2), 1,1-Cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid, compd. with (sp-4-2)-diammine(1,1-cyclobutanedi(carboxylato-kappaO)(2-))platinum (1:1)
Routes of
administration
Intravenous
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 100% (IV)
Protein binding < 88.7%
Elimination half-life 24.49 – 108.93 hours
Excretion Renal
Identifiers
CAS Number
ChemSpider
UNII
Chemical and physical data
Formula C12H20N2O8Pt
Molar mass 515.382 g/mol
3D model (JSmol)

/////////////Dicycloplatin

C1CC(C1)(C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C1CC(C1)(C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].N.N.[Pt+2]

CANERTINIB

$
0
0

Canertinib

ChemSpider 2D Image | Canertinib | C24H25ClFN5O3

CANERTINIB

 Canertinib
CAS Registry Number: 267243-28-7
CAS Name: N-[4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl]-2-propenamide
Additional Names: N-[4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenylamino)-7-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy)quinazolin-6-yl]acrylamide
Molecular Formula: C24H25ClFN5O3
Molecular Weight: 485.94
Percent Composition: C 59.32%, H 5.19%, Cl 7.30%, F 3.91%, N 14.41%, O 9.88%
Literature References: Irreversible pan-erbB tyrosine kinase inhibitor. Prepn: A. J. Bridges et al., WO 0031048eidemUS 6344455 (2000, 2002 both to Warner-Lambert); J. B. Smaill et al., J. Med. Chem. 43, 1380 (2000). Clinical pharmacokinetics in patients with solid malignancies: E. Calvo et al., Clin. Cancer Res. 10, 7112 (2004); and tolerability in refractory cancer: J. Nemunaitis et al., ibid. 11, 3846 (2005). Review of pharmacology and mechanism of action: L. F. Allen et al., Semin. Oncol. 30, Suppl. 16, 65-78 (2003); of development and clinical experience: C. M. Galmarini, IDrugs 7, 58-63 (2004).
Properties: Crystals from methanol, mp 188-190°.
Melting point: mp 188-190°
Canertinib dihydrochloride, CI-1033, PD-183805(free base)
Derivative Type: Dihydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 289499-45-2
Manufacturers’ Codes: CI-1033
Molecular Formula: C24H25ClFN5O3.2HCl
Molecular Weight: 558.86
Percent Composition: C 51.58%, H 4.87%, Cl 19.03%, F 3.40%, N 12.53%, O 8.59%
Properties: Sol in water.
Therap-Cat: Antineoplastic.
Keywords: Antineoplastic; Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors.
267243-28-7 [RN]
2-propenamide, N-[4-[(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl]- [ACD/Index Name]
8256
C78W1K5ASF
Canertinib [INN] [Wiki]
N-{4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl}acrylamide

Canertinib (CI-1033) is an experimental drug candidate for the treatment of cancer. It is an irreversible tyrosine-kinase inhibitor with activity against EGFR (IC50 0.8 nM), HER-2 (IC50 19 nM) and ErbB-4 (IC50 7 nM).[1][2] By 2015, Pfizer had discontinued development of the drug.[3]

Canertinib has been reported as a substrate for OATP1B3. Interaction of canertinib with OATP1B3 may alter its hepatic disposition and can lead to transporter mediated drug-drug interactions.[4] Also, canertinib is not an inhibitor of OATP-1B1 or OATP-1B3 transporter.[5]

SYN

J Med Chem 2000,43(7),1380

EP 1131304; US 6344455; WO 0031048

4-Chloro-7-fluoro-6-nitroquinazoline (I) was condensed with 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline (II) to afford the 4-anilino quinazoline (III). Displacement of the activated fluorine of (III) with the potassium alkoxide of morpholinopropanol (IV) gave the morpholinopropyl ether (V). Subsequent reduction of the nitro group of (V), either using iron dust and acetic acid or catalytic hydrogenation over Raney-Ni, furnished aminoquinazoline (VI). This was finally condensed with acrylic acid (VII), via activation as the mixed anhydride with isobutyl chloroformate or using EDC as the coupling reagent, to provide the title acrylamide.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/CN103242244A/en

canertinib (Canertinib, I), chemical name 4- (3-chloro-4-fluoroanilino) -7- [3- (4_-morpholinyl) propoxy] -6-propylene quinazoline amide group, and by the US Pfizer Warner Lambert developed jointly an irreversible epidermal growth factor receptor (pan-ErbB) selective inhibitor, which is capable of binding to the cell surface of all members of the ErbB family adenosine triphosphate binding site, thereby inhibiting the activation of these receptors and their downstream mitogenic signal transduction pathways. Clinical studies show that the product has good resistance, can be effective in treating metastatic breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer and other tumors, and can be combined with a variety of antineoplastic agents exhibit a synergistic effect.

[0004]

Figure CN103242244AD00031

[0005] China Patent No. CN1160338C, CN1438994A and No. No. CN1745073A reported the preparation of canertinib: A nucleus 4- [(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl) amino] -6-nitro 7-fluoro-quinazoline (VIII) as a starting material, under basic conditions with 3- (4-morpholinyl) -1-propanol 7-position substitution reaction occurs to give 4- [(3-chloro – 4-fluorophenyl) amino] -6-nitro-7- [3- (4-morpholinyl) -1-propoxy] quinazoline (IX); intermediate (IX) through the 6-position nitro reduction, to give the corresponding amino compound (X); amino compound (X) to give canertinib acylation reaction (I) with acrylic acid or acryloyl chloride occurs.

[0006] In addition, “Qilu Pharmaceutical Affairs” 30, 2011, Vol. 10, page 559, and “China Industrial Medicine” 2010 Volume 41, No. 6, pp. 404 also reported an improved method of the above-prepared and studied method from 7-fluoro-quinazolin-3-one (V) via nitration, chloro and condensation reaction of the preparation of intermediate (VIII) is.

[0007]

Figure CN103242244AD00041

[0008] This shows that the current Kanai prepared for Nepal is mainly the 4-position through an intermediate (VII), respectively, a functional transformation of the 6-position and 7-position achieved. Since the intermediate (VII) a fluorine-containing compounds, materials are not readily available, many steps, and many steps are required to be isolated and purified by column chromatography, which is not required for industrialization.

Example a:

[0023] at room temperature, to a three-necked flask was added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (3mL, 15mmol) and tetrahydrofuran 5mL, dropwise addition of triphenylphosphine (4.0g, 15mmol) in tetrahydrofuran 25mL solution at room temperature, kept at room temperature for 2 hours. Under nitrogen, 3- (4-morpholinyl) -1_-propanol (0.49g, 3.4mmol) in 5mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to the reaction system after the dropwise addition is complete, 6-amino – 7-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-4-one (II) (0.53g,

3.0mmol), stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Solution of 3- (4-morpholinyl) -1-propanol (0.38g, 2.6mmol) in 5mL of tetrahydrofuran was continued at room temperature for 2 hours, the end of the reaction was monitored TLC. Recovery of the solvent by distillation under reduced pressure, the residue was treated with dilute hydrochloric acid, pH = 5-6, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated sodium carbonate adjusted pH = 10-11. The aqueous phase was freeze-dried in vacuo to give an off-white solid 6-amino-7- [3- (4-morpholinyl) propoxy] _3,4- dihydroquinazolin-4-one (111) 0.80g yield 87.7%.

[0024] Example II:

[0025] to a three-neck flask was added 6-amino-7- [3- (4_ morpholino) propoxy] quinazolin-dihydro _3,4_ one _4_

(III) (0.76g, 2.5mmol), triethylamine (0.25g, 2.5mmol) and dichloromethane 20mL, warmed to 40-45 ° C, stirred until homogeneous dissolution system. Dropped below 10 ° C, was slowly added dropwise acryloyl chloride (0.25g, 2.8mmol) in dichloromethane IOmL solution dropwise at room temperature after continued for 6 h, TLC detection reaction was completed. The reaction solution was respectively 10% sodium bicarbonate solution and water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Recovery of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give a white solid 7- [3- (4-morpholinyl) propoxy] -6-acrylamido-3,4-dihydro-quinazoline – 4-one (IV) 0.81g, 90.5% yield.

[0026] Example III:

Under [0027] nitrogen, to a three-necked flask was added 7- [3- (4_-morpholinyl) propoxy] -6-acrylamido-_3,4- dihydroquinazolin-4-one (IV ) (3.58g, IOmmol), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris (dimethylamino) phosphonium iron hexafluorophosphate (BOP) (6.63g, 15mmol) and acetonitrile 100mL. Under stirring, a solution of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] ^ a-7-ene (DBU) (2.28g, 15mmol), dropwise, at room temperature for 12 hours. Warmed to 60 ° C, the reaction was continued for 12 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to dissolve IOOmL, washed with 2M sodium hydroxide and 20mL. The organic phase was separated, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran IOOmL, 4-chloro-3-fluoroaniline (1.89g, 13mmol) and sodium hydride (0.32g, 13mmol), was heated to 50 ° C, reaction was stirred for 5 hours, the end of the reaction was monitored TLC. Quenched with saturated brine the reaction, the organic phase was separated, dried, evaporated under reduced pressure to recover the solvent to give an off-white solid. Recrystallized from ethanol to give an off-white solid canertinib (I) 4.05g, yield 83.5%.

[0028] Example IV:

Under [0029] nitrogen, to a three-necked flask was added 7- [3- (4_-morpholinyl) propoxy] -6-acrylamido-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-4-one (IV ) (3.58g, IOmmol), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris (dimethylamino) phosphonium iron hexafluorophosphate (BOP) (6.63g, 15mmol) and acetonitrile lOOmL. Under stirring, dropwise power port I, 5- diazabicyclo [4.3.0] – non-5-ene (DBN) (1.86g, 15mmol), dropwise, at room temperature for 12 hours. Warmed to 60 ° C, the reaction was continued for 12 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to dissolve IOOmL, washed with 2M sodium hydroxide and 20mL. The organic phase was separated, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran IOOmL, 4-chloro-3-fluoroaniline (1.89g, 13mmol) and sodium hydride (0.32g, 13mmol), was heated to 50 ° C, reaction was stirred for 5 hours, the end of the reaction was monitored TLC. Quenched with saturated brine the reaction, the organic phase was separated, dried, evaporated under reduced pressure to recover the solvent to give an off-white solid. Recrystallized from ethanol to give an off-white solid canertinib (I) 3.85g, yield 79.4%. ·

[0030] Example Five:

Under [0031] nitrogen, to a three-necked flask was added 7- [3- (4_-morpholinyl) propoxy] -6-acrylamido-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-4-one (IV ) (3.58g, IOmmol), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris (dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate gun (BOP) (6.63g, 15mmol), 4_-chloro-3-fluoroaniline ( 1.89g, 13mmol) and N, N- dimethylformamide lOOmL. Under stirring, a solution of I, 8- diazabicyclo [5.4.0] – ^ a _7_ ene (DBU) (2.28g, 15mmol), dropwise, at room temperature for 12 hours. Warmed to 60 ° C, the reaction was continued for 12 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to dissolve IOOmL, washed with 2M sodium hydroxide and 20mL. The organic phase was separated, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from ethanol to give an off-white solid canertinib (1) 2.32g, yield 47.8%.

Figure CN103242244AD00043

References

GW; Loo, JA; Greis, KD; Chan, OH; Reyner, EL; Lipka, E; Showalter, HD; et al. (2000). “Tyrosine kinase inhibitors. 17. Irreversible inhibitors of the epidermal growth factor receptor: 4-(phenylamino)quinazoline- and 4-(phenylamino)pyrido3,2-dpyrimidine-6-acrylamides bearing additional solubilizing functions”. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry43 (7): 1380–97. doi:10.1021/jm990482tPMID 10753475.

  1. ^ CI-1033 (Canertinib), Selleck Chemicals
  2. ^ http://adisinsight.springer.com/drugs/800012072
  3. ^ Khurana V, Minocha M, Pal D, Mitra AK (March 2014). “Role of OATP-1B1 and/or OATP-1B3 in hepatic disposition of tyrosine kinase inhibitors”Drug Metabol Drug Interact29 (3): 1–11. doi:10.1515/dmdi-2013-0062PMC 4407685PMID 24643910.
  4. ^ Khurana V, Minocha M, Pal D, Mitra AK (May 2014). “Inhibition of OATP-1B1 and OATP-1B3 by tyrosine kinase inhibitors”Drug Metabol Drug Interact29 (4): 1–11. doi:10.1515/dmdi-2014-0014PMC 4407688PMID 24807167.
Canertinib
Canertinib.svg
Names
IUPAC name
N-{4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(morpholin-4-yl)propoxy]quinazolin-6-yl}prop-2-enamide
Other names
CI-1033; PD-183805
Identifiers
3D model (JSmol)
ChEBI
ChEMBL
ChemSpider
PubChem CID
UNII
Properties
C24H25ClFN5O3
Molar mass 485.94 g·mol−1
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).

/////////////CANERTINIB

C=CC(=O)NC1=C(C=C2C(=C1)C(=NC=N2)NC3=CC(=C(C=C3)F)Cl)OCCCN4CCOCC4

LENALIDOMIDE, レナリドミド, леналидомид , ليناليدوميد , 来那度胺 ,

$
0
0

Lenalidomide

ChemSpider 2D Image | Lenalidomide | C13H13N3O3

LENALIDOMIDE

  • Molecular FormulaC13H13N3O3
  • Average mass259.261 Da
レナリドミド;

леналидомид ليناليدوميد 来那度胺 

191732-72-6 [RN]
1-Oxo-4-amino-2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)isoindole
2,6-Piperidinedione, 3-(4-amino-1,3-dihydro-1-oxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-
3-(4-amino-1,3-dihydro-1-oxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-2,6-piperidinedione
3-(4-Amino-1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-2,6-piperidinedione
3-(4-Amino-1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidin-2,6-dion
3-(4-amino-1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione
3-(4-amino-1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione
3-(7-amino-3-oxo-1h-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione
8505
E3 Ligase ligand
IMiD3
CAS Registry Number: 191732-72-6
CAS Name: 3-(4-Amino-1,3-dihydro-1-oxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-2,6-piperidinedione
Additional Names: 1-oxo-2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-4-aminoisoindoline
Manufacturers’ Codes: CC-5013
Trademarks: Revimid (Celgene); Revlimid (Celgene)
Molecular Formula: C13H13N3O3
Molecular Weight: 259.26
Percent Composition: C 60.22%, H 5.05%, N 16.21%, O 18.51%
Literature References: Immunomodulatory drug; analog of thalidomide, q.v. Prepn: G. W. Muller et al., US 5635517 (1997 to Celgene); and in vitro TNF-a inhibition: eidem, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9, 1625 (1999). LC-MS determn in plasma: T. M. Tohnya et al., J. Chromatogr. B 811, 135 (2004). Clinical evaluation in multiple myeloma: P. G. Richardson et al., Blood 100, 3063 (2002); in myelodysplastic syndromes: A. List et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 352, 549 (2005). Review of development, pharmacology and therapeutic potential: J. B. Bartlett et al., Nature Rev. 4, 314-322 (2004); C. S. Mitsiades, N. Mitsiades, Curr. Opin. Invest. Drugs 5, 635-647 (2004).
Therap-Cat: Immunomodulator.
Keywords: Immunomodulator.
  • 191732-72-6
  • SYP-1512
  • LENALIDOMIDE [VANDF]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [WHO-DD]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [EMA EPAR]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [MI]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [MART.]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [ORANGE BOOK]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [USAN]
  • LENALIDOMIDE [INN]
  • CDC-501
  • REVLIMID
  • LENALIDOMIDE
  • 3-(4-AMINO-1-OXO-1,3-DIHYDRO-2H-ISOINDOL-2-YL)PIPERIDINE-2,6-DIONE
  • 2,6-PIPERIDINEDIONE, 3-(4-AMINO-1,3-DIHYDRO-1-OXO-2H-ISOINDOL-2-YL)-
  • CC-5013

Lenalidomide (trade name Revlimid) is a derivative of thalidomide approved in the United States in 2005.[1]

It was initially intended as a treatment for multiple myeloma, for which thalidomide is an accepted therapeutic treatment. Lenalidomide has also shown efficacy in the class of hematological disorders known as myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS). Along with several other drugs developed in recent years, lenalidomide has significantly improved overall survival in myeloma (which formerly carried a poor prognosis), although toxicity remains an issue for users.[2] It costs $163,381 per year for the average patient.[3]

It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the safest and most effective medicines needed in a health system.[4]

Medical uses

Multiple myeloma

Multiple myeloma is a cancer of the blood, characterized by accumulation of a plasma cell clone in the bone marrow.[5] Lenalidomide is one of the novel drug agents used to treat multiple myeloma. It is a more potent molecular analog of thalidomide, which inhibits tumor angiogenesis, tumor secreted cytokines and tumor proliferation through the induction of apoptosis.[6][7][8]

Compared to placebo, lenalidomide is effective at inducing a complete or “very good partial” response as well as improving progression-free survival. Adverse events more common in people receiving lenalidomide for myeloma were neutropenia (a decrease in the white blood cell count), deep vein thrombosisinfections, and an increased risk of other hematological malignancies.[9] The risk of second primary hematological malignancies does not outweigh the benefit of using lenalidomide in relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma.[10] It may be more difficult to mobilize stem cells for autograft in people who have received lenalidomide.[6]

On 29 June 2006, lenalidomide received U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) clearance for use in combination with dexamethasone in patients with multiple myeloma who have received at least one prior therapy.[11] On 22 February 2017, the FDA approved lenalidomide as standalone maintenance therapy (without dexamethasone) for patients with multiple myeloma following autologous stem cell transplant.[12]

On 23 April 2009, The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) issued a Final Appraisal Determination (FAD) approving lenalidomide, in combination with dexamethasone, as an option to treat patients with multiple myeloma who have received two or more prior therapies in England and Wales.[13]

On 5 June 2013, the FDA designated lenalidomide as a specialty drug requiring a specialty pharmacy distribution for “use in mantle cell lymphoma (MCL) in patients whose disease has relapsed or progressed after two prior therapies, one of which included bortezomib.” Revlimid is only available through a specialty pharmacy, “a restricted distribution program in conjunction with a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS) due to potential for embryo-fetal risk.”[14]

Myelodysplastic syndromes

With myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS), the best results of lenalidomide were obtained in patients with the Chromosome 5q deletion syndrome (5q- syndrome).[15] The syndrome results from deletions in human chromosome 5 that remove three adjacent genes, granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factorPlatelet-derived growth factor receptor B, and Colony stimulating factor 1 receptor.[16][17]

It was approved by the FDA on 27 December 2005, for patients with low or intermediate-1 risk MDS with 5q- with or without additional cytogenetic abnormalities. A completed Phase II, multi-centre, single-arm, open-label study evaluated the efficacy and safety of Revlimid monotherapy treatment for achieving haematopoietic improvement in red blood cell (RBC) transfusion dependent subjects with low- or intermediate-1-risk MDS associated with a deletion 5q cytogenetic abnormality.

63.8% of subjects had achieved RBC-transfusion independence accompanied by a median increase of 5.8 g/dL in blood Hgb concentration from baseline to the maximum value during the response period. Major cytogenetic responses were observed in 44.2% and minor cytogenetic responses were observed in 24.2% of the evaluable subjects. Improvements in bone marrow morphology were also observed. The results of this study demonstrate the efficacy of Revlimid for the treatment of subjects with Low- or Intermediate-1-risk MDS and an associated del 5 cytogenetic abnormality.[15][18][19]

Lenalidomide was approved on 17 June 2013 by the European Medicines Agency for use in low- or intermediate-1-risk myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) patients who have the deletion 5q cytogenetic abnormality and no other cytogenetic abnormalities, are dependent on red blood cell transfusions, and for whom other treatment options have been found to be insufficient or inadequate.[20]

Mantle cell lymphoma

Lenalidomide is approved by FDA for mantle cell lymphoma in patients whose disease has relapsed or progressed after at least two prior therapies.[1] One of these previous therapies must have included bortezomib.

Other cancers

Lenalidomide is undergoing clinical trial as a treatment for Hodgkin’s lymphoma,[21] as well as non-Hodgkin’s lymphomachronic lymphocytic leukemia and solid tumor cancers, such as carcinoma of the pancreas.[22] One Phase 3 clinical trial being conducted by Celgene in elderly patients with B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia was halted in July 2013, when a disproportionate number of cancer deaths were observed during treatment with lenalidomide versus patients treated with chlorambucil.[23]

Adverse effects

In addition to embryo-fetal toxicity, lenalidomide also carries Black Box Warnings for hematologic toxicity (including significant neutropenia and thrombocytopenia) and venous/arterial thromboembolisms.[1]

Serious potential side effects are thrombosispulmonary embolus, and hepatotoxicity, as well as bone marrow toxicity resulting in neutropenia and thrombocytopeniaMyelosuppression is the major dose-limiting toxicity, which is contrary to experience with thalidomide.[24] Lenalidomide may also be associated with adverse effects including second primary malignancy, severe cutaneous reactions, hypersensitivity reactions, tumor lysis syndrome, tumor flare reaction, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism[1]

Teratogenicity

Lenalidomide is related to thalidomide which is known to be teratogenic. Tests in monkeys have suggested lenalidomide is also teratogenic.[25] It therefore has the pregnancy category X and cannot be prescribed for women who are pregnant or who may become pregnant during therapy. For this reason, the drug is only available in the United States(under the brand name Revlimid) through a restricted distribution system called RevAssist. Females who may become pregnant must use at least two forms of reliable contraception during treatment and for at least four weeks after discontinuing treatment with lenalidomide.[1]

Venous thromboembolism

Lenalidomide, like its parent compound thalidomide, may cause venous thromboembolism (VTE), a potentially serious complication with their use. Bennett et al. have reviewed incidents of lenalidomide-associated VTE among patients with multiple myeloma.[26] They have found that there are high rates of VTE when patients with multiple myeloma received thalidomide or lenalidomide in conjunction with dexamethasonemelphalan, or doxorubicin. When lenalidomide and dexamethasone are used to treat multiple myeloma, a median of 14% of patients had VTE (range,3-75%). In patients who took prophylaxis to treat lenalidomide-associated VTE, such as aspirin, thromboembolism rates were found to be lower than without prophylaxis, frequently lower than 10%. Clearly, thromboembolism is a serious adverse drug reaction associated with lenalidomide, as well as thalidomide. In fact, a black box warning is included in the package insert for lenalidomide, indicating that lenalidomide-dexamethasone treatment for multiple myeloma is complicated by high rates of thromboembolism.

Currently,[when?] clinical trials are under way to further test the efficacy of lenalidomide to treat multiple myeloma, and to determine how to prevent lenalidomide-associated venous thromboembolism.[citation needed]

Stevens-Johnson syndrome

In March 2008, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) included lenalidomide on a list of 20 prescription drugs under investigation for potential safety problems. The drug is being investigated for possibly increasing the risk of developing Stevens–Johnson syndrome, a life-threatening condition affecting the skin.[27]

FDA ongoing safety review

As of 2011, the FDA has initiated an ongoing review which will focus on clinical trials which found an increased risk of developing cancers such as acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and B-cell lymphoma,[3] though the FDA is currently advising all people to continue their treatment.[28]

Mechanism of action

Lenalidomide has been used to successfully treat both inflammatory disorders and cancers in the past ten years.[when?] There are multiple mechanisms of action, and they can be simplified by organizing them as mechanisms of action in vitro and in vivo.[29] In vitro, lenalidomide has three main activities: direct anti-tumor effect, inhibition of angiogenesis, and immunomodulationIn vivo, lenalidomide induces tumor cell apoptosis directly and indirectly by inhibition of bone marrow stromal cell support, by anti-angiogenic and anti-osteoclastogenic effects, and by immunomodulatory activity. Lenalidomide has a broad range of activities that can be exploited to treat many hematologic and solid cancers.

On a molecular level, lenalidomide has been shown to interact with the ubiquitin E3 ligase cereblon[30] and target this enzyme to degrade the Ikaros transcription factors IKZF1 and IKZF3.[31] This mechanism was unexpected as it suggests that the major action of lenalidomide is to re-target the activity of an enzyme rather than block the activity of an enzyme or signaling process, and thereby represents a novel mode of drug action. A more specific implication of this mechanism is that the teratogenic and anti-neoplastic properties of lenalidomide, and perhaps other thalidomide derivatives, could be disassociated.

Research

The low level of research that continued on thalidomide, in spite of its scandalous history of teratogenicity, unexpectedly showed that the compound affected immune function. The drug was, for example, recently approved by the FDA for treatment of complications from leprosy; it has also been investigated as an adjunct for treating some malignancies. Recent research on related compounds has revealed a series of molecules which inhibit tumor necrosis factor (TNF-α).[citation needed]

Price

Lenalidomide costs $163,381 per year for the average person in the United States.[3] Lenalidomide made almost $9.7bn for Celgene in 2018.[32]

In 2013, the UK National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) rejected lenalidomide for “use in the treatment of people with a specific type of the bone marrow disorder myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS)” in England and Scotland, arguing that Celgene “did not provide enough evidence to justify the £3,780 per month (USD$5746.73) price-tag of lenalidomide for use in the treatment of people with a specific type of the bone marrow disorder myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS)”.[33]

SYN

https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10593-015-1670-0

A new process for the synthesis of anticancer drug lenalidomide was developed, using platinum group metal-free and efficient reduction of nitro group with the iron powder and ammonium chloride. It was found that the bromination of the key raw material, methyl 2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoate, could be carried out in chlorine-free solvent methyl acetate without forming significant amounts of hazardous by-products. We also have compared the known synthetic methods for cyclization of methyl 2-(bromomethyl)-3-nitrobenzoate and 3-aminopiperidinedione to form lenalidomide nitro precursor.

SYN

File:Lenalidomide synthesis.png

SYN

EP 0925294; US 5635517; WO 9803502

Cyclization of N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)glutamine (I) by means of CDI in refluxing THF gives 3-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)piperidine-2,6-dione (II), which is deprotected with H2 over Pd/C in ethyl acetate/4N HCl to yield 3-aminopiperidine-2,6-dione hydrochloride (III). Bromination of 2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester (IV) with NBS in CCl4 provides 2-(bromomethyl)-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester (V), which is cyclized with the aminopiperidine (III) by means of triethylamine in hot DMF to afford 3-(4-nitro-1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (VI). Finally, the nitro group of compound (VI) is reduced with H2 over Pd/C in methanol (1, 2).

 

SYN

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1999,9(11),1625

Treatment of 3-nitrophthalimide (I) with ethyl chloroformate and triethylamine produced 3-nitro-N-(ethoxycarbonyl)phthalimide (II), which was condensed with L-glutamine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (III) to afford the phthaloyl glutamine derivative (IV). Acidic cleavage of the tert-butyl ester of (IV) provided the corresponding carboxylic acid (V). This was cyclized to the required glutarimide (VI) upon treatment with thionyl chloride and then with triethylamine. The nitro group of (VI) was finally reduced to amine by hydrogenation over Pd/C.

Lenalidomide

    • Synonyms:CC-5013, CDC 501
    • ATC:L04AX04
  • Use:myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS)
  • Chemical name:3-(4-amino-1,3-dihydro-1-oxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-2,6-piperidinedione
  • Formula:C13H13N3O3
  • MW:259.27 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:191732-72-6
  • InChI Key:GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-JTQLQIEISA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C13H13N3O3/c14-9-3-1-2-7-8(9)6-16(13(7)19)10-4-5-11(17)15-12(10)18/h1-3,10H,4-6,14H2,(H,15,17,18)/t10-/m0/s1

Synthesis

Trade Names

Country Trade Name Vendor Annotation
D Revlimid Celgene
GB Revlimid Celgene
USA Revlimid Celgene ,2005

Formulations

  • cps. 5 mg, 10 mg

References

    • WO 9 803 502 (Celgene; 29.1.1998; USA-prior. 24.7.1996).
    • WO 2 006 028 964 (Celgene; 16.3.2006; USA-prior. 3.9.2004).
    • US 5 635 517 (Celgene; 3.6.1997; USA-prior. 24.7.1996).
  • medical use for treatment of certain leukemias:

    • US 2 006 030 594 (Celgene; 9.2.2006; USA-prior. 4.10.2005).
  • alternative preparation of III:

    • WO 2 005 005 409 (Siegfried Ltd.; 20.1.2005; CH-prior. 9.7.2003).

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e REVLIMID [package insert]. Summit, NJ: Celgene Corporation; 2017. Accessed at https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2017/021880s055lbl.pdf on 14 September 2018.
  2. ^ McCarthy PL, Owzar K, Hofmeister CC, et al. (2012). “Lenalidomide after stem-cell transplantation for multiple myeloma”N. Engl. J. Med366 (19): 1770–81. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1114083PMC 3744390PMID 22571201.
  3. Jump up to:a b c Badros AZ (10 May 2012). “Lenalidomide in Myeloma — A High-Maintenance Friend”. N Engl J Med366 (19): 1836–1838. doi:10.1056/NEJMe1202819PMID 22571206.
  4. ^ “World Health Organization model list of essential medicines: 21st list 2019”. 2019. hdl:10665/325771.
  5. ^ Armoiry X, Aulagner G, Facon T (June 2008). “Lenalidomide in the treatment of multiple myeloma: a review”. Journal of Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics33 (3): 219–26. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2710.2008.00920.xPMID 18452408.
  6. Jump up to:a b Li S, Gill N, Lentzsch S (November 2010). “Recent advances of IMiDs in cancer therapy”. Curr Opin Oncol22 (6): 579–85. doi:10.1097/CCO.0b013e32833d752cPMID 20689431.
  7. ^ Tageja N (March 2011). “Lenalidomide – current understanding of mechanistic properties”. Anti-Cancer Agents Med. Chem11 (3): 315–26. doi:10.2174/187152011795347487PMID 21426296.
  8. ^ Kotla V, Goel S, Nischal S, et al. (August 2009). “Mechanism of action of lenalidomide in hematological malignancies”J Hematol Oncol2: 36. doi:10.1186/1756-8722-2-36PMC 2736171PMID 19674465.
  9. ^ Yang B, Yu RL, Chi XH, et al. (2013). “Lenalidomide treatment for multiple myeloma: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials”PLoS ONE8 (5): e64354. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0064354PMC 3653900PMID 23691202.
  10. ^ Dimopoulos MA, Richardson PG, Brandenburg N, et al. (22 March 2012). “A review of second primary malignancy in patients with relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma treated with lenalidomide”. Blood119 (12): 2764–7. doi:10.1182/blood-2011-08-373514PMID 22323483.
  11. ^ “FDA approves lenalidomide oral capsules (Revlimid) for use in combination with dexamethasone in patients with multiple myeloma”Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 29 June 2006. Retrieved 15 October 2015.
  12. ^ “Approved Drugs – Lenalidomide (Revlimid)”Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
  13. ^ “REVLIMID Receives Positive Final Appraisal Determination from National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) for Use in the National Health Service (NHS) in England and Wales”. Reuters. 23 April 2009.
  14. ^ Ness, Stacey (13 March 2014). “New Specialty Drugs”. Pharmacy Times. Retrieved 5 November 2015.
  15. Jump up to:a b List A, Kurtin S, Roe DJ, et al. (February 2005). “Efficacy of lenalidomide in myelodysplastic syndromes”. The New England Journal of Medicine352 (6): 549–57. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa041668PMID 15703420.
  16. ^ “PDGFRB platelet derived growth factor receptor beta [Homo sapiens (human)] – Gene – NCBI”.
  17. ^ Nimer SD (2006). “Clinical management of myelodysplastic syndromes with interstitial deletion of chromosome 5q”. Journal of Clinical Oncology24 (16): 2576–82. doi:10.1200/JCO.2005.03.6715PMID 16735711.
  18. ^ List AF (August 2005). “Emerging data on IMiDs in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS)”. Seminars in Oncology32 (4 Suppl 5): S31–5. doi:10.1053/j.seminoncol.2005.06.020PMID 16085015.
  19. ^ List A, Dewald G, Bennett J, et al. (October 2006). “Lenalidomide in the myelodysplastic syndrome with chromosome 5q deletion”. The New England Journal of Medicine355 (14): 1456–65. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa061292PMID 17021321.
  20. ^ “Revlimid Approved In Europe For Use In Myelodysplastic Syndromes”. The MDS Beacon. Retrieved 17 June 2013.
  21. ^ “Phase II Study of Lenalidomide for the Treatment of Relapsed or Refractory Hodgkin’s Lymphoma”ClinicalTrials.gov. US National Institutes of Health. February 2009.
  22. ^ “276 current clinical trials world-wide, both recruiting and fully enrolled, as of 27 February 2009”ClinicalTrials.gov. US National Institutes of Health. February 2009.
  23. ^ “Celgene Discontinues Phase 3 Revlimid Study after ‘Imbalance’ of Deaths”. Nasdaq. 18 July 2013.
  24. ^ Rao KV (September 2007). “Lenalidomide in the treatment of multiple myeloma”. American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy64 (17): 1799–807. doi:10.2146/ajhp070029PMID 17724360.
  25. ^ “Revlimid Summary of Product Characteristics. Annex I” (PDF)European Medicines Agency. 2012. p. 6.
  26. ^ Bennett CL, Angelotta C, Yarnold PR, et al. (December 2006). “Thalidomide- and lenalidomide-associated thromboembolism among patients with cancer”. JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Association296 (21): 2558–60. doi:10.1001/jama.296.21.2558-cPMID 17148721.
  27. ^ “Potential Signals of Serious Risks/New Safety Information Identified from the Adverse Event Reporting System (AERS) between January – March 2008”Food and Drug Administration (FDA). March 2008.
  28. ^ “FDA Drug Safety Communication: Ongoing safety review of Revlimid (lenalidomide) and possible increased risk of developing new malignancies”Food and Drug Administration(FDA). April 2011.
  29. ^ Vallet S, Palumbo A, Raje N, et al. (July 2008). “Thalidomide and lenalidomide: Mechanism-based potential drug combinations”. Leukemia & Lymphoma49 (7): 1238–45. doi:10.1080/10428190802005191PMID 18452080.
  30. ^ Zhu YX, Braggio E, Shi CX, et al. (2011). “Cereblon expression is required for the antimyeloma activity of lenalidomide and pomalidomide”Blood118 (18): 4771–9. doi:10.1182/blood-2011-05-356063PMC 3208291PMID 21860026.
  31. ^ Stewart AK (2014). “Medicine. How thalidomide works against cancer”Science343(6168): 256–7. doi:10.1126/science.1249543PMC 4084783PMID 24436409.
  32. ^ “Top 10 Best-Selling Cancer Drugs of 2018”. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News. 22 April 2019. Retrieved 25 April 2019.
  33. ^ “Revlimid faces NICE rejection for use in rare blood cancer Watchdog’s draft guidance does not recommend Celgene’s drug for NHS use in England and Wales”. Pharma News. 11 July 2013. Retrieved 5 November 2015.

Further reading

External links

Lenalidomide
Lenalidomide enantiomers.svg
Clinical data
Pronunciation /ˌlɛnəˈlɪdmd/
Trade names Revlimid
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a608001
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: X (High risk)
  • US: X(Contraindicated)
Routes of
administration
Oral (capsules)
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability Undetermined
Protein binding 30%
Metabolism Undetermined
Elimination half-life 3 hours
Excretion Renal (67% unchanged)
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.218.924 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C13H13N3O3
Molar mass 259.261 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
Chirality Racemic mixture

//////////LENALIDOMIDE, レナリドミド ,REVLIMID, Celgene Corporation, леналидомид ليناليدوميد 来那度胺 

Nilotinib ニロチニブ;

$
0
0

Nilotinib3Dan.gif

Nilotinib2DACS.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Nilotinib | C28H22F3N7O

NILOTINIB

ニロチニブ;
  • Molecular FormulaC28H22F3N7O
  • Average mass529.516 Da
4-Methyl-N-(3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-((4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)benzamide
4-Methyl-N-(3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)benzamide
4-Methyl-N-(3-(4-methylimidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-((4-pyridin-3-ylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino)benzamide
4-Methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluormethyl)phenyl]-3-{[4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino}benzolcarboxamid
4-Methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]amino}benzamide
4-Methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{[4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino}benzamide
641571-10-0 [RN]
8654
Benzamide, 4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]-

Nilotinib (AMN107, trade name Tasigna[2]), in the form of the hydrochloride monohydrate salt, is a small-molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor approved for the treatment of imatinib-resistant chronic myelogenous leukemia.[3] Structurally related to imatinib,[4] it was developed based on the structure of the Abl-imatinib complex to address imatinib intolerance and resistance.[5][6][7] Nilotinib is a selective Bcr-Abl tyrosine kinase inhibitor[5][6] that is 10–30 fold more potent than imatinib in inhibiting Bcr-Abl tyrosine kinase activity and proliferation of Bcr-Abl expressing cells.[4][6][7][8] Nilotinib was developed by Novartis and is sold under the trade name Tasigna.[9]

Medical uses

Crystal structure of Abl kinase domain(blue) in complex with nilotinib (red)

It is FDA– (29 October 2007),[10] EMA– (29 September 2009),[11] MHRA– (19 November 2007)[12] and TGA– (17 January 2008)[13] approved for use as a treatment for Philadelphia chromosome (Ph+)-positive chronic myelogenous leukaemia.[1]

The drug carries a black box warning for possible heart complications.[14][15]

Clinical trials

CML

In June 2006, a phase I clinical trial found nilotinib has a relatively favorable safety profile and shows activity in cases of CML resistant to treatment with imatinib, another tyrosine kinase inhibitor currently used as a first-line treatment.[16] In that study 92% of patients (already resistant or unresponsive to imatinib) achieved normal white blood cell counts after five months of treatment.[17]

Contraindications

Contraindications include long QT syndromehypokalaemiahypomagnesaemia, pregnancy, planned pregnancy, lactation and galactose/lactose intolerance.[1][13]

Cautions include:[1]

  • Myelosuppression
  • Tumour lysis syndrome
  • Liver impairment
  • History of pancreatitis
  • Check serum lipase periodically in order to detect pancreatitis
  • Total gastrectomy
  • Avoid pregnancy or impregnating women

Dose reduction of nilotinib has been recommended in hepatically impaired population which involves recommendation of lower starting dose and monitoring of any hepatic function abnormalities.[18]

Adverse effects

Nilotinib has a number of adverse effects typical of anti-cancer drugs. These include headache, fatigue, gastrointestinal problems such as nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and constipation, muscle and joint pain, rash and other skin conditions, flu-like symptoms, and reduced blood cell count. Less typical side effects are those of the cardiovascular system, such as hypertension (high blood pressure), various types of arrhythmia, and prolonged QT interval. Nilotinib can also affect the body’s electrolyte and glucosebalance.[10] Though pulmonary-related adverse effects are rare when compared with imatinib and dasatinib, there is a case report of acute respiratory failure from diffuse alveolar hemorrhage in a patient taking nilotinib.[19]

Interactions

Nilotinib has been reported as a substrate for OATP1B1 and OATP1B3. Interaction of nilotinib with OATP1B1 and OATP1B3 may alter its hepatic disposition and can lead to transporter mediated drug-drug interactions.[18] Nilotinib is an inhibitor of OATP-1B1 transporter but not for OATP-1B3.[20]

It is a substrate for CYP3A4 and hence grapefruit juice and other CYP3A4 inhibitors[21] will increase its action and inducers like St. John’s wort[22] will decrease it. Patients report that pomegranates and starfruit may also interfere.

Food should not be eaten two hours before or one hour afterwards because it unpredictably increases its bioavailability, approximately doubling it.

Pharmacology

Nilotinib inhibits the kinases BCR-ABL,[23] KITLCKEPHA3EPHA8DDR1DDR2PDGFRBMAPK11 and ZAK.[24]

Research

Parkinson’s disease

There is weak evidence that nilotinib may be beneficial with Parkinson’s Disease (PD), with a small clinical trial suggesting it might halt progression and improve symptoms.[25]However, there were significant side effects including infectionliver function tests abnormalities, hallucinations and heart attack, and the benefit in PD disappeared at follow up after drug discontinuation, raising question as to whether it was truly a disease modifying therapy. Nilotinib is currently undergoing phase II studies for treatment of Parkinson’s.[26]Scientists and medical professionals have advised caution with over-optimistic interpretation of its effects in Parkinson’s due to the significant media hype surrounding the small and early clinical trial.[27][28]

Other

Novartis announced on April 11, 2011 that it was discontinuing a phase III trial of Tasigna (nilotinib) for investigational use in the first-line treatment of gastrointestinal stromal tumor(GIST) based on the recommendation of an independent data monitoring committee. Interim results showed Tasigna is unlikely to demonstrate superiority compared to Novartis’s Gleevec (imatinib)*, the current standard of care in this setting.[29]

Low dose nilotinib is also being investigated for use for and Alzheimer’s disease, as well as for ALSdementia and Huntington’s disease.[30]

Patent

WO 2016024289, NILOTINIB, New Patent by SUN

SUN PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES LTD [IN/IN]; 17/B, Mahal Industrial Estate, Off Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (east), Mumbai 400093 (IN)

THENNATI, Rajamannar; (IN).
KILARU, Srinivasu; (IN).
VALANCE SURENDRAKUMAR, Macwan; (IN).
SHRIPRAKASH DHAR, Dwivedi; (IN)

The present invention provides novel salts of nilotinib and polymorphs thereof. The acid addition salts of nilotinib with benzenesulfonic acid, butanedisulfonic acid, 1-5- naphthalenedisulfonic acid, naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid and 1-hydroxynaphthoic acid; hydrates and anhydrates thereof.

Nilotinib, 4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl] amino] -benzamide, having the following formula

is marketed under the name Tasigna® in US and Europe. Tasigna contains nilotinib monohydrate monohydrochloride salt and is available as capsules for the treatment of adult patients with newly diagnosed Philadelphia chromosome positive chronic myeloid leukemia (Ph+ CML) in chronic phase. Tasigna is also indicated for the treatment of chronic phase and accelerated phase Philadelphia chromosome positive chronic myelogenous leukemia (Ph+ CML) in adult patients resistant or intolerant to prior therapy that included imatinib.

Nilotinib is considered a low solubility/low permeability (class IV) compound in the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS). Therefore, dissolution of nilotinib can potentially be rate limiting step for in-vivo absorption. It is soluble in acidic media; being practically insoluble in buffer solutions of pH 4.5 and higher.

WIPO publication 2014059518A1 discloses crystalline forms of nilotinib hydrochloride and methods of the preparation of various crystalline solvates of nilotinib hydrochloride including benzyl alcohol, acetic acid and propylene glycol.

WIPO publication 2011033307A1 discloses nilotinib dihydrochloride and its hydrates and method for their preparation.

WIPO publication 2011163222A1 discloses the preparation of nilotinib salts and crystalline forms thereof. The salts of nilotinib disclosed are hydrochloride, fumarate, 2-chloromandelate, succinate, adipate, L-tartrate, glutarate, p-toluenesulfonate, camphorsulfonate, glutamate, palmitate, quinate, citrate, maleate, acetate, L-malate, L-aspartate, formate, hydrobromide, oxalate and malonate.

WIPO publication number 2011086541A1 discloses a nilotinib monohydrochloride monohydrate salt and methods for preparing.

WIPO publication number 2010054056A2 describes several crystalline forms of nilotinib hydrochloride.

WIPO publication number 2007/015871A1 discloses the preparation of nilotinib salts and crystalline forms thereof. The salts are mixtures of nilotinib and one acid wherein the acids are selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid, benzene sulfonic acid, p-toluene sul- fonic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, gentisic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, and tartaric acid.

WIPO publication number 2007015870A2 discloses several nilotinib salts including amorphous and crystalline forms of nilotinib free base, nilotinib HC1 and nilotinib sulfate along with their hydrate and solvates.

EXAMPLES:

Example 1: Preparation of nilotinib benzenesulfonate crystalline Form I

Nilotinib base (1 g) was suspended in water (20 ml). A solution of benzenesulfonic acid (0.4 g) in water (3ml) was added and the content was heated at 60 °C for 2-3 h. The mixture was cooled to 25-30 °C, filtered, washed with water (3 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum for 2 h at 50-55 °C.

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.40 (s,3H), 2.42 (s,3H), 7.35-7.37 (m,3H), 7.51-7.66 (m,5H),7.83 (d,lH), 7.96 (s,lH),8.08 (s,lH),8.30 (s,lH) 8.39 (s,lH),8.54 (d,lH), 8.61 (d,lH), 8.64 (s,lH), 8.75 (d,lH), 9.25 (s,lH), 9.34 (d,lH), 9.61 (s,lH), 10.84 (s,lH).

The salt provides an XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 1.

Example 2: Preparation of nilotinib butanedisulfonate (2: 1) crystalline Form II

Nilotinib base (100 g) was dissolved in 20 % water in THF solution (2000 ml) at 60-65 °C and insoluble matter was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum below 60 °C. Filtered water (1000 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and it was heated at 50-55 °C, followed by addition of 1,4-butanedisulfonic acid -60% aqueous solution (28.6 ml) at same temperature. The content was stirred at 50-55 °C for 2-3h. Reaction mixture as cooled to 25-30 °C and product was filtered, washed with water (200 ml x 2) and dried in air oven at 50-55 °C (yield: 115 g).

Purity (by HPLC):99.76%

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 1.63-1.66(m,2H), 2.40(d,3H),2.42(s,3H),2.43-2.47(m,2H), 7.51-7.62(m,3H),7.85(dd,lH),7.96(s,lH),8.08(s,lH),8.34(s,lH),8.38(d,lH),8.52-8.55(m,lH), 8.60-8.62 (m,2H), 8.75(d,lH), 9.25(S,1H),9.34(S,1H),9.59(S,1H),10.86(S,1H)

Water content: 7.95 %.

The salt has a XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 2.

Example 3: Preparation of nilotinib butanedisulfonate (2: 1) crystalline Form II

Nilotinib base (300 g) was suspended in methanol (3000 ml) and aqueous hydrochloric acid was added to get pH less than 2. Reaction contents were heated at reflux and was filtered and washed with methanol (100 ml). 5% (w/w) NaOH (1200 ml) solution was added at 40-45 °C within 15 min, reaction mixture was stirred for 2h. Product was filtered, washed with water

(300 ml x 3) and dried for lh. Wet material was suspended in water (3000 ml), heated at 50- 55 °C followed by addition of 1,4-butanedisulfonic acid -60% aqueous solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50-55°C for 2hrs. Product was filtered at room temperature, washed with water (500 ml x 2) and dried in air oven at 50-55 °C (yield: 293 g).

Purity (by HPLC): 99.88 %

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6+TFA-dl) δ 1.75-1.78(m,2H), 2.36(d,3H),2.38(s,3H),2.69- 2.72(m,2H),7.45(d,lH),7.68(d,lH),7.83(s,lH),7.88(dd,lH),7.97(s,lH),8.16-8.19(m,lH), 8.35

(s,2H), 8.63(d,lH),8.68(d,lH),9.04(d,lH),9.21(d,lH),9.53(br s,lH),9.69(d,lH)10.80 (s,lH)

Water content: 6.44 %

Example 4: Preparation of nilotinib butanedisulfonate (2: 1) crystalline Form III

Nilotinib butanedisulfonate (210g) was dissolved in acetic acid water mixture (50:50) (2520 ml) at 75-80 °C and was filtered to remove insoluble matter and washed with acetic acid water mixture (50:50) (210 ml). Water (3150ml) was added to the filtrate and stirred first at room temperature and then at 0-5 °C. Product was filtered and washed with water. Material was dried in air oven at 70-75 °C. Dried material was leached with methanol (3438 ml) at reflux temperature, filtered and dried in air oven 70-75°C (yield: 152.6 g)

Purity (by HPLC): 99.89 %

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6+TFA-dl) δ 1.73-1.77(m,2H), 2.40(s,6H),2.67-2.70(m,2H), 7.50 (d,lH), 7.70(d,lH), 7.88-7.92(m,2H), 8.07(s,lH),8.23 (dd,lH), 8.34(s,2H), 8.67 (d,lH), 8.72 (d,lH), 9.09(d,lH), 9.23 (s,lH), 9.54(d,lH), 9.74(d,lH), 10.86(s,lH).

Water content: 0.61 %

The salt provides an XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 3.

Example 5: Preparation of crystalline form of nilotinib butanedisulfonate (2: 1)

Crystalline Nilotinib butanedisulfonate (1 g) of Example 2 was suspended in methanol (20 ml) and was stirred at reflux for 60 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature. Solid was filtered, washed with methanol (2 ml x 3) and dried in air oven at 70-75°C (yield: 0.8 g)

Example 6: Preparation of nilotinib butanedisulfonate (1: 1) crystalline Form IV

Nilotinib base (20 g) was suspended in methanol (800 ml) and 1,4-butanedisulfonic acid -60

% aqueous solution (6 ml) was added at 50-55 °C, and was filtered to remove insoluble matter. Filtrate was stirred at room temperature for 2-3 h. Product formed was filtered, washed with methanol (20 ml x 2) and dried the product in air oven at 70-75 °C (yield: 18.4 g).

Purity (by HPLC):99.86 %

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 1.64-1.68(m,4H), 2.47-2.5 l(m,4H), 2.41(s,3H), 2.42(d,3H), 7.52(d,lH), 7.83-7.89(m,2H), 7.99(s,lH), 8.15(s,lH), 8.36 (d,lH), 8.39(s,lH), 8.65-8.66(m,2H), 8.79(d,lH), 8.89(br s,lH), 9.36(s,lH), 9.41(br s,lH), 9.74(d,lH), 10.91(s,lH).

The salt has XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 4.

Example 7: Preparation of nilotinib 1,5-napthalenedisulfonic acid salt (2: 1) crystalline Form V

Nilotinib base (1 g) was suspended in water (20 ml). A solution of 1,5-napthalenedisulfonic acid (0.4 g; 0.6 eq.) in water (5ml) was added and the content was heated at 50-55 °C for lh. The mixture was cooled to 25-30 °C, filtered and washed with water (10 ml). The product was dried in air oven at 50-55°C (yield: 1.2 g).

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.39 (s,3H), 2.42 (s,3H), 7.45-7.61 (m,4H),7.84 (d,lH), 7.97(s,2H),8.08 (m,lH),8.31 (s,lH) 8.38 (s,lH),8.55 (d,lH), 8.63 (s,2H), 8.75 (s,lH), 8.92 (d,lH), 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s,lH),9.62 (s,lH), 10.85 (s,lH).

The salt has a XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 5.

Example 8: Preparation of nilotinib 1,5-napthalenedisulfonic acid salt (1: 1) crystalline Form VI

Nilotinib base (1 g) was suspended in water (20 ml). A solution of 1,5-napthalenedisulfonic acid (0.8 g; 1.2eq) in water (5 ml) was added and the content was heated at 50-55 °C for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to 25-30 °C, filtered, washed with water (10 ml) and dried in air oven at 50-55 °C (yield: 1.4g).

1H NMR(400 MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.40 (s,3H),2.41 (s,3H), 7.43-7.52 (m,3H),7.61 (d,lH), 7.85-7.99(m,5H),8.11 (s,lH),8.34 (s,2H), 8.64-8.67 (m,2H), 8.89-8.92 (m,4H),9.40(d,2H), 9.72 (s,lH), 10.87 (s,lH).

The salt has a XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 6.

Example 9: Preparation of nilotinib napthalene-1- sulfonic acid salt crystalline Form VII Nilotinib base (1 g) was suspended in water (10 ml) and heated to 50-55 °C. A solution of napthelene-1 -sulfonic acid and methanol (10 ml) was added to it and heated at 70-75 °C for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to 25-30 °C and stirred for 10 min. The product was filtered, washed with water (2 x 2 ml) and dried under vacuum for 1-2 h at 50-55 °C.

1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.41 (s,3H),2.42 (s,3H), 7.46-7.58 (m,5H), 7.70-8.00 (m,7H)8.11(s,lH)8.31(s,lH),8.37(s,lH),8.63-8.66 (m,3H), 8.81-8.89 (m,2H), 9.31 (s,lH), 9.37 (d,lH), 9.71 (d,lH), 10.86 (s,lH)

The salt has a XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 7.

Example 10: Preparation of nilotinib l-hydroxy-2-napthoic acid salt crystalline Form VIII Nilotinib base (1 g) was suspended in water (20 ml) and heated to 50-55 °C. l-Hydroxy-2-napthoic acid was added to it and the content was heated at 50-55 °C for 1 h. Methanol (5 ml) was added to the mixture and stirred for 30 min. The content was filtered, washed with water (2 x 2 ml) and dried under vacuum for 1 h at 50-55 °C.

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.25 (s,3H), 2.41 (s,3H), 7.40-7.92 (m,l lH), 8.23-8.73 (m,8H), 9.24 (s,lH), 9.34(s,lH), 10.70 (s,lH).

The salt has a XRPD pattern substantially same as set forth in FIG. 8.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2010009402A2/en

Nilotinib, 4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-l-yl)-5-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] -3 – [ [4-(3 -pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl] amino] -benzamide, having the following formula

Figure imgf000002_0001

is a tyrosine kinase inhibitor used for the treatment of drug-resistant chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and in particular, for the treatment of chronic phase and accelerated phase Philadelphia chromosome positive chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) in adult patients whose disease has progressed on or who cannot tolerate other therapies that included imatinib. Nilotinib is administered as a hydrochloride salt in forms of capsules that are marketed in the USA and the EU under the name Tasigna®.

[0004] US patent no. 7,169,791 (“US 791”) and its parallel PCT publication WO

2004/005281, the journal article in Synthesis, 2007, vol 14, pp 2121-2124, as well as PCT publication nos.: WO 2006/135640, WO 2006/135641 (“WO “641”), WO 2007/018325 and WO 2007/017734, report processes for preparing Nilotinib intermediate, 3-(trifluoromethyl)- 5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)-benzeneamine of formula I

Figure imgf000003_0001

I by reacting 3-bromo-5-trifluoromethylaniline of formula II and 4-methylimidazole of formula III in the presence of a non-alkaline hydroxide inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium hydride, a copper (I) salt, such as copper iodide and a complexing amine ligand, such as ethylene diamine. The process can be illustrated by the following scheme:

Figure imgf000003_0002

Il ‘

Scheme 1

[0005] The journal article in Synthesis, 2007, VoI 14, pp 2121-2124, describes a purification process of 3-(trifluoromethyl-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)-benzeneamine of formula I.

[0006] US 791 describes processes for preparing Nilotinib and its different intermediates, using di-ethyl cyano phosphate, as described in the following scheme:

Figure imgf000004_0001

[0007] WO ‘641 further describes a process for preparing Nilotinib according to the following scheme:

Figure imgf000005_0001

Scheme 3

[0008] The present invention provides improved processes to prepare and/or purify 3-

(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)-benzeneamine of formula I without requiring the use of column chromatography, and thus can be easily applied to large scale manufacture, as well as new intermediates of Nilotinib, which result in higher yields in the preparation of Nilotinib.

[0009] PCT publications WO 2007/015870 (“WO ‘870”) and WO 2007/015871

(“WO ‘871”) describe several Nilotinib salts including crystalline forms of nilotinib free base, Nilotinib hydrochloride and Nilotinib Sulfate.

[0010] The present invention also relates to the solid state physical properties of

Nilotinib»3HCl, 4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3- [[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]-benzamide trihydrochloride. These properties can be influenced by controlling the conditions under which Nilotinib-3HC1 is obtained in solid form. Solid state physical properties include, for example, the flowability of the milled solid. Flowability affects the ease with which the material is handled during processing into a pharmaceutical product. When particles of the powdered compound do not flow past each other easily, a formulation specialist must necessitate the use of glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, starch, or tribasic calcium phosphate.

[0011 ] Another important solid state property of a pharmaceutical compound is its rate of dissolution in aqueous fluid. The rate of dissolution of an active ingredient in a patient’s stomach fluid can have therapeutic consequences since it imposes an upper limit on the rate at which an orally administered active ingredient can reach the patient’s bloodstream. The rate of dissolution is also a consideration in formulation syrups, elixirs, and other liquid medicaments. The solid state form of a compound can also affect its behavior on compaction and its storage stability. [0012] These practical physical characteristics are influenced by the conformation and orientation of molecules in the unit cell, which define a particular polymorphic form of a substance. The polymorphic form can give rise to thermal behavior different from that of the amorphous material or another polymorphic form. Thermal behavior is measured in the laboratory by such techniques as capillary melting point, thermogravimetric analysis (“TGA”), and differential scanning calorimetry (“DSC”) and can be used to distinguish some polymorphic forms from others. A particular polymorphic form can also give rise to distinct spectroscopic properties that can be detectable by powder x-ray crystallography, solid state 13C NMR spectroscopy, and infrared spectrometry.

[0013] Generally, a crystalline solid has improved chemical and physical stability over the amorphous form, and forms with low crystallinity. Crystalline forms may also exhibit improved solubility, hygroscopicity, bulk properties, and/or flowability.

[0014] The discovery of new polymorphic forms of a pharmaceutically useful compound provides a new opportunity to improve the performance characteristics of a pharmaceutical product. It enlarges the repertoire of materials that a formulation scientist has available for designing, for example, a pharmaceutical dosage form of a drug with a targeted release profile or other desired characteristic.

[0015] There is a need in the art for new intermediates of Nilotinib and processes for their preparation, new processes for preparing Nilotinib and new crystalline forms of Nilotinib»3HCl salt and processes for the preparation thereof.

xample 1: Preparation of 3-(ϊrifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)- benzeneamine of formula I

[00245] 200Og of 3-bromo-5- trifluoromethylaniline of formula II, 1368g of 4- methylimidazole of formula III , 181g of 8-hydroxyquinoline, 238g of CuI, 666.6g of NaOH, 933g of CaO and 7000ml of DMSO were loaded into a 1OL of 3-neck flask. The reaction mixture was protected with nitrogen and was then stirred at 12O0C for 69 hours while monitoring for the consumption of 3-bromo-5- trifluoromethy aniline by HPLC. Heating was stopped when 3-bromo-5- trifluoromethyaniline / 4-methylimidazole is not more than 5%. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 45-5O0C and poured into a 5OL reactor. 8.4L of 14% ammonia was added dropwise and then stirred for lhour at 45-5O0C. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature.16.8L of water and 1OL of ethyl acetate were added to the extract. The upper organic layer was separated and filtered through the filter aid. The lower aqueous layer was washed with 7.5L of ethyl acetate and combined with the above filtrate.

The combined organic layer was washed with 5L*3 of 5% of brine for three times. The upper organic layer was separated and dried over lkg of anhydrous Na2SO4overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to obtain 2.3kg of solid. The residue was dissolved in 2L of ethyl acetate at 450C. To the solution was then added 8L of petroleum ether dropwise at 450C. The mixture was cooled down slowly to 0-150C and stirred for lhour. A large amount of precipitate was formed and filtered. The filtered cake was dissolved in 2L of ethyl acetate at 450C. The solution was then added 8L of petroleum ether dropwise at 450C. The mixture was cooled down slowly to 15-O0C and stirred for lhour. A large precipitate was formed and filtered. The filter cake was dried at 450C and 954g of 3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH- imidazole-l-yl)-benzeneamine of formula I were obtained. (Yield: 47.5%). The obtained compound of formula I had purity of 99.7% on area by HPLC and contained 0.13% on area by HPLC, of the 5 methyl isomer impurity.

Example 2: Recrystallization of 3-ftrifluoromethyl)-5-f4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)- benzeneamine of formula I from IPA/water

[00246] A 5OmL flask was charged with Ig of the compound of Formula I crude

(purity of 82.5%) and 3.5mL of IPA. The mixture was heated to 45°C under stirring until the entire solid dissolved. At 45°C, 6mL of water was added drop-wise. The mixture was stirred for lOmin and cooled slowly to 0~10°C. The mixture was stirred at 0~10°C for 10 min and filtered to obtain the recrystallized compound of Formula I having a purity of 98%.

Example 3: Recrystallization of 3-ftrifluoromethyl)-5-f4-methyl-lH-imidazole-l-yl)- benzeneamine of formula I from Ethanol/water

[00247] A 5OmL flask was charged with 2g of the compound of Formula I crude

(purity of 83.1%) and 4mL of Ethanol. The mixture was heated to reflux under stirring until the entire solid dissolved. While refluxing, 1OmL of water was added drop-wise. The mixture was cooled slowly to 25±5°C. The mixture was filtered and washed with a mixture of ethanol/water to obtain the recrystallized compound of Formula I having a purity of 86.5%.

[00248] The purification factor can be seen in the following table:

Figure imgf000042_0001

Example 4: Preparation of compound of formula IV

[00249] The compound of formula X (31.Og, 0.1 Omol) was suspended in 310ml toluene, and SOCl2 (47.6g, 0.40mol) was added to the mixture under the protection of N2. The formed mixture was reacted at 5O0C for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated completely, and a compound of formula (X-Cl) was obtained as yellow solid. The compound of formula (X- Cl) was then added to a THF solution of the compound of formula II (27.Og, 0.1 lmol), DIPEA (15.Og, 0.12mol) and DMAP (0.5g, 4.0mmol). The reaction mixture was reacted at 3O0C for 12 h, and then quenched with 8% solution of sodium bicarbonate (620ml). The mixture was filtered, and washed with H2O, then dried in vacuum. The solid was re-slurried with MTBE, and dried in vacuum again. 49.5g of the compound of formula IV were obtained as light yellow powder. The yield is about 93.7% by weight. The purity of the isolated product is 98% (% on area by HPLC).

Example 5: Preparation of compound of formula IV

[00250] To a 50ml 3-neck flask was charged compound of formula X 3. Ig and 21ml of toluene. The suspension was charged 5.1g dichlorosulfoxide (SOCl2) under nitrogen protection. The reaction mixture was heated to 5O0C and reacted for 2hrs. The reaction was then concentrated to dry. To another 100ml 3-neck flask was charged 2.7g of compound of formula II, 1.5g of DIPEA, O.lg of DMAP and 30ml of THF. To the mixture was charged the above concentrated residue. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25±5°C overnight. The mixture was charged 45ml of ethyl acetate and 20ml of water. The mixture was then stirred at 25±5°C for lOmin, filtered and the filtrate was phase separated. The organic layer was washed by water 10ml twice. Then the organic layer was concentrated to dry. The residue was combined with the filter cake and slurried in MTBE. The mixture was filtered and dried under vacuum at 5O0C. The water layer was adjusted pH to 8 with NaHCO3solution. The second crop 0.5g was thus precipitated out. Total yield was 94%.

Example 6: Preparation of compound of formula IV

[00251] To a 50ml 3-neck flask was charged compound of formula X 3. Ig, 20 mL of toluene and 18ml of dichlorosulfoxide (SOCl2) under nitrogen protection. The reaction mixture was heated to 5O0C and reacted overnight. The reaction was then concentrated to dry and co-evaporated with 20ml of toluene of once. To another 100ml 3-neck flask was charged 2.7g of compound of formula II, 1.5g OfK2CO3, O.lg of DMAP and toluene. To the mixture was charged the above concentrated residue. The reaction mixture was stirred at 5O0C overnight. The mixture was charged 30ml of half saturated NaHCO3 solution, 15ml of MTBE and stirred for lOmin. Large amount of solid was precipitated out and filtered. The filter cake was washed with MTBE and fired under vacuum at 55 0C. The resulted product was of 81% of purity. There were about 9% of the compound of formula X.

Example 7: Preparation of compound of formula IV [00252] The compound of formula X (50 g), HOBt (26.5 g)/ EDCI (37.5 g) and DMF

(500 mL) were loaded into a reactor at 25±5°C. After being reacted for 3h, the compound of formula II (39 g) was added to the reactor. The reaction mixture was stirred at 800C for about 18 hours while monitoring for the consumption of active ester by HPLC. After being cooled to 25±5°C, the mixture was dropped to a solution of half-saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the product was precipitated as canary yellow solid. [00253] The yield of this step was about 29.0% by weight. The purity of the isolated product was 95% (% on area by HPLC method described in Appendix 1).

Example 8: Preparation of Nilotinib

[00254] The compound of formula IV (21.Og, 39.7mmol), NaI (12.Og, 79.8mmol), CuI

(1.3g, β.Ommol) and N,N-Dimethylethylenediamine (1.Ig, 12.0mmol) were dissolved in DMF (105ml) under the protection of N2. The formed solution was reacted at 12O0C for 24h. The temperature of the above solution was decreased to 6O0C.

[00255] 8-Hydroxyquinoline (1.8g, 1 l.βmmol), CuI (1.3g, β.Ommol), the compound of formula III (4.6g, 56.3mmol) and DBU (9.Og, 59.3mmol) were added to the above solution under the protection of N2. The formed solution was reacted at 12O0C for 48h. After the reaction was competed (detected by the consumption of the compound of formula IV, HPLC), the reaction solution was dropped to a mixture of saturated solution of NaHCO3 (15ml) and water (300ml) at 25±5°C. The mixture was then filtered, and the filter cake was washed with water. 26.9g crude product was obtained as pale brown powder with 69% purity after drying in vacuum.

[00256] The crude product was added to 3.8 vol. DMF, and heated to dissolution. The solution was filtered through Celite, and the filter cake was washed with 0.5 vol. DMF. 3.5 vol. of methanol/H2O (3:1) was added to the above solution at 6O0C. The formed solution was stirred at 25±5°C overnight and at ice bath for 2h. The mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (0.05 volχ3). The first round re-crystallization solid was obtained after drying in vacuum. The above solid was added to 2.9 vol DMF, and heated to dissolution. Then filtered, and the filter cake was washed with 0.1vol. DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at 25±5°C for 0.5 h, and at ice bath for 2 h. The mixture was filtered, and the cake was washed with methanol (0.05volχ3). 9.1g solid was obtained with 99.1% purity after drying in vacuum. The total yield was about 43.5% by weight. The purity of the isolated product is 99.1% (% on area by HPLC). Example 9: Preparation of Nilotinib

[00257] The compound of formula IV, the compound of formula III, CS2CO3, CuI , 8- hydroxyquinoline and CaO were loaded into a reactor at 25±5°C under the protection of N2. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 1200C for about 24 hours while monitoring for the consumption of the compound of formula IV by HPLC. After cooled to 25±5°C, the mixture was treated with a half-saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate, then dried by Na2SO4. After concentration, the crude product was obtained as yellow solid. Then the solid was dissolved by CH2CVMeOH (10 equ., 3:2), and the mixture was washed three times with water. After a period of time, the product would be crystallized from the organic solvent (purity: 95%, detected by HPLC). Few minutes later, the product would precipitate as yellow solid. Then the product was stirred in the solvent of CH2Cl2/Me0H (5 equ., 5:1) at 400C for 1 hour. After that, the mixture would be filtered. The solid we got was dried in vacuum, and the product with 98% purity was obtained by this means.

[00258] The yield of this step was about 31.1% by weight. The purity of the isolated product was 98% (% on area by HPLC method described in Appendix 1).

Example 10: Preparation of Nilotinib:

[00259] To 250 mL glass reactor was added the compound 4-methyl-3-{[4-(pyridin-3- yl)pyrimidin-2-yl] amino} benzoic acid of formula X (10.0 g, 0.032 mol), a compound of formula I (8.7 g, 0.036 mol), SOCl2 (7.5 mL, 0.103 mol) and N-Methyl-pyrrolidone (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated to 900C for 5 h. The reaction was then cooled to 500C and an aqueous NaOH solution was added (12 g in 72 mL H2O) until pH 10- 11. Then, the suspension was cooled to room-temperature, stirred for 30 minutes at this temperature, filtered under reduced pressure and washed with 30 mL H2O to yield a beige solid. This material was dried under vacuum at 500C and 8.2 g of Nilotinib base was obtained. To the mother-liquor was added H2O (300 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 15 hours at room-temperature. A precipitate was formed and filtered under vacuum. The solid so-obtained was washed with H2O (20 mL), and dried in vacuum oven at 500C to yield additional 5.9 g of Nilotinib base. The total amount of Nilotinib base was 14.1 g in 81% yield. Example 11: Preparation of Nilotinib:

[00260] To 250 mL glass reactor was added the compound of formula 4-methyl-3- {[4-

(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino}benzoic acid of formula X (20.0 g, 0.065 mol), a compound of formula I (17.3 g, 0.072 mol), SOCl2 (15 mL, 0.206 mol) and N-Methyl- pyrrolidone (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated to 900C for 3 h. The reaction was filtered under reduced pressure and washed with NMP (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL). The filtrate was then cooled to 700C and a 47% NaOH solution (30 mL) was added and stirred for 30 minutes until pH 11-12. Then, the suspension was cooled to 5°C during 3 hours, stirred at this temperature for 10 hours room-temperature, filtered under reduced pressure and washed with 100 mL H2O to yield a beige solid. This material was dried under vacuum at 500C and 27.1 g of Nilotinib base was obtained with 76% yield. (97.2% assay, 99.17% purity).

Example 12: Preparation of Nilotinib:

[00261] To IL glass reactor was added the compound of formula 4-methyl-3-{[4-

(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino}benzoic acid of formula X (80.0 g, 0.26 mol), and N- Methyl-pyrrolidone (400 mL). The mixture was heated to 600C, then SOCl2 (24 mL, 0.33 mol) was added during 15 minutes. The resulted mixture was stirred at 600C for 1 h. A compound of formula I (69.2 g, 0.29 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred and heated to 900C for 3 h. Water (500 mL) was added and the solution was heated to 800C. NaOH 47% solution (65 mL) was added until pH 11-12. Then, the suspension was cooled to 400C and stirred at this temperature for 2 hours, filtered under reduced pressure at 400C, and washed with 500 mL H2O to yield a beige solid. This material was slurried in water (1 L) at 400C for 1 h, filtered, washed with water (500 mL), and dried under vacuum at 500C to obtain 135.25 g of Nilotinib base with 94% yield. (95.8% assay, 99.46% purity).

Example 13: Preparation of 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-4-methylbenzoyl chloride, dihydrochloride of the formula (X-C1)*2HC1:

[00262] Thionyl chloride (1400ML) was added to 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2- ylamino)-4-methylbenzoic acid of formula X (39 gms). This mixture was heated to 60-700C and stirred for 10-12 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 30-270C. The obtained slurry was filtered and the solid was washed with dichloromethane. The wet product was dried at 55-600C under reduced pressure.

Dry wt: 140gm

Yield: 95.4

Purity: above 98% by HPLC

Hydrochloride content (by Argentometry titration): 27.48%

Example 14: Preparation of 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-4-methylbenzoyl chloride, dihydrochloride of the formula (X-ClWHCl:

[00263] Thionyl chloride (1000ML) was added to 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2- ylamino)-4-methylbenzoic acid of formula X (100 gms). This mixture was heated to 60-700C and stirred for 5-6 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 30-350C. Dichloromethane

(1000ML) was then added to the recation mixture and stirred for 10-15 minutes. The obtained slurry was filtered and the solid was washed with dichloromethane. The wet product was dried at 55-600C under reduced pressure.

Dry wt: 100-106gm

Purity: above 98% by HPLC

Example 15: Preparation of Nilotinib*3HCl (crude):

[00264] 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-4-methylbenzoyl chloride dihydrochloride of formula (X-C1)-2HC1 (105 gms) was added to dichloromethane (1000ml) and 3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-l-yl)benzenamine of formula I (71 gms) at

25-400C. The temperature was raised to reflux point and was stirred at this temperature for

10-12 Hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 30-200C. The obtained slurry was filtered and the solid was washed with dichloromethane (200ml). The wet product was dried at 40-60 0C under reduced pressure.

[00265] The X-ray powder diffraction of the obtained product is shown in Figure 3.

The X-ray powder diffraction of the obtained product after exposure to 100% humidity for

96% is shown in Figure 4.

Yield: 90-92%

Purity: 85-90%

Hydrochloride content (by Argentometry titration): 16.8%.

Example 16: Preparation of Nilotinib«3HCl: [00266] Methanol (50ml) was cooled to 0-50C and acetyl chloride (2.29gm) was slowly added to it. To this mixture, 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-N-(3- (trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-l-yl)phenyl)-4-methyl benzamide (Nilotinib free base) (5.00 gms) was added slowly and mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Acetone (50ml) was then added and mixture was stirred for 60 minutes. Reaction mass was filtered and washed with acetone (10ml). The obtained product was dried at 55-600C. Dry wt: 4.5gm Yield: 75% Purity: 95-98%

Example 17: Purification of Nilotinib«3HCl (Pure):

[00267] 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-N-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl- lH-imidazol-l-yl)phenyl)-4-methylbenzamide tri hydrochloride (5gm) and water (25ml) were added and the mass was heated to 60-700C. The mass was charcoalized (0.5gm carbon) and filtered through celite bed. Methanol (50ml) was added to the filtrate. The mixture was heated to 50-600C and acetone (100ml) was added. It was then cooled to 30-270C and stirred for 2hours. The obtained product was filtered and dried at 50-550C for 12 hours under vacuum. The X-ray powder diffraction of the obtained product is shown in Figure 5. Dry wt 3.5gm Yield 0.7w/w Purity: 95-98%

Example 18: Preparation of Nilotinib:

[00268] 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-N-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl- lH-imidazol-l-yl)phenyl)-4-methylbenzamide tri hydrochloride (185gms) was dissolved in 825ml water and heated to 45-55°C. A methanolic solution of sodium hydroxide (35.9gm Sodium hydroxide dissolve in 1800 ml methanol) was added to the reaction mixture over a period of 1-2 hours. The suspension was heated to 65-700C for 5-6 hours and the slurry was cooled to 35-300C. The solid was filtered and washed with equal amount of water: methanol mixture 200ml. The wet product was dried at 45-55°C under reduced pressure. Yield: 90% Purity: 99.5% Example 19: Purification of Nilotinib:

[00269] 3-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-N-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(4-methyl- lH-imidazol-l-yl)phenyl)-4-methylbenzamide (140gm) was taken into methanol (1.41it) and sodium hydroxide (14gm). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 3-4 hours. The mixture was the cooled to 40-350C and filtered. The product was washed with methanol (2X50ml) and dried at 50-600C for 12 hours under vacuum. Dry wt. 120gm Yield: 0.85w/w

PAPER

https://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2013/ob/c2ob27003j/unauth#!divAbstract

Graphical abstract: The synthesis of Bcr-Abl inhibiting anticancer pharmaceutical agents imatinib, nilotinib and dasatinib

Image result for nilotinib synthesis

Image result for nilotinib synthesis

Image result for nilotinib synthesis

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h “Tasigna (nilotinib) dosing, indications, interactions, adverse effects, and more”Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 25 January 2014.
  2. ^ Official Manufacturer Website http://www.tasigna.com
  3. ^ “Cancer Drug Information: Nilotinib”.
  4. Jump up to:a b Manley, P.; Cowan-Jacob, S.; Mestan, J. (2005). “Advances in the structural biology, design and clinical development of Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitors for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukaemia”. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta1754 (1–2): 3–13. doi:10.1016/j.bbapap.2005.07.040PMID 16172030.
  5. Jump up to:a b Manley, P.; Stiefl, N.; Cowan-Jacob, S.; Kaufman, S.; Mestan, J.; Wartmann, M.; Wiesmann, M.; Woodman, R.; Gallagher, N. (2010). “Structural resemblances and comparisons of the relative pharmacological properties of imatinib and nilotinib”. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry18 (19): 6977–6986. doi:10.1016/j.bmc.2010.08.026PMID 20817538.
  6. Jump up to:a b c Jabbour, E.; Cortes, J.; Kantarjian, H. (2009). “Nilotinib for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia: An evidence-based review”Core Evidence4: 207–213. doi:10.2147/CE.S6003PMC 2899790.
  7. Jump up to:a b Olivieri, A.; Manzione, L. (2007). “Dasatinib: a new step in molecular target therapy”. Annals of Oncology. 18 Suppl 6: vi42–vi46. doi:10.1093/annonc/mdm223PMID 17591830.
  8. ^ Breccia, M.; Alimena, G. (2010). “Nilotinib: a second-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitor for chronic myeloid leukemia”. Leukemia Research34 (2): 129–134. doi:10.1016/j.leukres.2009.08.031PMID 19783301.
  9. ^ https://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/treatment/drugs/fda-nilotinib
  10. Jump up to:a b “Complete Nilotinib information from Drugs.com”Drugs.com. Retrieved 25 January2014.
  11. ^ “Tasigna : EPAR – Product Information” (PDF)European Medicines Agency. Novartis Europharm Ltd. 18 October 2013. Retrieved 25 January 2014.
  12. ^ “Tasigna 150mg Hard Capsules – Summary of Product Characteristics (SPC)”electronic Medicines Compendium. Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK Ltd. 9 September 2013. Retrieved 25 January 2014.
  13. Jump up to:a b “TASIGNA® nilotinib” (PDF)TGA eBusiness Services. 21 October 2013. Retrieved 25 January 2014.
  14. ^ “FDA Approves Tasigna for Treatment of Philadelphia Chromosome Positive Chronic Myeloid Leukemia”U.S. Food and Drug Administration. 2007-10-30. Retrieved 2009-08-04.
  15. ^ “Prescribing information for Tasigna (nilotinib) Capsules” (PDF)NDA 022068U.S. FDA. 2007-10-29. Retrieved 2009-08-04.
  16. ^ Kantarjian H; Giles, Francis; Wunderle, Lydia; Bhalla, Kapil; O’Brien, Susan; Wassmann, Barbara; Tanaka, Chiaki; Manley, Paul; Rae, Patricia; Mietlowski, William; Bochinski, Kathy; Hochhaus, Andreas; Griffin, James D.; Hoelzer, Dieter; Albitar, Maher; Dugan, Margaret; Cortes, Jorge; Alland, Leila; Ottmann, Oliver G.; et al. (2006). “Nilotinib in imatinib-resistant CML and Philadelphia chromosome-positive ALL”. N Engl J Med354 (24): 2542–51. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa055104PMID 16775235.
  17. ^ “Patients with treatment-resistant leukemia achieve high responses to Tasigna (nilotinib) in first published clinical trial results”MediaReleasesNovartis. 2006-06-14. Retrieved 2009-08-04.
  18. Jump up to:a b Khurana V, Minocha M, Pal D, Mitra AK (March 2014). “Role of OATP-1B1 and/or OATP-1B3 in hepatic disposition of tyrosine kinase inhibitors”Drug Metabol Drug Interact29 (3): 179–90. doi:10.1515/dmdi-2013-0062PMC 4407685PMID 24643910.
  19. ^ Donatelli, Christopher; Chongnarungsin, Daych; Ashton, Rendell (2014). “Acute respiratory failure from nilotinib-associated diffuse alveolar hemorrhage”. Leukemia & Lymphoma55 (10): 1–6. doi:10.3109/10428194.2014.887714PMID 24467220.
  20. ^ Khurana V, Minocha M, Pal D, Mitra AK (May 2014). “Inhibition of OATP-1B1 and OATP-1B3 by tyrosine kinase inhibitors”Drug Metabol Drug Interact29 (4): 249–59. doi:10.1515/dmdi-2014-0014PMC 4407688PMID 24807167.
  21. ^ Bailey, David G; Malcolm, J; Arnold, O; David Spence, J (1998-08-01). “Grapefruit juice–drug interactions”British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology46 (2): 101–110. doi:10.1046/j.1365-2125.1998.00764.xISSN 0306-5251PMC 1873672PMID 9723817.
  22. ^ Komoroski, Bernard J.; Zhang, Shimin; Cai, Hongbo; Hutzler, J. Matthew; Frye, Reginald; Tracy, Timothy S.; Strom, Stephen C.; Lehmann, Thomas; Ang, Catharina Y. W. (2004-05-01). “Induction and inhibition of cytochromes P450 by the St. John’s wort constituent hyperforin in human hepatocyte cultures”. Drug Metabolism and Disposition32 (5): 512–518. doi:10.1124/dmd.32.5.512ISSN 0090-9556PMID 15100173.
  23. ^ Weisberg E, Manley P, Mestan J, Cowan-Jacob S, Ray A, Griffin JD (June 2006). “AMN107 (nilotinib): a novel and selective inhibitor of BCR-ABL”Br. J. Cancer94 (12): 1765–9. doi:10.1038/sj.bjc.6603170PMC 2361347PMID 16721371.
  24. ^ Manley, PW; Drueckes, P; Fendrich, G; Furet, P; Liebetanz, J; Martiny-Baron, G; Mestan, J; Trappe, J; et al. (2010). “Extended kinase profile and properties of the protein kinase inhibitor nilotinib”. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta1804 (3): 445–53. doi:10.1016/j.bbapap.2009.11.008PMID 19922818.
  25. ^ Pagan, F.; Hebron, M.; Valadez, E. H.; Torres-Yaghi, Y.; Huang, X.; Mills, R. R.; Wilmarth, B. M.; Howard, H.; Dunn, C.; Carlson, A.; Lawler, A.; Rogers, S. L.; Falconer, R. A.; Ahn, J.; Li, Z.; Moussa, C. (2016). “Nilotinib Effects in Parkinson’s disease and Dementia with Lewy bodies”Journal of Parkinson’s Disease6 (3): 503–17. doi:10.3233/JPD-160867PMC 5008228PMID 27434297.
  26. ^ Dash, Deepa (2019). “Anticancer Drugs for Parkinson’s Disease: Is It a Ray of Hope or Only Hype?”Annals of Indian Academy of Neurology22 (1): 13–16. doi:10.4103/aian.AIAN_177_18PMC 6327695PMID 30692753.
  27. ^ Robledo, I.; Jankovic, J. (2017). “Media hype: Patient and scientific perspectives on misleading medical news”. Movement Disorders32 (9): 1319–1323. doi:10.1002/mds.26993PMID 28370445.
  28. ^ Wyse, R. K.; Brundin, P.; Sherer, T. B. (2016). “Nilotinib – Differentiating the Hope from the Hype”Journal of Parkinson’s Disease6 (3): 519–22. doi:10.3233/JPD-160904PMC 5044778PMID 27434298.
  29. ^ “Global Novartis News Archive”.
  30. ^ “Cancer drug prevents build-up of toxic brain protein”. MedicalXpress.com. 10 May 2013. Retrieved 11 April 2017.

External links

Nilotinib
Nilotinib2DACS.svg
Nilotinib3Dan.gif
Clinical data
Trade names Tasigna
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a608002
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: D
  • US: D (Evidence of risk)
Routes of
administration
Oral
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 30%[1]
Protein binding 98%[1]
Metabolism Hepatic (mostly CYP3A4-mediated)[1]
Elimination half-life 15-17 hours[1]
Excretion Faeces (93%)[1]
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
PDB ligand
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.166.395 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C28H22F3N7O
Molar mass 529.5245 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Nilotinib

    • Synonyms:AMN-107
    • ATC:L01XE08
  • Use:antineoplastic, kinase inhibitor
  • Chemical name:4-methyl-N-[3-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[[4-(3-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]benzamide
  • Formula:C28H22F3N7O
  • MW:529.53 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:641571-10-0
  • InChI Key:HHZIURLSWUIHRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C28H22F3N7O/c1-17-5-6-19(10-25(17)37-27-33-9-7-24(36-27)20-4-3-8-32-14-20)26(39)35-22-11-21(28(29,30)31)12-23(13-22)38-15-18(2)34-16-38/h3-16H,1-2H3,(H,35,39)(H,33,36,37)

Derivatives

Hydrochloride monohydrate

  • Formula:C28H22F3N7O • HCl • H2O
  • MW:586.01 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:923288-90-8

Synthesis

Trade Names

Country Trade Name Vendor Annotation
D Tasigna Novartis ,2008
F Tasigna Novartis
GB Tasigna Novartis
I Tasigna Novartis
USA Tasigna Novartis ,2007
J Tasigna Novartis ,2010

Formulations

  • cps. 150 and 200 mg as hydrochloride monohydrate

References

    • a WO 2004 005281 (Novartis; 15.1.2004; GB-prior. 5.7.2002).
    •  US 7 169 791 (Novartis; 30.1.2007; appl. 4.7.2003; GB-prior. 5.7.2002).
    •  US 7 569 566 (Novartis; 4.8.2009; GB-prior. 5.7.2002, 20.12.2002).
    •  WO 2006 135641 (Novartis; 21.12.2006; USA-prior. 4.8.2005).
    •  US 7 956 053 (Novartis; 7.6.2011; appl. 22.6.2009; GB-prior. 5.7.2002).
  • Preparation of III:

    • b Huang, W.-S., Shakesperare, W.C., Synthesis (SYNTBF) (2007) 14, 2121.
    • c WO 2010 060074 (Teva Pharms.; 27.5.2010; appl. 24.11.2009; USA-prior. 24.11.2008).
    • d Ueda, S. et al., J. Med. Chem. Soc., (2012) 134(1), 700-706.
    •  US 8 017 621 (Novartis; 13.9.2011; appl. 17.11.2007; USA-prior. 18.11.2003).
    •  WO 2006 135619 (Novartis; 21.12.2006; USA-prior. 6.9.2005).
    • e EP 2 626 355 (Natco Pharma; 14.8.2013; appl. 9.2.2012).
  • Inhibitors of mutant form of KIT:

    •  US 8 017 621 (Novartis; 13.9.2011; appl. 17.11.2004; USA-prior. 18.11.2003).
  • Salts of Nilotinib:

    •  US 8 163 904 (Novartis; 24.4.2012; appl. 18.7.2006; USA-prior. 20.7.2005).
    •  US 8 389 537 (Novartis; 5.3.2013; appl. 13.3.2012; USA-prior. 20.7.2005).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions:

    •  US 8 293 756 (Novartis; 23.10.2012; appl. 25.9.2007; EP-prior. 27.9.2006).
    •  US 8 501 760 (Novartis; 6.8.2013; appl. 21.9.2012; EP-prior. 27.9.2006).
  • Crystalline forms:

    •  US 8 343 984 (Novartis; 1.1.2013; appl. 18.7.2006; USA-prior. 20.7.2005).
    •  US 8 415 363 (Novartis; 9.4.2013; appl. 3.8.2012; USA-prior. 20.7.2005).

//////////NilotinibAMN107Tasigna, ニロチニブ, 

METHYL DOPA

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | L-Methyldopa | C10H13NO4

L-Methyldopa

  • Molecular FormulaC10H13NO4
  • Average mass211.214 Da
Name : Methyldopa
Synonym : 3-hydroxy-alpha-methyl-L-tyrosine
Mol Formula : C10H13NO4
CAS : 555-30-6
(S)-(-)-α-Methyldopa
L-Methyldopa
(-)-Methyldopa
(-)-α-Methyldopa
(S)-(-)-a-Methyldopa
(S)-a-Methyldopa
1110
209-089-2 [EINECS]
2417244
3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methyl-L-alanine
3-Hydroxy-α-methyl-L-tyrosine
555-30-6 [RN],
Alanine, 3- (3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methyl-, L-

Synthesis ReferenceVincenzo Cannata, Giancarlo Tamerlani, Mauro Morotti, “Process for the synthesis of the levodopa.” U.S. Patent US4962223, issued December, 1986.

US4962223

Methyldopa USP is the L-isomer of alpha-methyldopa. Its chemical name is levo-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)- 2-methylalanine sesquihydrate. Its structural formula is:

Methyldopa structural formula

10H13NO4 • 1 1/2 H2O M.W. 238.24

Levodopa is a prodrug of dopamine that is administered to patients with Parkinson’s due to its ability to cross the blood-brain barrierLabel. Levodopa can be metabolised to dopamine on either side of the blood-brain barrier and so it is generally administered with a dopa decarboxylase inhibitor like carbidopa to prevent metabolism until after it has crossed the blood-brain barrierLabel,1. Once past the blood-brain barrier, levodopa is metabolized to dopamine and supplements the low endogenous levels of dopamine to treat symptoms of Parkinson’sLabel. The first developed drug product that was approved by the FDA was a levodopa and carbidopa combined product called Sinemet that was approved on May 2, 19751,7.

Methyldopa, sold under the brand name Aldomet among others, is a medication used for high blood pressure.[1] It is one of the preferred treatments for high blood pressure in pregnancy.[1] For other types of high blood pressure including very high blood pressure resulting in symptoms other medications are typically preferred.[1] It can be given by mouth or injection into a vein.[1] Onset of effects is around 5 hours and they last about a day.[1]

Common side effects include sleepiness.[1] More severe side effects include red blood cell breakdown, liver problems, and allergic reactions.[1] Methyldopa is in the alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonist family of medication.[1] It works by stimulating the brain to decrease the activity of the sympathetic nervous system.[1]

Methyldopa was discovered in 1960.[2] It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most effective and safe medicines needed in a health system.[3] The wholesale cost in the developing world is about US$4.31–9.48 per month.[4] In the United States it costs less than $25 per month.[5]

Medical uses

Methyldopa is used in the clinical treatment of the following disorders:

Side effects

Methyldopa is capable of inducing a number of adverse side effects, which range from mild to severe. Nevertheless, they are generally mild when the dose is less than 1 gram per day.[6] Side effects may include:

Rebound/withdrawal

Rebound hypertension via withdrawal on account of tolerance upon the abrupt discontinuation of methyldopa has been reported.[7]

Mechanism of action

Methyldopa has a dual mechanism of action:

Pharmacokinetics

Methyldopa exhibits variable absorption from the gastrointestinal tract. It is metabolized in the liver and intestines and is excreted in urine.

History

When methyldopa was first introduced, it was the mainstay of antihypertensive treatment, but its use has declined on account of relatively severe adverse side effects, with increased use of other safer and more tolerable agents such as alpha blockersbeta blockers, and calcium channel blockers. Additionally, it has yet to be associated with reducing adverse cardiovascular events including myocardial infarction and stroke, or overall all-cause mortality reduction in clinical trials.[8] Nonetheless, one of methyldopa’s still current indications is in the management of pregnancy-induced hypertension (PIH), as it is relatively safe in pregnancy compared to many other antihypertensives which may affect the fetus.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/CN105693541B/en

 L-methyldopa an α2 receptor agonistic cardiovascular drugs. The structural formula is as follows:

[0003]

Figure CN105693541BD00031

[0004] The product produced methyl α- demethylated metabolite of norepinephrine, blockade of central α receptor, thereby inhibiting the heart, kidney and peripheral vascular sympathetic drive output at the same time, peripheral vascular resistance in vivo and plasma renin activity is reduced, and thus decrease blood pressure. It can be used for treating hypertension, nephropathy, including hypertension time.This product is safe, is the preferred treatment during pregnancy with hypertension drugs.

[0005] In the prior art, methyldopa synthesis are the following:

[0006] 1 to veratridine-one was synthesized by the synthesis of L-hydantoin intermediate methyldopa:

[0007]

Figure CN105693541BD00032

[0008] 2 to veratridine-one was synthesized by the synthesis of L-amino nitrile intermediate methyldopa:

[0009]

Figure CN105693541BD00033

[0010] 3, eugenol synthesized from L-methyldopa

[0011]

Figure CN105693541BD00041

[0012] The plurality of reaction have their own advantages, but in general, the reaction need to use highly toxic cyanide, have a certain impact on the environment and operating conditions.

SUMMARY

[0013] The present invention discloses a method for synthesizing methyldopa, the synthetic route without using highly toxic substances, the advantage of having a clean environment and efficient.

[00 M] methyldopa synthesis method disclosed in the present invention, is 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde with 2-acetylamino-propionic acid methyl ester as a starting material synthesized by condensation, reduction, deprotection to give the crude product methyldopa, methyldopa and then purified to give pure product.Scheme with easy operation, high yield, etc. cleaning process.

[0015] The scheme is as follows:

[0016]

Figure CN105693541BD00042

Example 1

[0034] (A) Weigh 3,4_-dimethoxybenzaldehyde 16.6g (0. Imol), sodium methoxide 5.4g (0. Imol), into dried dimethylformamide (150ml), stirring dissolution was complete, the reactor was placed in a cold water bath controlled at a temperature of about 20 ° C, weighed 2-acetamido-methyl 14.5g (0. Imol), successively portionwise added to the reactor, the reaction was stirred for at least 5 minutes plus complete. After all was added, maintaining the reaction temperature for 1.5h.After completion of the reaction, cold water was added Intermediate precipitated solid was filtered and washed several times with cold water.

[0035] (B) Intermediate (A) obtained was transferred to the reactor, 150ml of dichloromethane was added to dissolve, was added p-toluenesulfonyl chloride 19. Ig (0. Imol), triethylamine reactor after 10. Ig (0. Imol), the reaction was stirred for 2h, sodium boron hydride was added 4g, reaction was continued for lh. After completion of the reaction, cold water was added and sufficiently stirred, the aqueous layer was discarded liquid separation, the organic layer, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain an intermediate;

[0036] (C) Intermediate (B) obtained was transferred to the reactor was added 150ml 47% aqueous hydrobromic acid to the reactor, warmed to about 60 ° C, the reaction was stirred at reflux for 4h. Hydrobromic acid was distilled off under reduced pressure to about IlOml, filtered, the mother liquor was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, dissolve the solid with cold water, and ammonia to adjust the pH to 4.5 with a cold water bath, the precipitated white solid was large. Filtered and the solid washed with a little cold methylene chloride to give 20.8 g of crude product methyldopa, yield 98.5%.

[0037] (D) The crude product take methyldopa, add 30ml 0. Imo 1 / L dilute hydrochloric acid, an Ig activated carbon, heated, stirred until dissolution methyldopa, maintaining the temperature 〇.5h, filtered hot and allowed to cool to ammonia to adjust the pH to 4.5 to precipitate large amount of white solid was filtered, rinsed with a small amount of cold water, and dried to give 17.7 g methyldopa pure, a yield of 85.0%. Content was determined according to the “Chinese Pharmacopoeia” method and its content was 99.6%.

[0038] Example 2

[0039] (A) Weigh 166kg of 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde, 54kg sodium methoxide, into dried dimethylformamide 500L stirred to dissolve completely, the reactor was placed in a cold water bath controlled temperature of about 20 ° C, 2-acetamido-Weigh 145kg methyl, successively portionwise added to the reactor, the reaction was stirred for at least 5 minutes the addition was completed. After all was added, maintaining the reaction temperature for 2 h. After completion of the reaction, cold water was added Intermediate precipitated solid was filtered and washed several times with cold water.

[0040] (B) Intermediate (A) obtained was transferred to the reactor, 500L of methylene chloride was added to dissolve, was added p-toluenesulfonyl chloride 19Ikg, triethylamine 10Ikg into the reactor, the reaction was stirred for 2.5h , sodium borohydride was added 4kg, reaction was continued for 1.3h. After completion of the reaction, cold water was added and sufficiently stirred, the aqueous layer was discarded liquid separation, the organic layer, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain an intermediate;

[0041] (C) Intermediate (B) obtained was transferred to the reactor, was added 500L 47% aqueous hydrobromic acid to the reactor, warmed to about 60 ° C, the reaction was stirred at reflux for 4h. Hydrobromic acid was distilled off under reduced pressure to about 375L, filtered, and the mother liquor was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, dissolve the solid with cold water, and ammonia to adjust the pH to 4.5 with a cold water bath, the precipitated white solid was large. Centrifuged, and the solid washed with a little cold water to give the crude product methyldopa 200kg, 94.7% yield.

[0042] (D) The crude product take methyldopa, add 300L O.lmol / L dilute hydrochloric acid, 10 kg activated carbon, heating and stirring until dissolved methyldopa, maintaining the temperature 〇.5h, filtered hot and allowed to cool to ammonia to adjust the pH to 4.5 to precipitate large amount of white solid was filtered, rinsed with a small amount of cold water, and dried to give pure methyldopa 177kg, 88.5% yield. Content was determined according to the “Chinese Pharmacopoeia” method and its content was 99.7%.

CLIP

File:Methyldopa synthesis.svg

Exists as the sesquihydrate.

Prepn: Pfister, Stein, US 2868818 (1959 to Merck & Co.). D. F. Reinhold and M. Sletzinger, GB 936074 eidem U.S. Patent 3,344,023 (1963 to Merck and Co.)

Resolution: Jones et al., US 3158648 (1964 to Merck & Co.); cf. Slates et al., J. Org. Chem. 29, 1424 (1964). Resolution and configuration: Tristram, ibid. 2053.

Synthesis from asymmetric intermediates: Reinhold et al., J. Org. Chem. 33, 1209 (1968).

Prepn of the ethyl ester hydrochloride: FR M2153 (1963 to Merck & Co.);

of pharmaceutical dosage forms: Marcus, US 3230143 (1966 to Merck & Co.).

CLIP

Reactions of D-glucose with phenolic amino acids: further insights into the competition between Maillard and Pictet-Spengler condensation pathways
Carbohydrate Research (2005), 340, (18), 2719-2727

Methyldopa

    • ATC:C02AB01
  • Use:antihypertensive
  • Chemical name:3-hydroxy-α-methyl-l-tyrosine
  • Formula:C10H13NO4
  • MW:211.22 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:555-30-6
  • InChI Key:CJCSPKMFHVPWAR-JTQLQIEISA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C10H13NO4/c1-10(11,9(14)15)5-6-2-3-7(12)8(13)4-6/h2-4,12-13H,5,11H2,1H3,(H,14,15)/t10-/m0/s1
  • EINECS:209-089-2

Synthesis

References

    •  Tristram, E.W. et al.: J. Org. Chem. (JOCEAH) 29, 2053 (1964).
    • B Stein, G.A. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 77, 700 (1955).
    •  Chem. Eng. from 8.11.1965; p. 247.
    • C Reinhold, D.F. et al.: J. Org. Chem. (JOCEAH) 33, 1209 (1968).
    • A US 2 868 818 (Merck & Co.; 13.1.1959; prior. 15.12.1953).
    •  GB 936 074 (Merck & Co.; appl. 18.10.1960; USA-prior. 8.4.1960, 24.8.1960).
    •  DE 1 171 931 (Merck & Co.; prior. 6.10.1960).
    •  US 3 158 648 (Merck & Co.; 24.11.1964; prior. 11.7.1961, 9.4.1962).
    •  FR 1 492 765 (Merck & Co.; appl. 10.10.1963; USA-prior. 11.10.1962, 19.9.1963).
  • similar method via l-α-acetylamino-α-vanillylpropionitrile:

    • GB 1 142 595 (Merck & Co.; appl. 23.5.1967, 12.2.1969).
  • alternative syntheses:

    • D a Steinetal, G.A.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 77, 700 (1955).
    • US 3 366 679 (Merck & Co.; 30.1.1968; prior. 11.10.1962, 19.9.1963).
    • DOS 2 302 937 (Tanabe; appl. 22.1.1973; J-prior. 22.1.1972).
    • US 3 517 057 (Merck & Co.; 23.6.1970; appl. 21.9.1967).
    • DE 1 235 946 (Boehringer Mannh.; appl. 8.8.1964).
    • DE 1 235 947 (Bayer; appl. 16.1.1963).
    • DE 1 258 416 (Knoll; appl. 9.10.1964).
    • DE 1 269 622 (Knoll; appl. 22.12.1966).
    • DOS 2 406 898 (BASF; appl. 14.2.1974).
    • AT 250 936 (Egyesült; appl. 3.11.1964; HU-prior. 18.11.1963).
    • FR 1 502 972 (Merck & Co.; appl. 21.10.1966; USA-prior. 22.10.1965).
    • FR 1 531 877 (Sankyo; appl. 18.7.1967; J-prior. 11.8.1966, 21.2.1967).
    • GB 1 321 802 (D.D.S.A.; appl. 5.2.1971).
    • b GB 2 059 955 (Merck & Co.; appl. 9.9.1980; USA-prior. 13.9.1979, 28.9.1979).
Methyldopa
Skeletal formula of methyldopa
Ball-and-stick model of the methyldopa molecule
Clinical data
Trade names Aldomet, Aldoril, Dopamet, others
Synonyms L-α-Methyl-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a682242
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: A
  • US: B (No risk in non-human studies)
Routes of
administration
by mouth, IV
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability approximately 50%
Metabolism Liver
Onset of action 4 to 6 hrs[1]
Elimination half-life 105 minutes
Duration of action 10 to 48 hrs[1]
Excretion Kidney for metabolites
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.008.264 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C10H13NO4
Molar mass 211.215 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Other Names

  • Alanine, 3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methyl-, L- (8CI)
  • 3-Hydroxy-α-methyl-L-tyrosine
  • (-)-Methyldopa
  • (-)-α-Methyl-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine
  • (-)-α-Methyldopa
  • (2S)-2-Amino-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid
  • (S)-(-)-α-Methyldopa
  • (S)-α-Methyldopa
  • 2-Methyl-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)alanine
  • AMD
  • Aldochlor
  • Aldomet
  • Aldometil
  • Aldomin
  • Aldomine
  • Alpha medopa
  • Alphamethyldopa
  • Bayer 1440L
  • Baypresol
  • Dopamet
  • Dopatec
  • Dopegyt
  • Elanpres
  • Equibar
  • L-(-)-α-Methyl-β-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)alanine
  • L-(-)-β-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-α-methylalanine
  • L-2-Amino-2-methyl-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propionic acid
  • L-3,4-Dihydroxy-α-methylphenylalanine
  • L-3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl-2-methylalanine
  • L-Methyldopa
  • L-α-Methyl-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine
  • L-α-Methyl-3-(3,4)-dihydroxyphenylalanine
  • L-α-Methyldopa
  • Lederdopa
  • Levo-3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methylalanine
  • MK 351
  • Medomet
  • Medopa
  • Medopren
  • Methoplain
  • Methyl-L-dopa
  • Methyldopa
  • NSC 169916
  • Nr.C 2294
  • Presinol
  • Presolisin
  • Sembrina
  • l-3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-2-methylalanine
  • l-α-Methyldopa
  • α-Methyl-L-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine
  • α-Methyl-L-dopa
  • α-Methyldopa

General References

  1. Djamshidian A, Poewe W: Apomorphine and levodopa in Parkinson’s disease: Two revolutionary drugs from the 1950’s. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016 Dec;33 Suppl 1:S9-S12. doi: 10.1016/j.parkreldis.2016.12.004. Epub 2016 Dec 22. [PubMed:28012951]
  2. Meiser J, Weindl D, Hiller K: Complexity of dopamine metabolism. Cell Commun Signal. 2013 May 17;11(1):34. doi: 10.1186/1478-811X-11-34. [PubMed:23683503]
  3. Elroby SA, Makki MS, Sobahi TR, Hilal RH: Toward the understanding of the metabolism of levodopa I. DFT investigation of the equilibrium geometries, acid-base properties and levodopa-water complexes. Int J Mol Sci. 2012;13(4):4321-39. doi: 10.3390/ijms13044321. Epub 2012 Apr 2. [PubMed:22605980]
  4. Robertson DR, Wood ND, Everest H, Monks K, Waller DG, Renwick AG, George CF: The effect of age on the pharmacokinetics of levodopa administered alone and in the presence of carbidopa. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 1989 Jul;28(1):61-9. [PubMed:2775615]
  5. Abrams WB, Coutinho CB, Leon AS, Spiegel HE: Absorption and metabolism of levodopa. JAMA. 1971 Dec 27;218(13):1912-4. [PubMed:5171067]
  6. Fanali G, Rampoldi V, di Masi A, Bolli A, Lopiano L, Ascenzi P, Fasano M: Binding of anti-Parkinson’s disease drugs to human serum albumin is allosterically modulated. IUBMB Life. 2010 May;62(5):371-6. doi: 10.1002/iub.317. [PubMed:20225277]
  7. FDA Approved Drug Products: Sinemet [Link]
  8. Sinemet FDA Label [File]

/////////Methyl-L-dopa, Methyldopa, NSC 169916

N[C@@H](CC1=CC(O)=C(O)C=C1)C(O)=O

Desvenlafaxine Succinate

$
0
0

Skeletal formula

Desvenlafaxine

Desvenlafaxine Succinate Monohydrate

386750-22-7
93413-62-8 (free base, anhydrous)
448904-47-0 (anhydrous)
448904-48-1 (hemisuccinate)

DVS-233
PF-05212375
WY-45233 (free base)

Name : Desvenlafaxine Succinate
Synonym : 1-(2-(Dimethylamino)-1-(4- hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)cyclohexanol butanedioate; O-Desmethylvenlafaxine Succinate
Mol Formula : C20H31NO6 / C16H25NO2.C4H6O4
CAS : 448904-47-0
Name : Desvenlafaxine Succinate Monohydrate
Synonym : 1-((1RS)-2-(Dimethylamino)-1-(4- hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)cyclohexanol hydrogen butanedioate monohydrate ; O-Desmethylvenlafaxine Succinate monohydrate; Desvenlafaxine Succinate
Mol Formula : C20H33NO7 / C16H25NO2.C4H6O4.H2O
CAS : 386750-22-7

Inventor/Developer – Wyeth Pharma Inc. 
Status/Comment – FDA approved

Desvenlafaxine Succinate Hydrate

Research Code:DVS-233

Trade Name:Pristiq®

MOA:Serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI)

Indication:Major depressive disorder (MDD)

Status:Approved

Company:Pfizer (Originator)

Sales:$715 Million (Y2015); 
$737 Million (Y2014);;
$698 Million (Y2013);;
$630 Million (Y2012);;
$577 Million (Y2011);ATC Code:N06AX23

Desvenlafaxine succinate hydrate was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on February 29, 2008.It was developed by Pfizer, then marketed as Pristiq® by Pfizer in the US.

The exact mechanism of the antidepressant action of Desvenlafaxine is unknown, but is thought to be related to the potentiation of serotonin and norepinephrine in the central nervous system, through inhibition of their reuptake. Non-clinical studies have shown that Desvenlafaxine is a potent and selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI). It is indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD).

Pristiq® is available as extended release tablet for oral use, containing 50 mg or 100 mg of free Desvenlafaxine. The recommended dose is 50 mg once daily with or without food.

PRISTIQ®
(desvenlafaxine) Extended-release Tablets

WARNING

SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS

Antidepressants increased the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies. These studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior with antidepressant use in patients over age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressant use in patients aged 65 and older [see WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS].

In patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy, monitor closely for worsening, and for emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors. Advise families and caregivers of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber [see WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS].

PRISTIQ is not approved for use in pediatric patients [ see Use in Specific Populations].

DESCRIPTION

PRISTIQ is an extended-release tablet for oral administration that contains desvenlafaxine succinate, a structurally novel SNRI for the treatment of MDD. Desvenlafaxine (O-desmethylvenlafaxine) is the major active metabolite of the antidepressant venlafaxine, a medication used to treat major depressive disorder.

Desvenlafaxine is designated RS-4-[2-dimethylamino-1-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)ethyl]phenol and has the empirical formula of C16H25NO2 (free base) and C16H25NO2 •C4H6O4•H2O (succinate monohydrate). Desvenlafaxine succinate monohydrate has a molecular weight of 399.48. The structural formula is shown below.

PRISTIQ® (desvenlafaxine) Structural Formula Illustration

Desvenlafaxine succinate is a white to off-white powder that is soluble in water. The solubility of desvenlafaxine succinate is pH dependent. Its octanol:aqueous system (at pH 7.0) partition coefficient is 0.21.

PRISTIQ is formulated as an extended-release tablet for once-a-day oral administration.

Each tablet contains 38 mg, 76 mg or 152 mg of desvenlafaxine succinate equivalent to 25 mg, 50 mg or 100 mg of desvenlafaxine, respectively.

Osmotica Pharmaceutical, Par Pharmaceutical and Pernix Therapeutics are marketing the product in the U.S. under the brand name Khedezla (TM) for the treatment of major depressive disorder.

In 2019, Pfizer and Mochida signed an agreement for joint development and commercialization of the product in Japan.

Desvenlafaxine, sold under the brand name Pristiq among others, is a medication used to treat major depressive disorder.[1] It is recommended that the need for further treatment be occasionally reassessed.[1] It appears less effective than its parent compound venlafaxine.[2] It is taken by mouth.[1]

Common side effects include dizziness, trouble sleeping, increased sweating, constipation, sleepiness, anxiety, and sexual problems.[1]Serious side effects may include suicide in those under the age of 25, serotonin syndrome, bleeding, mania, and high blood pressure.[1]withdrawal syndrome may occur if the dose is rapidly decreased.[1] It is unclear if use during pregnancy or breastfeeding is safe.[3] It is an antidepressant of the serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) class.[1]

Desvenlafaxine was approved for medical use in the United States in 2008.[1] Use in Europe was declined in 2009.[2] In the United States the wholesale cost is about 25.20 USD per month.[4] In 2016, it was the 272nd most prescribed medication in the United States, with more than a million prescriptions.[5]

Medical uses

Desvenlafaxine is primarily used as a treatment for major depressive disorder.[6] Use has only been studied up to 8 weeks.[1] It, however, appears less effective than venlafaxine.[2]

Doses of 50-400 mg/day appear effective for major depressive disorder, although no additional benefit was demonstrated at doses greater than 50 mg/day, and adverse events and discontinuations were more frequent at higher doses.[7]

Desvenlafaxine improves the HAM-D17 score[8] and measures of well being such as the Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS) and 5-item World Health Organization Well-Being Index (WHO-5).[9]

Adverse effects[edit]

Frequency of adverse effects:[6][10][11]

Very common adverse effects include:

  • Nausea
  • Headache
  • Dizziness
  • Dry mouth
  • Hyperhidrosis
  • Diarrhea
  • Insomnia
  • Constipation
  • Fatigue

Common adverse effects include:

  • Tremor
  • Blurred vision
  • Mydriasis
  • Decreased appetite
  • Sexual dysfunction
  • Insomnia
  • Anxiety
  • Elevated cholesterol and triglycerides
  • Proteinuria
  • Vertigo
  • Feeling jittery
  • Asthenia
  • Nervousness
  • Hot flush
  • Irritability
  • Abnormal dreams
  • Urinary hesitation
  • Yawning
  • Rash

Uncommon adverse effects include:

Rare adverse effects include:

Common however unknown intensity of adverse effects include:

Pharmacology

Desvenlafaxine is a synthetic form of the isolated major active metabolite of venlafaxine, and is categorized as a serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI). When most normal metabolizers take venlafaxine, approximately 70% of the dose is metabolized into desvenlafaxine, so the effects of the two drugs are expected to be very similar.[12] It works by blocking the “reuptake” transporters for key neurotransmitters affecting mood, thereby leaving more active neurotransmitters in the synapse. The neurotransmitters affected are serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) and norepinephrine (noradrenaline). It is approximately 10 times more potent at inhibiting serotonin uptake than norepinephrine uptake.[13]

Transporter Ki[nM][13][14]
SERT 40.2
NET 558.4

Approval status

United States

Pristiq 50 mg tablets (US)

Wyeth announced on 23 January 2007 that it received an approvable letter from the Food and Drug Administration for desvenlafaxine. Final approval to sell the drug was contingent on a number of things, including:

  • A satisfactory FDA inspection of Wyeth’s Guayama, Puerto Rico facility, where the drug is to be manufactured;
  • Several postmarketing surveillance commitments, and follow-up studies on low-dose use, relapse, and use in children;
  • Clarity by Wyeth around the company’s product education plan for physicians and patients;
  • Approval of desvenlafaxine’s proprietary name, Pristiq.[15]

The FDA approved the drug for antidepressant use in February 2008, and was to be available in US pharmacies in May 2008.[16]

In March 2017, the generic form of the drug was made available in the US.

Canada

On February 4, 2009, Health Canada approved use of desvenlafaxine for treatment of depression.[17][18]

European Union

In 2009, an application to market desvenlafaxine for major depressive disorder in the European Union was declined.[2] In 2012, Pfizer received authorization in Spain to market desvenlafaxine for the disorder but it is not being sold.[19][20]

Australia

Desvenlafaxine is classified as a schedule 4 (prescription only) drug in Australia. It was listed on the PBS (Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme) in 2008 for the treatment of major depressive disorders.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/CN104326923A/en

Sign succinic acid desvenlafaxine (Desvenlafaxinesuccinate, tradename Pristiq), chemical name RS-4- [2- dimethylamino-1- (1-hydroxycyclohexyl) ethyl] phenol succinic acid salt monohydrate; English name RS-4- (2 – (dimethylamino) -I- (1-hydroxycyclohexyl) ethyl) phenolsuccinatehydrate; formula C16H25NO2 · C4H6O · 4H20; relative molecular mass:. 399 48; CAS Registry number: 386750-22-7; of formula of formula I:

[0003]

Figure CN104326923AD00041

[0004] The drug is produced by the US company Wyethphainsinc, February 29, 2008 listed by the US FDA approved, a serotonin – norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor is venlafaxine main active metabolite primarily for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD).

[0005] desvenlafaxine succinate is generally made with 0- desvenlafaxine succinate, aqueous salt synthesized, synthesized 0- desvenlafaxine earlier reports found in US Patent US4535186 discloses a method to 4-oxo-acetonitrile was synthesized from benzyl phenyl 0- desvenlafaxine, wherein the methylation step due to the use of formaldehyde as a methylating agent such that the reaction yield is very low, only 39 %, thereby affecting the overall yield of the overall reaction.

[0006] Currently many reported synthesis method of desvenlafaxine succinate is mostly based on the prior art (US4535186) Synthesis of venlafaxine, venlafaxine as a raw material to another, for which demethylation step reaction process improvement to synthesize 0- desmethylvenlafaxine, succinic acid and finally with water to a salt of desvenlafaxine succinate synthesis. The patent CN 1319934C, W0 0059851, CN101823969A venlafaxine are disclosed in as raw materials, the thiolate anion, lithium diphenylphosphide, HBr / HOAc as demethylating agent norepinephrine synthesis 0- venlafaxine oct, yields were> 73%. The reaction equation is as follows:

[0007]

Figure CN104326923AD00042

[0008] In this class synthesis process, the raw material venlafaxine is synthesized by known techniques, the thiol compound used in the step of methylation away easily air pollution toxic, flammable irritant diphenyl compound and using a phosphine compound for corrosive HBr, increasing the difficulty of the operation and the post-treatment process such that the reaction unsuitable for industrial production.

[0009] Patent US7026508, US6689912 and US2005 / 0197392 each discloses a hydroxyphenyl acetonitrile as raw material, hydroxymethylated, α- ketone containing active hydrogen compound condensation, reducing the cyano group, an amino group and removal of methyl synthesis of methyl 〇- reaction desvenlafaxine, which synthetic route is shown below:

Figure CN104326923AD00051

[0011] In such processes, the raw materials used are expensive cyano reagent, wherein the reagent lithium tri-secondary butyl borohydride risk patents US7026508 and method disclosed in patent US 6689912 to use, the patent US2005 / 0197392 use flammable irritating to diphenylphosphine compound, in addition, such methods involve harsh reaction conditions the reduction step cyano.Therefore, this method does not meet the economy, and is not suitable for industrial production.

[0012] Chinese Patent CN101781221Α discloses a synthetic method for the synthesis of 0- hydroxyphenylacetic acid desvenlafaxine, the acid-halo – aminolysis cyclohexanone condensation, amide reduction Synthesis 〇- desvenlafaxine, which scheme is as follows:

Figure CN104326923AD00052

[0014] World Patent WO2008 / 093142 discloses a method similar to the above kind of oxygen acid as a raw material by benzyl, and finally debenzylation by synthesis 0- desvenlafaxine.

[0015] In such methods, the former are in a condensation reaction step with reduction of the amide using an unstable compound n-butyllithium, lithium tetrahydroaluminate; then using a compound unstable to hexamethyldisilazide amide, borane, this two-step reaction be carried out under an inert gas, dangerous reagents used twice, is not suitable for industrial operation.

Figure CN104326923AD00062

Example 1

Synthesis [0041] The compound of formula III

The [0042] room temperature, was added the compound of formula II (81.69g, 0. 60mol), 1200mL acetone 3L reaction flask, stirred and dissolved. To this was added 1〇) 3 (265.368,1.92111〇1) was slowly added dropwise (112.888,0.65111〇1) of benzyl bromide was heated at reflux for LH, starting material after the reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered off with suction, the filter cake was washed with a suitable amount of acetone , the filtrate by rotary evaporation, 50 ° C to give a compound of formula blast drying ΠI134 7g, yield 99% ZHNMR (300MHz, DMS0):… δ7 50-7 22 (m, 7H), δ6.93 (d, 2H) , S5.03 (s, 2H), S2.53 (s, 3H); 13C-NMR:… S197.02, δ163 · 42, δ136 · 51, δ129 · 83, δ129 02, δ128 91, δ127 64 , δ127. 10, δ114. 29, δ70. 13, δ26. 6.

[0043] Example 2

[0044] following the experimental procedure of Example 1, benzyl bromide (112. 88g, 0. 65mol) is replaced with benzyl chloride (82. 28g, 0. 65mol), heated at reflux overnight, cooled to room temperature after completion of the reaction evacuated filter cake washed with a suitable amount of acetone, the filtrate by rotary evaporation, 50 ° C to give a compound of formula blast drying III103. 17g, yield 76%.

[0045] Example 3

Synthesis [0046] The compound of Formula IV

[0047] The compound of formula III is added to the 3L reaction flask (67. 9g, 0 · 30mol), Cufc2 (147. 4g, 0 · 65mol), 0 · 9L methylene chloride, I. 35LEA, heated to reflux, after completion of the reaction cooling suction filtered, the filter cake was washed with 200mL dichloromethane. The filtrates were combined, and the filtrate was washed with hydrochloric acid and then washed twice with water, dried, rotary evaporation, 50 ° C overnight blast drying. A compound of formula IV to give the crude 89.438, yield 98%.

[0048] 89. 43g was added the compound of formula IV (crude) was added to IL-neck round bottom flask, recrystallized from isopropanol, filtered off with suction, the filter cake was dried by blowing 45 ° C. Refined products 84. 9g, 95% yield. .. 1Hnmr (SoomhzJMSO-CI6): δ7 53-7 20 (m, 7H), 5 6. 95 (d, 2H), δ5 09 (s, 2H), δ4 69 (s, 2H); 13C-.. NMR:. δ190 83, 5 164.12, 5 136.71, δ129 96, δ128 91, δ128 31, δ127 00, δ126 73, δ114 37, δ70 82, δ32 45………

[0049] Example 4

Synthesis [0050] The compound of formula V

[0051] Add the compound of formula IV (36. 6g, 0. 12mol) A 250mL round bottom flask, 120mL of ethanol was stirred. Aqueous solution was slowly added dropwise thereto 39mL of dimethylamine (33%), dropwise, with stirring until completion of the reaction starting material. Rotary evaporation and water, to which ethanol was added, under ice-water bath, thereto was slowly added dropwise 12mL hydrobromic acid. After stirring 30min 25 ° C incubation rotary evaporation and water was added thereto and dissolved with 70mL of methylene chloride over anhydrous sodium sulfate, after rotary evaporation, and thereto was added 60mLEA refluxed 30min, 30min stirring ice-water bath. Filtered off with suction, 45 ° C blast drying to give the purified product compound of formula V41.lg, yield 98%.1H NMR (300MHz, DMS0-d6): δ7 · 55-7 · 24 (πι, 7Η), S6.97 (d, 2H), S5.13 (s, 2H), S3.79 (s, 2H), 5 2. 23 (s, 6H); 13C-NMR:….. δ195 45, 5 163.12, 5 136.53, 5 129.85, 5 128.96, 5 127.61, δ127 27, δ127 06, δ114 65, δ75 31, δ70 . 72, δ46. 55.

[0052] Example 5

Synthesis [0053] The compound of formula VI

[0054] Compound of formula V was added to 500mL round bottom flask (41g, 0. 12mol), 205mL of ethanol under ice-water bath, to which was added a likelihood of 0! 1 (9.368,0.23111〇1), after stirring for 11 ^ 301, to which was added portionwise like 8! 14 (8.888,0.23111〇1). The reaction was stirred for 4h at End material to room temperature. Rotary evaporation, and thereto was added 60mL of water, 120mL of methylene chloride, stirred, separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with 120mL dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined, spin dry.The crude 31. 0g, 98% yield.

[0055] The crude product 31g was dissolved in 180mL of ethanol, under ice-water bath, was slowly added dropwise thereto 16mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH = 1-2, stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Rotary evaporation, 45 ° C blast drying. A compound of formula VI to give crude product 31. 2g, 89% yield.

[0056] To a 250mL round-bottom flask was added 31. 2g crude compound of formula VI, 78 mL ethyl acetate, heated to reflux to dissolve, cooled to room temperature naturally, filtered off with suction, the filter cake was washed with the amount of EA. Refined products 29. 3g, 94% yield. 1HNMR (300MHz, DMS0-d6):….. Δ7 45-7 24 (m, 7H), δ6 95 (d, 2H), δ5 07 (s, 2H), δ4 88 (br, 1H), δ4 . 60 (m, 1Η), δ2 48-2 27 (m, 2H), 52.19 (s, 6H); 13C-NMR:…. δ157 26, 5 137.21, 5 136.83, δ128 · 35, δ127 68, δ127. 52, δ127. 17, δ114. 19, δ69. 62, δ69. 13, δ67. 57,45.56.

[0057] Example 6

[0058] Following the procedure of Example 5 experiments embodiment, the shame 0! 1 (9.368,0.23111〇1) shame Alternatively 0! 1 (14.048,0.72111〇1), and NaBH4 (8. 88g, 0. 23mol) is replaced with NaBH4 (13. 32g, 0. 72mol), stirred Ih at room temperature the reaction was complete feed. Rotary evaporation, and thereto was added 60mL of water, burning 120mL dichloromethane, stirred, separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with 120mL dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined, spin dry. The crude 31. 33g, yield 99%.

[0059] Example 7

Synthesis [0060] The compound of formula VII

[0061] was added (24g, 0.078 mol) compound of formula VI to a 500mL round bottom flask, 240 mL of toluene, under ice-water bath, and thereto is added thionyl chloride (10. 2g, 0. 086mol), the reaction was heated to 60 ° C 4h, cooled, stirred for about 25 ° C 2h, filtered off with suction, the filter cake washed with 30mL toluene, and drying, the product compound of formula to give an off-white VII22. 4g, 88% yield. 1H NMR (300MHz, DMS〇-d6):… Δ7 44-7 29 (m, 7H), δ7 07 (d, 2Η), δ5 12 (s, 2Η), δ4 69 (m, 1Η).. , δ3 37-3 15 (m, 2H), δ2 80 (s, 6H); 13C-NMR:…. δ158 26, 5 137.33, 5 136.71, 5 128.31, δ127 72, δ127 47, δ127… 13, δ114. 21, δ69. 62, δ67. 57, δ59. 39, δ46. 74.

[0062] Example 8

Synthesis [0063] The compound of formula VIII

[0064] Add the compound of formula ¥ 11 (218,0.064 11〇1!) Was added to a round bottom flask, 2001 ^ toluene, triethylamine (7.21 8, 0.071mol), stirred for 3h, filtered off with suction, washed with a little toluene; the 500mL three-neck flask was added to the toluene solution, cooled to -80 ° C, n-butyllithium was slowly added dropwise 35mL (2. 5mol / L), dropwise with stirring incubated 0. 5h, 9. 48g was slowly added dropwise cyclohexanone, After dropping the reaction 4h, slowly warmed to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride, using lmol / L sodium hydroxide to adjust pH = about 9, EA extraction, rotary evaporation, the crude product was slurried with diethyl ether, dried to obtain a compound of formula VIII19. 56g, yield 86%. 1H bandit R (300MHz, DMS0-d6): δ7 · 45-7 · 23 (πι, 7Η), S6.87 (d, 2H), S5.09 (s, 2H), S3.05 (t, 1H) , S2.75 (t, lH), δ2 · 41-2 · 34 (πι, 1Η), S2.18 (s, 6H), Sl.58-0.92 (m, 10H); 13C-Mffi:. δ157 32 , δ136. 73, δ134. 73, δ129. 11, δ128. 90, δ127. 65, δ127. 16, δ114. 23, δ73. 42, δ70. 87, δ59. 85, δ48. 52, δ47. 35, δ38 . 95, δ26. 33, δ22. 30.

[0065] Example 9

After the [0066] following the experimental procedure of Example 8, the reaction temperature is added dropwise n-butyllithium was replaced _65 ° C, to give compound VIII crude, beaten with ether and drying to give pure 15. 33g, yield 67 %.

[0067] Example 10

Synthesis [0068] The compound of formula IX

[0069] The compound of formula ¥ 111 (1 (^, 0.028111〇1) was dissolved in ^ booklet 1,501,111, was added 18 10% wet palladium on carbon, into hydrogen, I.SMPa at room temperature for 5h, filtration, rotary evaporation as a white solid compound of formula 1X6 83g, yield 92% 1HNMR (300MHz, DMSO- (I6):… δ9 13 (br, 1H), 5 6.96 (d, 2H), 5 6.64 (d, 2H), 53.01 (t, 1H), S2.72 (t, lH), δ2 · 39-2 · 35 (πι, 1Η), S2.15 (s, 6H), Sl.57-0.90 (m, 10H); 13C, MR:. δ155 56, δ131 56, δ130 04, δ114 23, δ72 52, δ60 36, δ51 57, δ45 21, δ37 11, δ32 38, δ25 67, δ21 23〇………..

[0070] Example 11

Synthesis [0071] The compounds of formula I

Under [0072] nitrogen, the compound of formula IX is added to the three-necked flask (4g, 0. 015mol), succinic acid (1.85g, 0. 015mol), IOOmL acetone / water mixed solvent = 71/19 was heated at reflux for 3h proceeds down to room temperature to crystallization under ice-cooling, filtered off with suction, 40 ° C dried to give 5. 13g as a white solid compound of formula I, yield 85%.

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2008090465A2/en

Desvenlafaxine (Formula I, below) is an active pharmaceutical substance with an empirical formula of C16H25NO2 and a molecular weight of 263.38. Desvenlafaxine, which can also be referred to as desmethylvenlafaxine and/or O-desmethylvenlafaxine, is the major active metabolite of venlafaxine, an active pharmaceutical ingredient indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder.

Figure imgf000002_0001

U.S. Patent No. 4,535, 186 discloses the first process for preparing desvenlafaxine. In U.S. Patent No.4,535,186, desvenlafaxine is synthesized by the process illustrated in Scheme 1:

Figure imgf000002_0002

Scheme 1 Additional alternative processes for preparing desvenlafaxine are described in the literature. These alternative processes generally proceed via the demethylation of venlafaxine, see, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/197392, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,026,508, and 6,689,912, and International Patent Publication No. WO07/071404. These processes make use of different demethylating agents, such as lithium diphenylphosphide, alkali metal salts of trialkylborohydrides, high molecular weight thiolate anions, and metal sulfides. However, the use of the aforementioned demethylating agents presents several drawbacks, i.e., requires extensive purification procedures aimed to isolate desvenlafaxine from said demethylating agents and/or corresponding by-products, and involve odor workups, which make these processes unsuitable for industrial implementation.

In view of the foregoing, there is a need for an alternative process for preparing desvenlafaxine from venlafaxine including, for instance, an alternative process which avoids the drawbacks of current state of the art processes (e.g., makes use of simpler and shorter purification procedures, allows an essentially odorless workup, and which is well suited for industrial implementation).

Salts of O-desmethylvenlafaxine, including the fumarate, succinate and formate salts, have been described in the literature. For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,535,186 reports the preparation of O-desmethylvenlafaxine fumarate salt. More recently, the preparation of several polymorphic forms of the succinate salt have been reported in U.S. Patent No. 6,673,838 B2. Additionally, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0058552 discloses the preparation of the formate salt.

HPLC Method

In the examples described below, the following analytical chromatographic HPLC method was used:

The chromatographic separation was carried out in a Kromasil C8, 5 μm, 25 cm x 4.6 mm. I. D column at room temperature.

The mobile phase was prepared by mixing 1,600 g of (NH4)H2P(It buffer solution pH = 4.4 and 313.2 g of acetonitrile HPLC grade. The pH of the mixture should be 4.9, adjust if necessary.

A (NH4)H2PO4 buffer solution (pH = 4.4) was prepared by dissolving 17 g of (NH4)H2PO4 in 1600 mL of water and adjusting the pH = 4.4 with HaPO4 or ammonium hydroxide.

The chromatograph was equipped with a 225 nm detector, and the flow rate was 1.2 mL per minute at room temperature. Test samples (20 μl) were prepared by dissolving the appropriate amount of sample to obtain 1 mg per mL concentration in the mobile phase.

In those conditions the retention time of desvanlafaxine, compound (I), is about 7 minutes, and the retention time of venlafaxine, compound (IV), is about 22 minutes.

EXAMPLE 1: Preparation of Desvenlafaxine (Le., Compound I).

This example illustrates a process for converting Compound IV into desvenlafaxine {i.e., Compound I) according to one aspect of the invention.

In a 100 mL flask 8 g (0.027 mol) of Venlafaxine free base, 13 mL of polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG400) and 6.9 g (0.041 mol) of 2-(diethylamino)ethanothiol were charged. 13.2 g (13.6 mL, 0.073 mol) of 30 % w/w solution of sodium methanolate in methanol were slowly added. The resulting suspension was heated to about 195° C and methanol was distilled off in the meantime. The stirring was continued for four hours at that temperature and then was cooled down to 20-25° C. 30 mL of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to adjust pH to approx. 9.5. The resulting suspension was filtered at 20-25° C and the solid was dried at 50° C. The solid corresponded to desvenlafaxine (3.4 g; yield: 45 %; purity HPLC: 96.8 %).

EXAMPLE 2: Preparation of Desvenlafaxine Succinate Monohydrate.

This example illustrates a process for converting desvenlafaxine (i.e., Compound I) into desvenlafaxine succinate monohydrate according to one aspect of the invention.

Desvenlafaxine base (18.1 g, 0.069 mol) was charged into a 500 mL round bottomed flask under nitrogen atmosphere with 9.75 g (0.083 mol) of succinic acid, 135 g (170 mL) of acetone and 54 g of deionized water. The suspension was heated to reflux temperature and maintained at this temperature 30 minutes. The resulting solution was cooled to 50-55° C and filtered.

The filtered solution was cooled to 30-35° C in approximately 1 hour. In the interim, seeding was performed at approximately 40-45° C. The suspension was maintained for 3 hours at 30-35° C. Thereafter, the suspension was cooled to 20-25° C in approximately 1 hour, and maintained at this temperature for 2 hours. Then, the suspension was cooled to 10 ± 3° C in approximately 30 minutes and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour. Finally, the suspension was filtered and washed twice with 2 x 7.5 g (2 x 9.4 mL) of acetone. The wet solid was dried under vacuum at 60 ± 5° C to yield 22.96 g of desvenlafaxine succinate (yield: 83.6 %). Analytical data: HPLC Purity: 99.9 %; assay: 99.6 %.

Desvenlafaxine

    • Synonyms:metabolite of Venlafaxine, O-desmethylvenlafaxine, WY-45233, DVS-233
    • ATC:N06AX23
  • Use:antidepressant
  • Chemical name:4-[2-(dimethylamino)-1-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)ethyl]phenol
  • Formula:C16H25NO2
  • MW:263.38 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:93413-62-8
  • InChI Key:KYYIDSXMWOZKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C16H25NO2/c1-17(2)12-15(13-6-8-14(18)9-7-13)16(19)10-4-3-5-11-16/h6-9,15,18-19H,3-5,10-12H2,1-2H3

Derivatives

succinate monohydrate

  • Formula:C20H33NO7
  • MW:399.48 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:386750-22-7

Synthesis Path

Trade Names

Country Trade Name Vendor Annotation
USA Pristiq Wyeth ,2008

Formulations

  • tabl. 50 mg, 100 mg (as succinate)

References

    • a EP 1 973 866 (Synthon; 1.10.2008; appl. 19.12.2006; USA-prior. 20.12.2005).
    • b WO 2 008 090 465 (Medichem SA; 31.7.2008; appl. 22.1.2008; USA-prior. 22.1.2007).
    • c US 7 026 508 (Wyeth; 5.5.2005; appl. 10.11.2004; USA-prior. 12.2.2001).
    • d US 4 535 186 (American Home Products; 13.8.1985; appl. 26.10.1983; USA-prior. 19.4.1983).
  • new polymorph:

    • WO 2 008 110 338 (Synthon; 18.9.2008; appl. 6.3.2008; USA-prior. 9.3.2007).
  • crystalline polymorphs of Desvenlafaxine succinate:

    • CN 101 274 897 (Mai DE Ltd.; 1.10.2008; appl. 4.1.2008; USA-prior. 8.1.2007).
    • US 20 080 188 567 (Mai DE Ltd.; 8.7.2008; USA-prior. 8.1.2006).
  • enantiomers of Desvenlafaxine:

    • US 2 002 022 662 (American Home Products; 21.2.2002; appl. 21.9.2001; USA-prior. 15.6.1999).

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “Desvenlafaxine Succinate Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 18 March 2019.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d “Withdrawal Assessment Report for Dessvenlafaxime” (PDF)EMA. p. 3. Retrieved 22 March 2019.
  3. ^ “Desvenlafaxine Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Warnings”Drugs.com. Retrieved 19 March 2019.
  4. ^ “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  5. ^ “The Top 300 of 2019”clincalc.com. Retrieved 22 December 2018.
  6. Jump up to:a b “PRODUCT INFORMATION PRISTIQ® desvenlafaxine (as succinate)” (PDF)TGA eBusiness Services. Pfizer Australia Pty Ltd. 10 December 2012. Retrieved 8 November2013.
  7. ^ Perry, Richard; Cassagnol, Manouchkathe (2009). “Desvenlafaxine: a new serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor for the treatment of adults with major depressive disorder”. Clinical Therapeutics. 31 Pt 1: 1374–1404. doi:10.1016/j.clinthera.2009.07.012ISSN 1879-114XPMID 19698900.
  8. ^ Thase ME, Kornstein SG, Germain JM, Jiang Q, Guico-Pabia C, Ninan PT (March 2009). “An integrated analysis of the efficacy of desvenlafaxine compared with placebo in patients with major depressive disorder”. CNS Spectr14 (3): 144–54. PMID 19407711.
  9. ^ Soares CN, Kornstein SG, Thase ME, Jiang Q, Guico-Pabia CJ (October 2009). “Assessing the efficacy of desvenlafaxine for improving functioning and well-being outcome measures in patients with major depressive disorder: a pooled analysis of 9 double-blind, placebo-controlled, 8-week clinical trials”. J Clin Psychiatry70 (10): 1365–71. doi:10.4088/JCP.09m05133bluPMID 19906341.
  10. ^ “DESVENLAFAXINE tablet, extended release [Ranbaxy Pharmaceuticals Inc.]”DailyMed. Ranbaxy Pharmaceuticals Inc. March 2013. Retrieved 9 November 2013.
  11. ^ “desvenlafaxine (Rx) – Pristiq, Khedezla”Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 9 November 2013.
  12. ^ Lemke, Thomas L.; Williams, David A. (2012). Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. p. 609. ISBN 978-1-60913-345-0.
  13. Jump up to:a b Deecher, DC; Beyer, CE; Johnston, G; Bray, J; Shah, S; Abou-Gharbia, M; Andree, TH (August 2006). “Desvenlafaxine succinate: A new serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor” (PDF)The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics318 (2): 657–665. doi:10.1124/jpet.106.103382PMID 16675639.
  14. ^ Roth, BL; Driscol, J (Dec 2012). “PDSP Ki Database”Psychoactive Drug Screening Program (PDSP). University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the United States National Institute of Mental Health. Retrieved 7 July 2018.
  15. ^ “Wyeth Receives Approvable Letter From FDA For Pristiq (Desvenlafaxine Succinate) For The Treatment Of Major Depressive Disorder” (Press release). 2007-01-23. Retrieved 2007-04-04.
  16. ^ “FDA Approves Pristiq” (Press release). Wyeth. 2008-02-29. Archived from the original on 2008-03-05. Retrieved 2008-02-29.
  17. ^ Health Canada Notice of Compliance – Pristiq[permanent dead link]. February 4, 2009, retrieved on March 9, 2009.
  18. ^ “Summary Basis of Decision (SBD) PrPristiq™. Health Canada. 2009-05-29. Retrieved 2016-12-30.
  19. ^ “Pristiq 100 mg Comprimidos de Liberacion Prolongada”. AEMPS Medicines Online Information Center – CIMA. Retrieved 2016-12-30.
  20. ^ “Pristiq 50 mg Comprimidos de Liberacion Prolongada”. AEMPS Medicines Online Information Center – CIMA. Retrieved 2016-12-30.

External links

Route 2

Reference:1. WO2008013990 / US20080183016.

Route 4

Reference:1. WO2008013993.

Route 5

Reference:1. WO2009084037.

Route 6

Reference:1. WO2008013994 / US20080177110.

Update Date:2015-08-31

Patent

Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
WO2008093142A1 *2007-01-312008-08-07Generics [Uk] LimitedProcess for the preparation of o-desmethyl venlafaxine
WO2010028130A2 *2008-09-032010-03-11Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Antidepressant compounds
CN101781221A *2010-02-112010-07-21上海凯米侬医药科技有限公司Preparation method of O-desmethylvenlafaxine
CN102249936A *2010-05-192011-11-23江苏豪森医药研究院有限公司Hydrate of O-desmethylvenlafaxine hydrochloride and preparation method thereof

Title
FUJII, TOZO等: “Quinolizidines. XXII. An extension of the “3-acetylpyridine route” to the syntheses of 9-hydroxy-10-methoxy- and 10-hydroxy-9-methoxybenzo[a]quinolizidine-type Alangium alkaloids”, 《CHEMICAL & PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN》, vol. 35, no. 9, 31 December 1987 (1987-12-31), XP002311646 *
周金培等: “抗抑郁药文拉法辛的合成研究”, 《中国药科大学学报》, vol. 30, no. 4, 31 December 1999 (1999-12-31) *
///////DVS-233 , PF-05212375  , WY-45233,    DESVENLAFAXINE SUCCINATE, WYETH

Flecainide acetate

$
0
0

Skeletal formula of flecainide

Flecainide

54143-56-5
54143-55-4 (free base)

(±)-Flecainide
200-659-6 [EINECS]
258-997-5 [EINECS]
54143-55-4 [RN]
Apocard
Benzamide, N-(2-piperidinylmethyl)-2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
Flecainide
  • Molecular FormulaC17H20F6N2O3
  • Average mass414.343 Da
CAS Registry Number: 54143-55-4
CAS Name: N-(2-Piperidinylmethyl)-2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzamide
Molecular Formula: C17H20F6N2O3
Molecular Weight: 414.34
Percent Composition: C 49.28%, H 4.87%, F 27.51%, N 6.76%, O 11.58%
Literature References: Prepn: E. H. Banitt, W. R. Brown, US 3900481 (1975 to Riker); of the acetate: eidem, US 4005209 (1977 to Riker); E. H. Banitt et al., J. Med. Chem. 20, 821 (1977). Preliminary pharmacological study: J. R. Schmid et al., Fed. Proc. 34,775 (1975). In vitro electrophysiological study: A. B. Hodess et al., J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 1, 427 (1979). Antiarrhythmic effects: P. Somani, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 27, 464 (1980). Use in acute exptl myocardial infarction: H. Gülker et al., Z. Cardiol. 70, 124 (1981). Clinical study in ventricular arrhythmias: J. L. Anderson et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 305, 473 (1981). Determn of acetate in human plasma by spectrophotofluorometry: S. F. Chang et al., Arzneim.-Forsch. 33, 251 (1983). Review of pharmacology and clinical efficacy: D. M. Roden, R. L. Woosley, N. Engl. J. Med. 315, 36-41 (1986). Symposium on clinical experience: Am. J. Cardiol. 62, Suppl., 1D-67D (1988). Comprehensive description: S. Alessi-Severini et al., Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. Excip. 21, 169-195 (1992).
Properties: uv max (ethanol): 205, 230, 300 nm (E1%1cm 521, 219, 59).
Absorption maximum: uv max (ethanol): 205, 230, 300 nm (E1%1cm 521, 219, 59)
White crystalline powder, m.p. 148-51 °C; hydrochloride, m.p. 228-9 °C
E-0735
R-818
Derivative Type: Monoacetate
CAS Registry Number: 54143-56-5
Manufacturers’ Codes: R-818
Trademarks: Almarytm (Synthelabo); Apocard (Esteve); Ecrinal (Pharma Investi); Flécaine (3M Pharma); Tambocor (3M Pharma)
Molecular Formula: C17H20F6N2O3.C2H4O2
Molecular Weight: 474.39
Percent Composition: C 48.10%, H 5.10%, F 24.03%, N 5.91%, O 16.86%
Properties: White granular solid from isopropyl alcohol/isopropyl ether, mp 145-147°. Soly at 37° (mg/ml): water 48.4, alcohol 300.
Melting point: mp 145-147°
Therap-Cat: Antiarrhythmic (class IC).
Keywords: Antiarrhythmic.
Flecainide acetate is an antiarrhythmic that was first launched by 3M Pharmaceuticals in 1985 for the oral treatment of ventricular arrhythmias and supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
In 2007, the product was approved in Japan for the treatment of atrial fibrillation.
The compound was originally developed at 3M Pharmaceuticals. In January 1984, 3M signed a development and marketing agreement with Eisai for the Japanese market.
 3M’s pharmaceutical operations as well as regional marketing and intellectual property rights were acquired by Graceway in the U.S., Canada and Latin America, by Meda in Europe, and by Ironbridge Capital and Archer Capital in the Asia Pacific region, including Australia and South Africa. In 2011, Graceway’s active compounds were acquired by Medicis. In 2012, Medicis was acquired by Valeant (now Bausch Health).

Flecainide is a medication used to prevent and treat abnormally fast heart rates.[1] This includes ventricular and supraventricular tachycardias.[1] Its use is only recommended in those with dangerous arrhythmias or when significant symptoms cannot be managed with other treatments.[1] Its use does not decrease a person’s risk of death.[1] It is taken by mouth or injection into a vein.[1][2]

Common side effects include dizziness, problems seeing, shortness of breath, chest pain, and tiredness.[1] Serious side effects may include cardiac arrestarrhythmias, and heart failure.[1] It may be used in pregnancy, but has not been well studied in this population.[2][3] Use is not recommended in those with structural heart disease or ischemic heart disease.[1] Flecainide is a class Ic antiarrhythmic agent.[1] It works by decreasing the entry of sodium in heart cells, causing prolongation of the cardiac action potential.[1]

Flecainide was approved for medical use in the United States in 1985.[1] It is available as a generic medication.[2] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about £7.68 as of 2019.[2] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about 18.60 USD.[4]In 2016 it was the 273rd most prescribed medication in the United States with more than a million prescriptions.[5]

Medical uses

Flecainide is used in the treatment of many types of supraventricular tachycardias, including AV nodal re-entrant tachycardia (AVNRT) and Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW).

It also has limited use in the treatment of certain forms of ventricular tachycardia (VT). In particular, flecainide has been useful in the treatment of ventricular tachycardias that are not in the setting of an acute ischemic event. It has use in the treatment of right ventricular outflow tract (RVOT) tachycardia[6] and in the suppression of arrhythmias in arrhythmogenic right ventricular dysplasia (ARVD).[7]Studies (notably the Cardiac Arrhythmia Suppression Trial) have shown an increased mortality when flecainide is used to suppress ventricular extrasystoles in the setting of acute myocardial infarction.[8][9]

In individuals suspected of having the Brugada syndrome, the administration of flecainide may help reveal the ECG findings that are characteristic of the disease process. This may help make the diagnosis of the disease in equivocal cases.[10]

Flecainide has been introduced into the treatment of arrhythmias in children.

In the long-term, flecainide seems to be safe in people with a healthy heart with no signs of left ventricular hypertrophyischemic heart disease, or heart failure.[11]

Side effects

Results of a medical study known as the Cardiac Arrhythmia Suppression Trial (CAST) demonstrated that patients with structural heart disease (such as a history of MI (heart attack), or left ventricular dysfunction) and also patients with ventricular arrhythmias, should not take this drug. The results were so significant that the trial was stopped early and preliminary results were published.[12]

The dose may need to be adjusted in certain clinical scenarios. As with all other antiarrhythmic agents, there is a risk of proarrhythmiaassociated with the use of flecainide. This risk is probably increased when flecainide is co-administered with other class Ic antiarrhythmics, such as encainide. The risk of proarrhythmia may also be increased by hypokalemia.[13] The risk of proarrhythmia is not necessarily associated with the length of time an individual is taking flecainide, and cases of late proarrhythmia have been reported.[14] Because of the role of both the liver and the kidneys in the elimination of flecainide, the dosing of flecainide may need to be adjusted in individuals who develop either liver failure or renal failure.

Because of the negative inotropic effects of flecainide, it should be used with caution in individuals with depressed ejection fraction, and may worsen congestive heart failure in these individuals. It should be avoided in people with ischaemic heart disease and the elderly.[15]

As with all class I antiarrhythmic agents, Flecainide increases the capture thresholds of pacemakers.[16]

Heart

Due to the narrow therapeutic index of flecainide, physicians should be alert for signs of toxicity before life-threatening arrhythmias occur like torsades de pointes. While the toxic effects of flecainide are closely related to the plasma levels of the drug,[17] it is unfeasible to check the plasma concentration in an individual on a regular basis.

Signs of flecainide toxicity include marked prolongation of the PR interval and widening of the QRS duration on the surface ECG. There may be signs and symptoms attributable to overt heart failure secondary to sudden decreased myocardial contractility.

Treatment

Treatment of flecainide cardiac toxicity involves increasing the excretion of flecainide, blocking its effects in the heart, and (rarely) institution of cardiovascular support to avoid impending lethal arrhythmias. Modalities that have had success include administration of a beta-sympathomimetic agent,[17] and administration of a sodium load[17](often in the form of hypertonic sodium bicarbonate). Placing the individual on cardiopulmonary bypass support may be necessary in order to temporarily remove the need for a beating heart and to increase blood flow to the liver.[18][19]

Lungs

Flecainide has a very high affinity for lung tissue [20] and is associated with drug-induced interstitial lung disease.[21][22][23][24][25]

Interactions

Flecainide has high bioavailability after an oral dose,[26] meaning that most of the drug that is ingested will enter the systemic blood stream. Peak serum concentrations can be seen 1 to 6 hours after ingestion of an oral dose. While the plasma half-life is about 20 hours, it is quite variable, and can range from 12 to 27 hours.[27] During oral loading with flecainide, a steady state equilibrium is typically achieved in 3 to 5 days.

The majority of flecainide is eliminated by the kidneys, with the remainder metabolized by the cytochrome P450 2D6 isoenzyme in the liver.[28] Therefore, alterations in renal function or urine pH will greatly affect the elimination of flecainide, as more is eliminated by the kidney than by the hepatic route.

Because of the dual elimination routes of flecainide and its tendency to decrease myocardial contractility,[15] flecainide interacts with numerous pharmaceuticals and can potentiate the effects of other myocardial depressants and AV node blocking agents. In addition, flecainide can decrease the metabolism or elimination of many (but not all) agents that use the cytochrome P450 enzyme system.

A full list of drug interactions with flecainide can be obtained from the manufacturer. Some important drug interactions with flecainide include:[citation needed]

Overdose

Flecainide intoxication is rare but serious due to the cardiogenic shock that it provokes. Its diagnosis can be difficult in the lack of contributing anamnestic elements. Clinical and paraclinical signs are not specific. Treatment is primarily symptomatic, which gives good results thanks to the hypertonic solution of sodium salts. Organ donation is possible in the case of braindead patients who suffered a flecainide intoxication.[29]

Mechanism of action

Flecainide works by blocking the Nav1.5 sodium channel in the heart, slowing the upstroke of the cardiac action potential.[30] This thereby slows conduction of the electrical impulse within the heart, i.e. it “reduces excitability”. The greatest effect is on the His-Purkinje system and ventricular myocardium. The effect of flecainide on the ventricular myocardium causes decreased contractility of the muscle, which leads to a decrease in the ejection fraction.

The effect of flecainide on the sodium channels of the heart increases as the heart rate increases; This is known as use-dependence and is why that flecainide is useful to break a tachyarrhythmia.[31]

Flecainide also inhibits ryanodine receptor 2 (RyR2),[32] a major regulator of sarcoplasmic release of stored calcium ions. It can reduce calcium sparks and thus arrhythmogenic calcium waves in the heart.[33] While Flecainide therapy has been shown to suppress ventricular arrhythmias in patients with catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia(CPVT) and mouse models of this disease, the relative contribution from the inhibition of sodium channels and of RyR2 in this effect on CPVT is unclear.[34]

Brand names

Flecainide is sold under the trade name Tambocor (manufactured by 3M pharmaceuticals). Flecainide went off-patent on February 10, 2004. In addition to being marketed as Tambocor, it is also available in generic version and under the trade names Almarytm, Apocard, Ecrinal, and Flécaine.

Following is one of the synthesis routes: 2-Aminomethylpyridine (II) is condensed with 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl-2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoate (I) in refluxing glyme to produce 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-N-(2-pyridylmethyl)benzamide (III), and the yielding product is then hydrogenated with H2 over Pd/C in acetic acid.

Systematic Method of Flecainide acetate

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/US7196197B2/en

Flecainide acetate, 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-N-(2-piperidylmethyl)benzamide acetate (I), is a drug for the treatment of arrhythmia. It and its neutral base are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,900,481.

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00001

A key intermediate for the synthesis of Flecainide and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts is 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (II). One prior method for the preparation of this intermediate, disclosed in British patent No. GB 2045760, is a multistep process which comprises the preparation of 1,4-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzene from hydroquinone using the very expensive reagent trifluoroethyltriflate (CF3CH2OSO2CF3). 1,4-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzene is then converted to 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (II) through a multistep process. An alternative method described in the same patent begins from 1,4-dibromobenzene, which is then condensed with more than 8 equivalents of 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, to furnish the 1,4-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzene intermediate. 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (II) is also be prepared starting from 1-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (PCT WO 02/066413) or from 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzoic acid (PCT WO 99/02498). All these approaches have limited commercial utility due to the cost of the reagents and the necessity for specialized equipment.

The method disclosed in British patent No. GB 2045760 for the preparation of the Flecainide base starts from 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid which is converted to its acid chloride and reacts either with 2-(aminomethyl)piperidine to form Flecainide in one step or with 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine, followed by catalytic hydrogenation of the pyridine ring, to form Flecainide base in two steps. The disadvantage of the one step process is that the acid chloride reacts non-selectively with both nitrogen atoms of the 2-(aminomethyl)piperidine, resulting in a mixture of the two acylated isomers.

Other preparations of Flecainide base are disclosed in WO 99/02498 and US2003/0032835. The process disclosed in WO 99/02498 starts from the cyanomethyl ester of 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid, which selectively reacts with the primary amino group of 2-(aminomethyl)piperidine to furnish Flecainide. US 2003/032835 discloses a procedure which involves converting 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid to its activated 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl ester which then selectively reacts with the primary amino group of 2-(aminomethyl)piperidine to furnish Flecainide. Although activated esters of this type can be used for the formation of Flecainide, the reagents required to prepare them are expensive on the industrial scale. Moreover, the resulting cyanomethanol and 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol by-products are highly toxic. Esters from less expensive, non-toxic and readily available alcohols are still desired for commercial purposes. Based on the above deficiencies, a new process overcoming these deficiencies was required.

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00002

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00003

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00004

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00005

Figure US07196197-20070327-C00006

EXAMPLE 1

Preparation of 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid

To a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (40.0 g) and DMF (100 ml) was added sodium tert-butoxide (23.0 g) at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 20 to 25° C. for 1 hour at which point 2-chlorobenzoic acid (25.0 g) was added followed by cupric bromide (2.0 g). The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 5 hours, cooled to 10° C., and water (30 ml) was added followed by 20% HCl solution (90 ml). The solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water (3×50 ml) and the volume was concentrated to 90 ml. Hexane (150 ml) was added to the residues, and the mixture was concentrated to volume of 120 ml and a further portion of hexane (30 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 50° C. for 30 minutes and then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solids were filtered to yield the crude product. This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 ml), charcoal (1.7 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature a further 2 hours. The solution was filtered through Celite™ and crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexane to yield the pure product (30.9 g, yield 88.0%) as a white solid, m.p. 85–86° C.

EXAMPLE 2

Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid

To a solution of 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (22 g) in methylene chloride (100 ml), was added AlCl(13.3 g) at 0° C.followed by bromine (16.0 g, 0.1 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and then at reflux for 2 hours. The solids were filtered and water (50 ml) and ethyl acetate (50 ml) were added to the filtrate. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2×60 ml). The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to dryness and hexane (100 ml) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 20 to 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and the cake was rinsed with heptanes (2×20 ml). The damp solids were dried in vacuum at 45° C. for 5–6 hours to give a white solid (28.3 g, yield 94.6%), m.p. 126–128° C.

EXAMPLE 3

Preparation of 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid.

To a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (14.7 g) and DMF (125 ml) was added sodium tert-butoxide (12.8 g) at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 20 to 25° C. for 1 hour at which point 5-bromo-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (20 g) was added followed by cupric bromide (2.0 g). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 10 hours, cooled to 10° C., and water (30 ml) was added followed by 20% HCl solution (90 ml). The solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×80 ml), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (3×60 ml). The solution was concentrated to one-third of the original volume and hexane (200 ml) was added. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, filtered and the damp cake was rinsed with hexane (2×40 ml). The damp cake was dried in vacuo at 40° C. for 5 hours to give the product as a white solid (16.02 g, yield 75.3%).

EXAMPLE 4

Preparation of methyl 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoate

A solution of 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (20 g) and thionyl chloride (15.0 g) in methanol (100 ml) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The solvents were evaporated under vacuum to give an oil residue. Toluene (100 ml) was added to the residue and the solution was washed with saturated NaHCO(30 ml) solution followed by water (3×30 ml). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the product as a white solid (20.5 g, yield 98.0%).

EXAMPLE 5

Preparation of Flecainide

A mixture of methyl 2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoate (1.5 g), 2-(aminomethyl)piperidine (0.62 g) in toluene (3 ml) was stirred at reflux for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water (10 ml) was added and two layers solution were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with toluene (2×10 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (3×10 ml). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give Flecainide free base as a white solid (1.63 g, 85%).

EXAMPLE 6

Preparation of Flecainide acetate

To a solution of Flecainide free base (1.5 g) in isopropanol (7.5 ml) was added glacial acetic acid (0.3 g) and the solution was stirred under reflux for 2 hours. The solution was cooled to room temperature and hexane (15 ml) was added and solids began to precipitate. The resulting suspension was stirred at 20–25° C. for 2 hours and the solids were filtered and then rinsed with hexane (2×10 ml). The damp cake was dried in vacuum for 4 hours to give Flecainide acetate as a white solid (1.54 g, Yield 89%).

Patent

Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
US3900481A1974-04-011975-08-19Riker Laboratories IncDerivatives of pyrrolidine and piperidine
US4005209A *1974-04-011977-01-25Riker Laboratories, Inc.Antiarrhythmic method utilizing fluoroalkoxy-N-piperidyl and pyridyl benzamides
GB2045760A1979-03-191980-11-05Riker Laboratories IncProcess for the preparation of 2,5- bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-N-(2-piperidylmethyl) benzamide (flecainide)
WO1999002498A11997-07-111999-01-21Finetech Ltd.Process and a novel intermediate for the preparation of flecainide
WO2002004419A22000-07-122002-01-17Geneva Pharmaceuticals, Inc.α,α-DIBROMO-α-CHLORO-ACETOPHENONES AS SYNTHONS
WO2002066413A12001-02-202002-08-29Narchem CorporationFlecainide synthesis
US20030032835A12001-08-102003-02-13Enrico ViganoProcess for the preparation of 2,5-bis-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-N-(2-piperidylmethyl)-benzamide (FLECAINIDE)
US6593486B21997-04-212003-07-15Par Pharmaceutical, Inc.Process for making cyanomethyl ester precursors of flecainide

Flecainide

    • ATC:C01BC04
  • Use:antiarrhythmic
  • Chemical name:N-(2-piperidinylmethyl)-2,5-bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzamide
  • Formula:C17H20F6N2O3
  • MW:414.35 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:54143-55-4
  • InChI Key:DJBNUMBKLMJRSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C17H20F6N2O3/c18-16(19,20)9-27-12-4-5-14(28-10-17(21,22)23)13(7-12)15(26)25-8-11-3-1-2-6-24-11/h4-5,7,11,24H,1-3,6,8-10H2,(H,25,26)

Derivatives

acetate

  • Formula:C17H20F6N2O3 • C2H4O2
  • MW:474.40 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:54143-56-5

Synthesis Path

References

    • Banitt, E.H. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 18, 1130 (1975); 20, 821 (1977).
    • DE 2 513 916 (Riker; prior. 27.3.1975).
    • US 3 900 481 (Riker; 19.8.1975; prior. 1.4.1974).
    • US 4 005 209 (Riker; 25.1.1977; USA-prior. 1.4.1974, 27.5.1975).

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k “Flecainide Acetate Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 7 April 2019.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d British national formulary : BNF 76 (76 ed.). Pharmaceutical Press. 2018. p. 103. ISBN 9780857113382.
  3. ^ “Flecainide (Tambocor) Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. Retrieved 7 April 2019.
  4. ^ “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  5. ^ “The Top 300 of 2019”clincalc.com. Retrieved 22 December 2018.
  6. ^ Gill J, Mehta D, Ward D, Camm A (1992). “Efficacy of flecainide, sotalol, and verapamil in the treatment of right ventricular tachycardia in patients without overt cardiac abnormality”Br Heart J68 (4): 392–97. doi:10.1136/hrt.68.10.392PMC 1025139PMID 1449923.
  7. ^ Sakurada H, Hiyoshi Y, Tejima T, Yanase O, Tokuyasu Y, Watanabe K, Motomiya T, Sugiura M, Hiraoka M (1990). “[Effects of oral flecainide treatment of refractory tachyarrhythmias]”. Kokyu to Junkan38 (5): 471–76. PMID 2115193.
  8. ^ Echt D, Liebson P, Mitchell L, Peters R, Obias-Manno D, Barker A, Arensberg D, Baker A, Friedman L, Greene H (1991). “Mortality and morbidity in patients receiving encainide, flecainide, or placebo. The Cardiac Arrhythmia Suppression Trial”. N Engl J Med324 (12): 781–88. doi:10.1056/NEJM199103213241201PMID 1900101.
  9. ^ Greenberg H, Dwyer E, Hochman J, Steinberg J, Echt D, Peters R (1995). “Interaction of ischaemia and encainide/flecainide treatment: a proposed mechanism for the increased mortality in CAST I”Br Heart J74 (6): 631–35. doi:10.1136/hrt.74.6.631PMC 484119PMID 8541168.
  10. ^ Gasparini M, Priori S, Mantica M, Napolitano C, Galimberti P, Ceriotti C, Simonini S (2003). “Flecainide test in Brugada syndrome: a reproducible but risky tool”. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol26 (1 Pt 2): 338–41. doi:10.1046/j.1460-9592.2003.00045.xPMID 12687841.
  11. ^ Aliot E, Capucci A, Crijns HJ, Goette A, Tamargo J (2011). “Twenty-five years in the making: flecainide is safe and effective for the management of atrial fibrillation”Eurospace13 (2): 161–73. doi:10.1093/europace/euq382PMC 3024037PMID 21138930.
  12. ^ Cardiac Arrhythmia Suppression Trial (CAST) Investigators (1989). “Preliminary report: effect of encainide and flecainide on mortality in a randomized trial of arrhythmia suppression after myocardial infarction”. N Engl J Med321 (6): 406–12. doi:10.1056/NEJM198908103210629PMID 2473403.
  13. ^ Ohki R, Takahashi M, Mizuno O, Fujikawa H, Mitsuhashi T, Katsuki T, Ikeda U, Shimada K (2001). “Torsades de pointes ventricular tachycardia induced by mosapride and flecainide in the presence of hypokalemia”. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol24 (1): 119–21. doi:10.1046/j.1460-9592.2001.00119.xPMID 11227957.
  14. ^ Morganroth J (1992). “Early and late proarrhythmia from antiarrhythmic drug therapy”. Cardiovasc Drugs Ther6 (1): 11–14. doi:10.1007/BF00050910PMID 1533532.
  15. Jump up to:a b Santinelli V, Arnese M, Oppo I, Matarazzi C, Maione S, Palma M, Giunta A (1993). “Effects of flecainide and propafenone on systolic performance in subjects with normal cardiac function”. Chest103 (4): 1068–73. doi:10.1378/chest.103.4.1068PMID 8131440.
  16. ^ Fornieles-Pérez H, Montoya-García M, Levine P, Sanz O (2002). “Documentation of acute rise in ventricular capture thresholds associated with flecainide acetate”. Pacing Clin Electrophysiol25 (5): 871–72. doi:10.1046/j.1460-9592.2002.00871.xPMID 12049386.
  17. Jump up to:a b c Winkelmann B, Leinberger H (1987). “Life-threatening flecainide toxicity. A pharmacodynamic approach”. Annals of Internal Medicine106 (6): 807–14. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-106-6-807PMID 3107447.
  18. ^ Corkeron M, van Heerden P, Newman S, Dusci L (1999). “Extracorporeal circulatory support in near-fatal flecainide overdose”. Anaesth Intensive Care27 (4): 405–08. doi:10.1177/0310057×9902700413PMID 10470398.
  19. ^ Yasui R, Culclasure T, Kaufman D, Freed C (1997). “Flecainide overdose: is cardiopulmonary support the treatment?”. Annals of Emergency Medicine29 (5): 680–82. doi:10.1016/S0196-0644(97)70257-9PMID 9140253.
  20. ^ Latini R, Cavalli A, Maggioni AP, Volpi A (December 1987). “Flecainide distribution in human tissues”British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology24 (6): 820–22. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.1987.tb03252.xPMC 1386410PMID 3125854.
  21. ^ Ozkan M, Dweik RA, Ahmad M (September 2001). “Drug-induced lung disease”. Cleve Clin J Med68 (9): 782–85, 789–95. doi:10.3949/ccjm.68.9.782PMID 11563482.
  22. ^ Camus P, Fanton A, Bonniaud P, Camus C, et al. (2004). “Interstitial lung disease induced by drugs and radiation”. Respiration71 (4): 301–26. doi:10.1159/000079633PMID 15316202.
  23. ^ Pesenti S, Lauque D, Daste G, Boulay V, et al. (2002). “Diffuse Infiltrative Lung Disease Associated with Flecainide”. Respiration69 (2): 182–85. doi:10.1159/000056325PMID 11961436.
  24. ^ Haas M, Pérault MC, Bonnefoy P, Rodeau F, Caron F (2001). “[Interstitial pneumopathy due to flecainide]”. Presse Med30 (21): 1062. PMID 11471279.
  25. ^ Robain A, Perchet H, Fuhrman C (February 2000). “Flecainide-associated pneumonitis with acute respiratory failure in a patient with the LEOPARD syndrome”. Acta Cardiol55 (1): 45–57. doi:10.2143/ac.55.1.2005718PMID 10707759.
  26. ^ Smith G (1985). “Flecainide: a new class Ic antidysrhythmic”. Drug Intell Clin Pharm19(10): 703–07. doi:10.1177/106002808501901001PMID 3902429.
  27. ^ Padrini R, Piovan D, Busa M, al-Bunni M, Maiolino P, Ferrari M (1993). “Pharmacodynamic variability of flecainide assessed by QRS changes”. Clin Pharmacol Ther53 (1): 59–64. doi:10.1038/clpt.1993.9PMID 8422742.
  28. ^ Haefeli W, Bargetzi M, Follath F, Meyer U (1990). “Potent inhibition of cytochrome P450IID6 (debrisoquin 4-hydroxylase) by flecainide in vitro and in vivo”. J Cardiovasc Pharmacol15 (5): 776–79. doi:10.1097/00005344-199005000-00013PMID 1692938.
  29. ^ Abdelilah, Ghannam; et al. (2014). “Non-Accidental Flecainide Overdose, A Case Report”. International Journal of Medicine and Surgery1 (2): 53. doi:10.15342/ijms.v1i2.18.
  30. ^ Ramos E, O’leary M (2004). “State-dependent trapping of flecainide in the cardiac sodium channel”J Physiol560 (Pt 1): 37–49. doi:10.1113/jphysiol.2004.065003PMC 1665201PMID 15272045.
  31. ^ Wang Z, Fermini B, Nattel S (1993). “Mechanism of flecainide’s rate-dependent actions on action potential duration in canine atrial tissue”. J Pharmacol Exp Ther267 (2): 575–81. PMID 8246130.
  32. ^ Mehra D, Imtiaz MS, van Helden DF, Knollmann BC, Laver DR (2014). “Multiple modes of ryanodine receptor 2 inhibition by flecainide”Molecular Pharmacology86 (6): 696–706. doi:10.1124/mol.114.094623PMC 4244595PMID 25274603.
  33. ^ Hilliard FA, Steele DS, Laver D, Yang Z, Le Marchand SJ, Chopra N, Piston DW, Huke S, Knollmann BC (2010). “Flecainide inhibits arrhythmogenic Ca2+ waves by open state block of ryanodine receptor Ca2+ release channels and reduction of Ca2+ spark mass”Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology48 (2): 293–301. doi:10.1016/j.yjmcc.2009.10.005PMC 2813417PMID 19835880.
  34. ^ Smith GL, MacQuaide N (2015). “The direct actions of flecainide on the human cardiac ryanodine receptor: keeping open the debate on the mechanism of action of local anesthetics in CPVT”. Circulation Research116 (8): 1284–86. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.115.306298PMID 25858058.

External links

Flecainide
Skeletal formula of flecainide
Ball-and-stick model of the flecainide molecule
Clinical data
Pronunciation /flɛˈknd/flek-AY-nyde
Trade names Tambocor, others
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a608040
Pregnancy
category
  • C
ATC code
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 95%
Protein binding 40%
Metabolism CYP2D6 (limited)
Elimination half-life 20 hours (range 12–27 hours)
Excretion Kidney
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChemCID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.211.334Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C17H20F6N2O3
Molar mass 414.343 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
Chirality Racemic mixture

/////////Flecainide acetate, E-0735, R-818


Valacyclovir HCl

$
0
0

Valacyclovir

ChemSpider 2D Image | Valaciclovir | C13H20N6O4

VALACYCLOVIR

124832-26-4 [RN]
2-[(2-amino-6-hydroxy-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl L-valinate
2-[(2-Amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl L-valinate [ACD/IUPAC Name]
2-[(2-Amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl-L-valinat [German] [ACD/IUPAC Name]
2-{[(2-amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl]oxy}ethyl L-valinate
7106
L-Valinate de 2-[(2-amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-9H-purin-9-yl)méthoxy]éthyle [French] [ACD/IUPAC Name]
L-Valine 2-[(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester
L-valine ester with 9-[(2-hydroxyethoxy)methyl]guanine
L-Valine, 2-[(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester [ACD/Index Name]
L-valine, 2-[(2-amino-6-hydroxy-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester
MZ1IW7Q79D
Valacyclovir
CAS Registry Number: 124832-26-4
CAS Name: L-Valine 2-[(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester
Additional Names: L-valine ester with 9-[(2-hydroxyethoxy)methyl]guanine; valaciclovir; ValACV
Molecular Formula: C13H20N6O4
Molecular Weight: 324.34
Percent Composition: C 48.14%, H 6.22%, N 25.91%, O 19.73%
Literature References: L-Valine ester prodrug of acyclovir, q.v. Prepn: T. A. Krenitsky et al., EP 308065; L. M. Beauchamp, US4957924 (1989, 1990 both to Wellcome). Evaluation as prodrug: L. M. Beauchamp et al., Antiviral Chem. Chemother. 3, 157 (1992). Clinical pharmacokinetics: S. Weller et al., Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 54, 595 (1993). Review of pharmacology and clinical efficacy in herpes virus infections: C. M. Perry, D. Faulds, Drugs 52, 754-772 (1996). Clinical trial to prevent cytomegalovirus disease in renal transplantation: D. Lowance et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 340, 1462 (1999); to prevent transmission of genital herpes: L. Corey et al., ibid. 350, 11 (2004).
Derivative Type: Hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 124832-27-5
Manufacturers’ Codes: 256U; BW-256U87; BW-256
Trademarks: Valtrex (GSK)
Properties: Crystalline solid, occurs as hydrate. uv max (water): 252.8 nm (e 8530). Soly in water: 174 mg/ml.
Absorption maximum: uv max (water): 252.8 nm (e 8530)
Therap-Cat: Antiviral.
Keywords: Antiviral; Purines/Pyrimidinones
Valaciclovir is the hydrochloride salt of L-valyl ester of the antiviral drug aciclovir (Zovirax[R]). It was first launched in 1995 by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) for the oral treatment of recurrent genital herpes, varicella zoster virus (VZV) and herpes simplex virus (HSV) infection in immunocompetent adults.
Valaciclovir was originally developed by GSK and was subsequently licensed to Sigma-Tau and Sanofi (formerly known as sanofi-aventis). In March 2003, GSK and Shionogi signed a letter of intent to copromote both aciclovir and valaciclovir in Japan, where it has been marketed by GSK since 2000.

Valaciclovir, also spelled valacyclovir, is an antiviral medication used to treat outbreaks of herpes simplex or herpes zoster(shingles).[1] It is also used to prevent cytomegalovirus following a kidney transplant in high risk cases.[1] It is taken by mouth.[1]

Common side effects include headache and vomiting.[1] Severe side effects may include kidney problems.[1] Use in pregnancy appears to be safe.[1] It is a prodrug, which works after being converted to aciclovir in a person’s body.[1]

Valaciclovir was patented in 1987 and came into medical use in 1995.[2][3] It is available as a generic medication.[4] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about £3 as of 2019.[4] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about US$2.80.[5]In 2016 it was the 168th most prescribed medication in the United States with more than 3 million prescriptions.[6]

Medical uses

Valtrex brand valaciclovir 500mg tablets

Valaciclovir is used for the treatment of HSV and VZV infections, including:[7]

  • Oral and genital herpes simplex (treatment and prevention)
  • Reduction of HSV transmission from people with recurrent infection to uninfected individuals
  • Herpes zoster (shingles): the typical dosage for treatment of herpes is 1,000 mg orally three times a day for seven consecutive days.[8]
  • Prevention of cytomegalovirus following organ transplantation
  • Prevention of herpesviruses in immunocompromised people (such as those undergoing cancer chemotherapy)[9]
  • Chickenpox in children ages 2-18)[10]

It has shown promise as a treatment for infectious mononucleosis[11][12][13] and is preventively administered in suspected cases of herpes B virus exposure.[14]

Valaciclovir is not recommended in Bell’s palsy due to lack of benefit.[15]

Adverse effects

Common adverse drug reactions (≥1% of people) associated with valaciclovir are the same as for aciclovir, its active metabolite. They include: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and headache. Infrequent adverse effects (0.1–1% of patients) include: agitation, vertigo, confusion, dizziness, edemaarthralgia, sore throat, constipation, abdominal pain, rash, weakness and/or renal impairment. Rare adverse effects (<0.1% of patients) include: coma, seizures, neutropenialeukopenia, tremor, ataxiaencephalopathy, psychotic symptoms, crystalluriaanorexia, fatigue, hepatitisStevens–Johnson syndrometoxic epidermal necrolysis and/or anaphylaxis.[7]

Pharmacology

Valaciclovir belongs to a family of molecules. Valaciclovir is a prodrug, an esterified version of aciclovir that has greater oral bioavailability (about 55%) than aciclovir.[10] It is converted by esterases to the active drug, aciclovir, and the amino acidvaline, via hepatic first-pass metabolismAciclovir is selectively converted into a monophosphate form by viral thymidine kinase, which is more effective (3000 times) in phosphorylation of aciclovir than cellular thymidine kinase. Subsequently, the monophosphate form is further phosphorylated into a disphosphate by cellular guanylate kinase and then into the active triphosphate form, aciclo-GTP, by cellular kinases.[10]

Mechanism of action

Aciclo-GTP, the active triphosphate metabolite of aciclovir, is a very potent inhibitor of viral DNA replication. Aciclo-GTP competitively inhibits and inactivates the viral DNA polymerase.[10] Its monophosphate form also incorporates into the viral DNA, resulting in chain termination. It has also been shown that the viral enzymes cannot remove aciclo-GMP from the chain, which results in inhibition of further activity of DNA polymerase. Aciclo-GTP is fairly rapidly metabolized within the cell, possibly by cellular phosphatases.[16]

Aciclovir is active against most species in the herpesvirus family. In descending order of activity:[17]

The drug is predominantly active against HSV and, to a lesser extent, VZV. It is only of limited efficacy against EBV and CMV. However, valacyclovir has recently been shown to lower or eliminate the presence of the Epstein–Barr virus in subjects afflicted with acute mononucleosis, leading to a significant decrease in the severity of symptoms.[11][12][13] Although it can prevent the establishment of viral latency, acyclovir therapy has not proven effective at eradicating latent viruses in nerve ganglia.[17]

As of 2005, resistance to valaciclovir has not been significant. Mechanisms of resistance in HSV include deficient viral thymidine kinase and mutations to viral thymidine kinase and/or DNA polymerase that alter substrate sensitivity.[18]

It also is used for herpes B virus postexposure prophylaxis.[14]

History

Valaciclovir was patented in 1987 and came into medical use in 1995.[2][3] It is available as a generic medication.[4] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about £3 as of 2019.[4] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about US$2.80.[5] In 2019, it was the 168th most prescribed medication in the United States with more than 3 million prescriptions.[6]

Formulations

It is marketed by GlaxoSmithKline under the trade names Valtrex and Zelitrex. Valaciclovir has been available as a generic drug in the U.S. since November 25, 2009.[19]

Valtrex is offered in 500 mg and 1 gram tablets, with the active ingredient valacyclovir hydrochloride. The inactive ingredients include carnauba wax, colloidal silicon dioxide, crospovidoneFD&C Blue No. 2 Lakehypromellosemagnesium stearatemicrocrystalline cellulosepolyethylene glycolpolysorbate 80povidone, and titanium dioxide.[20]

SYN

Acyclovir (I) was coupled with N-Cbz-L-valine (II) in the presence of DCC and DMAP to afford the Cbz-protected valyl ester (III). The N-benzyloxycarbonyl group of (III) was then removed by either hydrogenation over Pd/C or by transfer hydrogenation in the presence of formic acid. AU 8820978; EP 0308065; EP 0596542; JP 1989068373; JP 1991115284; US 4957924; US 5061708

SYN 2

In an alternative procedure, condensation of L-valine (IV) with methyl acetoacetate (V) in the presence of NaOH produced the enamine-protected valine sodium salt (VI). Condensation of (VI) with the tosylate (VII), (prepared from acyclovir (I) and tosyl chloride) afforded ester (VIII). Then, acidic hydrolysis of the enaminoester moiety of (VIII) furnished the target valine ester. Similar procedures were also reported using omega-mesyl and omega-chloro acyclovir.

SYN3

The esterification of acyclovir (I) with N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-valine (II) by means of EDC, TEA and DMAP in DMF gives the corresponding ester (III) which is finally deprotected by means of HCl in water to afford the target valacyclovir.

Valaciclovir

    • Synonyms:Valacyclovir, BW-256U, 256 U 87
    • ATC:J05AB11
  • Use:antiviral, prodrug of aciclovir
  • Chemical name:l-valine 2-[(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-9H-purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester
  • Formula:C13H20N6O4
  • MW:324.34 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:124832-26-4
  • InChI Key:HDOVUKNUBWVHOX-QMMMGPOBSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C13H20N6O4/c1-7(2)8(14)12(21)23-4-3-22-6-19-5-16-9-10(19)17-13(15)18-11(9)20/h5,7-8H,3-4,6,14H2,1-2H3,(H3,15,17,18,20)/t8-/m0/s1

Derivatives

monohydrochloride

  • Formula:C13H20N6O4 • HCl
  • MW:360.80 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:124832-27-5

Substance Classes

Synthesis Path

References

    • US 4 957 924 (Burroughs Wellcome; 18.9.1990; GB-prior. 15.8.1987).
    • EP 308 065 (Wellcome Found. Ltd; appl. 12.8.1988; GB-prior. 15.8.1987, 5.11.1987).
  • combination with lamotrigine:

    • WO 9 505 179 (Wellcome Found. Ltd; appl. 17.8.1994; GB-prior. 18.8.1993).
  • water-dispersible tablets:

    • WO 9 213 527 (Wellcome Found. Ltd; appl. 29.1.1992; GB-prior. 30.1.1991, 22.11.1991, 25.11.1991).
  • medical use for preventing post herpetic neuralgia:

    • GB 2 282 759 (SmithKline Beecham; appl. 14.10.1994; GB-prior. 16.10.1993).

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g “Valacyclovir Hydrochloride Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 17 March 2019.
  2. Jump up to:a b Long, Sarah S.; Pickering, Larry K.; Prober, Charles G. (2012). Principles and Practice of Pediatric Infectious Disease. Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 1502. ISBN 1437727026.
  3. Jump up to:a b Fischer, Jnos; Ganellin, C. Robin (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 504. ISBN 9783527607495.
  4. Jump up to:a b c d British national formulary : BNF 76 (76 ed.). Pharmaceutical Press. 2018. pp. 625–626. ISBN 9780857113382.
  5. Jump up to:a b “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019. Cite error: The named reference “NADAC2019” was defined multiple times with different content (see the help page).
  6. Jump up to:a b “The Top 300 of 2019”clincalc.com. Retrieved 22 December 2018. Cite error: The named reference “:1” was defined multiple times with different content (see the help page).
  7. Jump up to:a b Rossi S, editor. Australian Medicines Handbook 2006. Adelaide: Australian Medicines Handbook; 2006. ISBN 0-9757919-2-3[page needed]
  8. ^ Lille, H. Martina; Wassilew, Sawko W. (2006). “Antiviral therapies of shingles in dermatology”. In Gross, Gerd; Doerr, H.W. (eds.). Herpes zoroster: recent aspects of diagnosis and control. Monographs in virology. 26. Basel (Switzerland): Karger Publishers. p. 124. ISBN 978-3-8055-7982-7. Retrieved January 1, 2012.
  9. ^ Elad S, Zadik Y, Hewson I, et al. (August 2010). “A systematic review of viral infections associated with oral involvement in cancer patients: a spotlight on Herpesviridea”. Support Care Cancer18 (8): 993–1006. doi:10.1007/s00520-010-0900-3PMID 20544224.
  10. Jump up to:a b c d “VALTREX (valacyclovir hydrochloride) Caplets -GSKSource”gsksource.com. Retrieved 2019-08-02.
  11. Jump up to:a b Balfour et al. (December 2005) A controlled trial of valacyclovir in infectious mononucleosis. Presented at the 45th Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, Washington, DC., December 18, 2005. Abstract V1392
  12. Jump up to:a b Simon, Michael W.; Robert G. Deeter; Britt Shahan (March 2003). “The Effect of Valacyclovir and Prednisolone in Reducing Symptoms of EBV Illness In Children: A Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Study” (PDF)International Pediatrics18 (3): 164–169.[dead link]
  13. Jump up to:a b Balfour HH, Hokanson KM, Schacherer RM, et al. (May 2007). “A virologic pilot study of valacyclovir in infectious mononucleosis”. Journal of Clinical Virology39 (1): 16–21. doi:10.1016/j.jcv.2007.02.002PMID 17369082.
  14. Jump up to:a b “B Virus—First Aid and Treatment—Herpes B—CDC”. Retrieved June 6, 2015.
  15. ^ Baugh, Reginald F.; Basura, Gregory J.; Ishii, Lisa E.; Schwartz, Seth R.; Drumheller, Caitlin Murray; Burkholder, Rebecca; Deckard, Nathan A.; Dawson, Cindy; Driscoll, Colin (November 2013). “Clinical Practice Guideline: Bell’s Palsy”Otolaryngology–Head and Neck Surgery149 (3_suppl): S1–S27. doi:10.1177/0194599813505967ISSN 0194-5998In summary, antiviral therapy alone (acyclovir or valacyclovir) is not recommended in the treatment of Bell’s palsy due to lack of effectiveness of currently available drugs, unnecessary cost, and the potential for drug-related complications.
  16. ^ http://www.uscnk.us/protein-antibody-elisa/Valaciclovir-%28VCV%29-V511.htm[permanent dead link]
  17. Jump up to:a b O’Brien JJ, Campoli-Richards DM (March 1989). “Acyclovir. An updated review of its antiviral activity, pharmacokinetic properties and therapeutic efficacy”. Drugs37 (3): 233–309. doi:10.2165/00003495-198937030-00002PMID 2653790.
  18. ^ Sweetman, Sean C., ed. (2005). Martindale: the complete drug reference (34th ed.). London: Pharmaceutical Press. ISBN 0-85369-550-4OCLC 56903116.[page needed]
  19. ^ Ahmed, Rumman (November 27, 2009). “Ranbaxy Launches Generic Valtrex in U.S.”The Wall Street Journal. Retrieved January 16, 2010.
  20. ^ “Valtrex Prescribing Information” (PDF)GlaxoSmithKline. September 2008. Retrieved May 7, 2009.

External links

Valaciclovir
Valaciclovir structure.svg
Clinical data
Trade names Valtrex, Zelitrex, others
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a695010
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: B (No risk in non-human studies)
Routes of
administration
By mouth
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • AU: S4 (Prescription only)
  • UK: POM (Prescription only)
  • US: ℞-only
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 55%
Protein binding 13–18%
Metabolism Liver (to aciclovir)
Elimination half-life <30 minutes (valaciclovir);
2.5–3.6 hours (aciclovir)
Excretion Kidney 40–50% (aciclovir),
faecal 47% (aciclovir)
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
NIAID ChemDB
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.114.479 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C13H20N6O4
Molar mass 324.336 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

//////////////Valacyclovir HCl,hydrochloride salt of L-valyl ester,  aciclovir, GlaxoSmithKline ,

Elacridar

$
0
0

Elacridar.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | elacridar | C34H33N3O5

Elacridar

C34H33N3O5, 563.6 g/mol
依克立达;gw0918
UNII-N488540F94

143664-11-3 [RN]
143851-84-7 (maleate salt(1:1))
143851-98-3 (monoHCl)
4-Acridinecarboxamide, N-[4-[2-(3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxy-2(1H)-isoquinolinyl)ethyl]phenyl]-9,10-dihydro-5-methoxy-9-oxo-[ACD/Index Name]
7582
AR7621300

N-[4-[2-(6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl)ethyl]phenyl]-5-methoxy-9-oxo-10H-acridine-4-carboxamide

GF120918

Elacridar (GF120918)

GF-120918
GG-918
GW-120918
GW-918
GF-120918A (HCl)

GlaxoSmithKline  (previously  Glaxo Wellcome ) was developing elacridar, an inhibitor of the multidrug resistance transporter BCRP (breast cancer resistant protein), as an oral bioenhancer for the treatment of solid tumors.

Elacridar is an oral bioenhancer which had been in early clinical trials at GlaxoSmithKline for the treatment of cancer, however, no recent development has been reported. It is a very potent inhibitor of P-glycoprotein, an ABC-transporter protein that has been implicated in conferring multidrug resistance to tumor cells.

SYN

The condensation of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl bromide with 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline by means of K2CO3 and KI in DMF at 100 C gives 6,7-dimethoxy-2-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline,

Which is reduced with H2 over Pd/C in ethanol to yield the corresponding amine . Finally, this compound is condensed with 5-methoxy-9-oxo-9,10-dihydroacridine-4-carboxylic acid  by means of DCC and HOBt in DMF to afford the target carboxamide.

The intermediate 5-methoxy-9-oxo-9,10-dihydroacridine-4-carboxylic acidhas been obtained as follows: The condensation of 2-amino-3-methoxybenzoic acid  with 2-bromobenzoic acid  by means of K2CO3 and copper dust give the diphenylamine , which is cyclized to the target acridine Elacridar by means of POCl3 in refluxing acetonitrile.

PATENT

WO-2019183403

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019183403&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P11-K1LK8Y-65903-1

Deuterated analogs of elacridar as P-gp/BCRP inhibitor by preventing efflux useful for treating cancer.

Elacridar, previously referred to as GF120918, is a compound with the structure of 9,10-dihydro-5-methoxy-9-oxo-N-[4-[2-(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 6,7-dimethoxy-2-isoquinolinyl)ethyl] phenyl]-4-acridine-carboxamide or, as sometimes written, N-4-[2-(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6,7-dimethoxy-2-isoquinolinyl)ethyl]-phenyl)-9,10-dihydro-5-methoxy- 9-oxo-4-acridine carboxamide. Elacridar was originally described as a P-gp selective inhibitor but is now recognized as a dual P-gp/BCRP inhibitor. (Matsson P, Pedersen JM, Norinder U, Bergstrom CA, and Artursson P 2009 Identification of novel specific and general inhibitors of the three major human ATP-binding cassette transporters P-gp, BCRP and MRP2 among registered drugs. Pharm Res 26:1816-1831 ).

003 Elacridar has been examined with some success both in vitro and in vivo as a P-gp and BCRP inhibitor. By way of example, in cancer patients, coadministration of elacridar with therapeutic agents such as paclitaxel (P-gp substrate) and topotecan (BCRP substrate) improved their oral absorption – presumably by preventing efflux into the intestinal lumen by P-gp/BCRP pumps located in the Gl tract. Similarly, in rodents, elacridar has been coadministered with some success with pump substrates such as morphine, amprenavir, imatinib, dasatinib, gefitinib, sorafenib, and sunitinib to increase drug levels in the brain (by blocking efflux mediated by P-gp and BCRP at the blood brain barrier). A summary of some of these studies can be found in a study report by Sane et al. (Drug Metabolism And Disposition 40:1612-1619, 2012).

004 Administration of elacridar has several limitations. By way of example, elacridar has unfavorable physicochemical properties; it is practically insoluble in water, making it difficult to formulate as, for example, either an injectable or oral dosage form. Elacridar’s poor solubility and high lipophilicity result in dissolution rate-limited absorption from the gut lumen.

005 A variety of approaches have been pursued in order to increase efficacy of elacridar. For example, United States Patent Application Publication 20140235631 discloses a nanoparticle formulation in order to increase oral bioavailability.

006 Sane et al. (Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol. 102, 1343-1354 (2013)) report a micro-emulsion formulation of elacridar to try and overcome its dissolution-rate-limited bioavailability.

007 Sawicki et al. (Drug Development and Industrial Pharmacy, 2017 VOL. 43, NO. 4, 584-594) described an amorphous solid dispersion formulation of freeze dried elacridar hydrochloride-povidone K30-sodium dodecyl sulfate. However, when tested in healthy human volunteers, extremely high doses (e.g. 1000 mg) were required to achieve a Cmax of 326 ng/ml. (Sawicki et al. Drug Deliv. and Transl.

Res. Published online 18 Nov 2016).

008 Montesinos et al. (Mol Pharm. 2015 Nov 2; 12(11 ):3829-38) attempted several PEGylated liposome formulations of elacridar which resulted in a partial increase in half life, but without an increase in efficacy when co-administered with a therapeutic agent.

009 Because of the great unpredictability in the art and poor correlations in many cases between animal and human data, the value of such formulation attempts await clinical trial.

0010 Studies of the whole body distribution of a microdose of 11C elacridar after intravenous injection showed high level accumulation in the liver (Bauer et al. J Nucl Med. 2016;57:1265-1268). This has led some to suggest that systemic levels of elacridar are also substantially limited by clearance in the liver.

0011 A potentially attractive strategy for improving metabolic stability of some drugs is deuterium modification. In this approach, one attempts to slow the CYP-mediated metabolism of a drug or to reduce the rate of formation of inactive metabolites by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms with deuterium atoms.

Deuterium is a safe, stable, non-radioactive isotope of hydrogen. Compared to hydrogen, deuterium forms stronger bonds with carbon. In select cases, the increased bond strength imparted by deuterium can positively impact the absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and/or toxicity (‘ADMET’) properties of a drug, creating the potential for improved drug efficacy, safety, and/or tolerability. At the same time, because the size and shape of deuterium are essentially identical to those of hydrogen, replacement of hydrogen by deuterium would not be expected to affect the biochemical potency and selectivity of the drug as compared to the original chemical entity that contains only hydrogen.

0012 Over the past 35 years, the effects of deuterium substitution on the rate of metabolism have been reported for a very small percentage of approved drugs (see, e.g., Blake, M I et al, J Pharm Sci, 1975, 64:367-91 ; Foster, A B, Adv Drug Res 1985, 14:1 -40 (“Foster”); Kushner, D J et al, Can J Physiol Pharmacol 1999, 79-88; Fisher, M B et al, Curr Opin Drug Discov Devel, 2006, 9:101 -09 (“Fisher”)). The results have been variable and unpredictable. For some compounds, deuteration indeed caused decreased metabolic clearance in vivo. For others, no change in metabolism was observed. Still others demonstrated increased metabolic clearance. The great unpredictability and variability in deuterium effects has led experts to question or dismiss deuterium modification as a viable drug design strategy for inhibiting metabolism (see Foster at p. 35 and Fisher at p. 101 ).

0013 The effects of deuterium modification on a drug’s metabolic properties are not predictable even when deuterium atoms are incorporated at known sites of metabolism. Only by actually preparing and testing a deuterated drug can one determine if and how the rate of metabolism will differ from that of its non-deuterated counterpart. See, for example, Fukuto et al. (J. Med. Chem. 1991 , 34, 2871 -76). Many drugs have multiple sites where metabolism is possible. The site(s) where deuterium substitution is required and the extent of deuteration necessary to see an effect on metabolism, if any, will be different for each drug.

0014 Considering elacridar’s challenging physicochemical and ADMET properties in humans, in spite of recent formulation advancements, there remains a need in the art for elacridar analogs that can achieve higher, less variable levels in the systemic circulation, at the blood-brain barrier, and elsewhere to optimize efflux inhibition.

Example 1 : Synthesis of Instant Analogs and Compositions

00179 This example demonstrates a synthetic method for making elacridar analogs, deuterium substitutions based upon the deuteration of the starting compounds. The synthesis and the analog numbers refer to Figure 4.

00180 Step 1

00181 A 12L three-neck flask was charged with compound 1 (270.5 g, 1.618 mol), compound 2 (357.8 g, 1.78 mol, 1.1 eq.), K2C03 (447 g, 3.236 mol, 2.0 eq), Cu (20.6 g, 0.324 mol, 0.2 eq.) and ethanol (2.7 L) and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room

temperature after the reaction progress was checked with LC-MS. Water (2.7 L) was added and the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The Celite was washed with water (1.35L) and the combined filtrate was adjusted to pH~2 by addition of concentrated HCI (~410 mL) over 15 min. The resulting suspension was stirred at 10°C for 1.5 hours and the solid was filtered, washed with water (2.7 L) and dried at 45°C using a vacuum oven for 2 days to give compound 3 (465 g, ~100%) as a yellow solid.

00182 Step 2

00183 A suspension of compound 3 (498 g, 1.734 mol) in acetonitrile (4.0 L) was heated to reflux under stirring. To the suspension was added POCb (355.5 mL,

3.814 mol, 2.2 eq.) drop-wise over 2h. The mixture was heated at reflux for 2.5h and then cooled to 30 °C. To the mixture was slowly added water (3.0 L) and the resultant thick slurry was heated to reflux for 1 5h. The slurry was cooled to 10 °C and filtered. The solid was washed with water (2 X 1.0 L), acetonitrile (2 X 1.0 L) and dried using a vacuum oven overnight at 45 °C to afford compound 4 (426 g, 91.3%) as a yellow solid.

00184 Step 3:

00185 A 12L three-neck flask was charged with compound 5 (475g, 2.065 mol), compound 6 (474.8g, 2.065 mol), K2C03 (314g, 2.273 mol), Kl (68.6g, 0.413 moL) and DMF (2.5L) and the resulting mixture was heated to 70 °C and stirred for 2.5 hours. After LC-MS showed that the reaction was complete, the mixture was cooled to 50 °C and methanol (620 ml_) was added. Then the mixture was cooled to 30 °C and water (4.75 L) was added. The resulting suspension was cooled to 10 °C and for 1 hour. The solid was filtered, washed with water (2 X 2.5 L) and air dried for 2 days to afford the compound 7 (630 g, 89.1 %) as a yellow solid.

00186 Step 4

00187 To a solution of compound 7 (630 g, 1.84 mol) in THF/ethanol (8 L at 1 :1 ) was added Pd/C (10%, 50% wet, 30 g). The mixture was stirred under an

atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atm, balloon) at 15-20 °C for 4h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the pad was washed with TFIF (1.0 L). The filtrate was concentrated to 3 volumes under vacuum and hexanes (4.0 L) was added. The resulting slurry was cooled to 0 °C and stirred for 1 h. The solid was filtered and washed with hexanes (2 X 500 ml_) and air dried overnight to afford the compound 8 (522 g, 90.8%) as an off -white solid.

00188 Step 5

00189 A 5L three-neck flask was charged with compound 4 (250 g, 0.929 mol, 1 eq.), compound 8 (290 g, 0.929mol, 1 eq.) and DMF (2.5 L) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature until it became a clear solution. To the solution was added TBTU (328 g, 1.021 mol, 1.1 eq.), followed by triethylamine (272 ml_, 1.95 mol, 2.1 eq.) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight. The mixture was poured slowly into water (7.5 L) with stirring and the resulting suspension was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solid was filtered and washed with water (2 X 7 L). The solid thus obtained was dried using a vacuum oven at 50 °C for two days and 509.0 g (97.3%) of compound 9 was obtained as yellow solid.

00190 Step 6

00191 300.0 g (0.532 mol) of compound 9 was suspended in acetic acid (1.2 L) and heated to 70 °C. The resultant solution was hot filtered and heated to 70°C again. Preheated ethanol (70 °C, 3.6 L) was then added. To this solution was added concentrated HCI (66.0 ml_, 0.792 mol, 1.5 eq.) dropwise over 30 min. The resulting solution was stirred at 70°C until crystallization commenced (~about 20 min). The suspension was cooled to room temperature over 3h, filtered, washed with ethanol (2 X 1.8 L) and dried using a vacuum oven at 60°C over the weekend to afford compound 10 (253.0 g, 79.2%) as a brown solid.

Example 2 Manufacture of a Deuterated Elacridar analog EE60.

00192 EE60 is synthesized by the procedure shown in Figure 4 and as continued in Figure 5.

00193 The structure of EE60 is confirmed as follows: Samples of 5 pi are measured using an LC system comprising an UltiMate 3000 LC Systems (Dionex, Sunnyvale, CA) and an 2996 UV diode array detector (Waters). Samples are injected on to a 100 x 2mm (ID) 3.5 pm ZORBAX Extend-C18 column (Agilent, Santa Clara, CA). Elution is done at a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min using a 5 minute gradient from 20% to 95% B (mobile phase A was 0.1 % FICOOFI in water (v/v) and mobile phase B was methanol). 95% B is maintained for 1 min followed by re-equilibration at 20% B. Chromeleon (v6.8) is used for data acquisition and peak processing.

Example 3: Manufacture of a Deuterated Elacridar analog EE59

00194 EE59 was synthesized by the procedure shown in Figure 6.

00195 The resulting yellowish brown precipitate was removed by filtration and the filter cake was dried overnight (72 mg). Analysis of the filter cake by LCMS indicated the presence of a single peak at multiple wavelengths (215 nm, 220 nm, 254 nm,

280 nm); each peak confirmed the presence of the desired product (LC retention time, 5.3 min; m/z = 575 [(M+FI)+]).

00196 1H NMR of EE598 revealed 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 12.3 ( s , 1H), 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.51-8.46 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.66 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.86 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (m, 4H).

Example 4: Demonstration of superior properties of instant analogs and compositions: in vivo ADMET.

00197 Pharmacologic studies are performed according to Ward KW et al (2001 Xenobiotica 317783-797) and Ward and Azzarano (JPET 310:703-709, 2004).

Briefly, instant analogs are administered solutions in 10% aqueous polyethylene glycol-300 (PEG-300) or 6% Cavitron with 1 % dimethyl sulfoxide, or as well triturated suspensions in 0.5% aqueous HPMC containing 1 % Tween 80. Blood samples are collected at various times up to 48 h after drug administration; plasma samples are prepared and at “70°C until analysis.

00198 Mice. Instant analogs are administered to four groups of animals by oral gavage (10 ml/kg dose volume). Three groups receive instant analogs as a suspension at 3, 30, or 300 mg/kg, and the fourth group receive instant analogs as a solution in Cavitron at 3 mg/kg. Blood sampling in mice is performed via a tail vein at 0.5, 1 , 2, 4, 8, 24, and 32 h postdose.

00199 Rats. A total of seven groups of animals receive instant analogs by oral gavage (10 ml/kg). Three groups receive instant analogs as a suspension at 3, 30, or 300 mg/kg, and a fourth and fifth group each receive instant analogs as a solution in Cavitron or PEG-300, respectively, at 3 mg/kg. A sixth and seventh group of rats with indwelling hepatic portal vein catheters receive instant analogs by oral gavage (10 ml/kg) as a suspension at 3 or 30 mg/kg, respectively. Blood sampling in rats are performed via a lateral tail vein; samples are also obtained from the hepatic portal vein catheter. Blood samples are obtained before dosing and at 5, 15, 30, and 45 min, and 1 ,1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 24, and 32 h postdose.

00200 Dogs. Dogs receive instant analogs by lavage (4 ml/kg) on three separate occasions with dosages at 3 and 30 mg/kg as a suspension and 3 mg/kg as a solution in Cavitron. Blood samples are obtained from a cephalic vein and from the hepatic portal vein catheter before dosing and at 5, 15, 30, and 45 min and 1 , 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 24, 32, and 48 h postdose.

00201 Monkeys. Monkeys receive instant analogs by oral gavage (8 ml/kg dose volume) on three separate occasions at dosages of 3 and 30 mg/kg as a suspension and 3 mg/kg as a solution in Cavitron. Blood samples are obtained from a femoral vein via an indwelling catheter and from the hepatic portal vascular access port

before dosing and at 5, 15, and 30 min and 1 , 1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 24, 32, and 48 h postdose.

00202 Humans. Healthy volunteers receive instant analogs orally at doses ranging from 25 mg to 1000 mg. Blood samples are obtained and analyzed for analog concentrations at 0, 15 min, 30 min, 45 min, 60 min, 90 min, 120 min, 180 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6hr, 8 hr, 12 hr, 24 hr, and 48 h after administration .

Analytical Methods

00203 Instant analogs are isolated from samples by precipitation with acetonitrile and quantified by LC/MS/MS coupled with an atmospheric pressure chemical ionization interface (475°C). Internal standards [in acetonitrile/10 mM ammonium formate, pH 3.0; 95:5 (v/v)] are added to 50 pi samples and vortexed and centrifuged for 30 min at 4000 rpm. The supernatants are injected onto the LC/MS/MS system using an HTS PAL autosampler (CTC Analytics, Zwingen, Switzerland) coupled to an Aria TX2 high-throughput liquid chromatographic system using turbulent flow technology (Cohesive Technologies, Franklin, MA) in focus mode. The mobile phase consists of a mixture of 0.1 % formic acid in water and 0.1 % formic acid in

acetonitrile. The turbulent flow column is a 0.5 X 50-mm Cyclone P column

(Cohesive Technologies) in series to a 2 X 20 mm, 4 pm Polar RP (Phenomenex, Torrance, CA) analytical column. Positive-ion multiple reaction monitoring is used for the detection of instant analogs and internal standard and the selected precursor and product ions are mlz 564 and 252, respectively. Using a (1/x) weighted linear regression analysis of the calibration curve, linear responses in analyte/internal standard peak area ratios are observed for instant analog concentrations ranging from 2 to 10,000 ng/ml.

00204 Alternatively, useful analytical methods to demonstrate the surprising and superior properties of the instant elacridar analogs are the methods as described by Stokvis et al, J Mass Spectr 2004: 39: 1122-1130.

PATENT

WO2014018932

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2014018932&recNum=9&docAn=US2013052402&queryString=diabetes&maxRec=85830

claiming nano-particle composition comprising breast cancer resistance protein inhibitor (eg elacridar).  Family member of the elacridar

PAPER

J Med Chem 1995, 38(13): 2418

PATENT

Product PATENT WO9212132

PATENT

US5604237

NMR includes d 2.60-2.95 (m,8H,CH2); 3.58 (s,2H,N–CH2 –Ph); 3.72 (s,6H,OMe); 4.05 (s,3H,OMe acridone); 6.78 (2s,2H,Ar.isoquinoline), 7.20-7.88 (m,8H,Ar.), 8.48 (t,2H,H1 and H8 acridone), 10.60 (s, 1H,CONH), 12.32 (s, 1H,NH acridone)

///////////Elacridar, GF-120918, GG-918 , GW-120918, GW-918, GF-120918A (HCl), solid tumors, GSK, GLAXO

[11C]-elacridar

Formula

C33(11)CH33N3O5

Molecular Weight

562.642

CAS Number, 1187575-76-3

Penfluridol

$
0
0

Penfluridol

Penfluridol.svg

  • Molecular FormulaC28H27ClF5NO
  • Average mass523.965 Da
Penfluridol
CAS Registry Number: 26864-56-2
CAS Name: 1-[4,4-Bis(4-fluorophenyl)butyl]-4-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-piperidinol
Additional Names: 1-[4,4-bis(p-fluorophenyl)butyl]-4-(4-chloro-a,a,a-trifluoro-m-tolyl)-4-piperidinol; 1-(4,4-bis(4-fluorophenyl)butyl)-4-hydroxy-4-(3-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenyl)piperidine
Manufacturers’ Codes: R-16341
MCN-JR-16,341 / R 16,341
Trademarks: Semap (Janssen)
Molecular Formula: C28H27ClF5NO
Molecular Weight: 523.97
Percent Composition: C 64.18%, H 5.19%, Cl 6.77%, F 18.13%, N 2.67%, O 3.05%
Literature References: Prepn: H. K. F. Hermans, C. J. E. Niemegeers, DE 2040231eidem, US 3575990 (both 1971 to Janssen); Sindelár et al., Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 38, 3879 (1973). Pharmacology and toxicology: Janssen et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol.11, 139 (1970). Crystal structure: Koch, Acta Crystallogr. 29B, 1538 (1973).
Properties: White, microcrystals, mp 105-107°. Slightly sol in water, dil HCl (<0.5 mg/ml). LD50 orally in mice (day 7): 86.8 mg/kg (Janssen).
Melting point: mp 105-107°
Toxicity data: LD50 orally in mice (day 7): 86.8 mg/kg (Janssen)
Therap-Cat: Antipsychotic.
Keywords: Antipsychotic.
Penfluridol (SemapMicefalLongoperidol) is a highly potent, first generation diphenylbutylpiperidine antipsychotic.[1] It was discovered at Janssen Pharmaceutica in 1968.[2] Related to other diphenylbutylpiperidine antipsychotics, pimozide and fluspirilene, penfluridol has an extremely long elimination half-life and its effects last for many days after single oral dose. Its antipsychotic potency, in terms of dose needed to produce comparable effects, is similar to both haloperidol and pimozide. It is only slightly sedative, but often causes extrapyramidal side-effects, such as akathisiadyskinesiae and pseudo-Parkinsonism. Penfluridol is indicated for antipsychotic treatment of chronic schizophrenia and similar psychotic disorders, it is, however, like most typical antipsychotics, being increasingly replaced by the atypical antipsychotics. Due to its extremely long-lasting effects, it is often prescribed to be taken orally as tablets only once a week (q 7 days). The once-weekly dose is usually 10–60 mg. A 2006 systematic review examined the use of penfluridol for people with schizophrenia:
Penfluridol compared to typical antipsychotics (oral) for schizophrenia[3]
Summary
Although there are shortcomings and gaps in the data, there appears to be enough overall consistency for different outcomes. The effectiveness and adverse effects profile of penfluridol are similar to other typical antipsychotics; both oral and depot. Furthermore, penfluridol is shown to be an adequate treatment option for people with schizophrenia, especially those who do not respond to oral medication on a daily basis and do not adapt well to depot drugs. One of the results favouring penfluridol was a lower drop out rate in medium term when compared to depot medications. It is also an option for people with long-term schizophrenia with residual psychotic symptoms who nevertheless need continuous use of antipsychotic medication. An additional benefit of penfluridol is that it is a low-cost intervention.[3]

Penfluridol

    • ATC:N05AG03
  • Use:neuroleptic
  • Chemical name:1-[4,4-bis(4-fluorophenyl)butyl]-4-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-piperidinol
  • Formula:C28H27ClF5NO
  • MW:523.97 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:26864-56-2
  • EINECS:248-074-5
  • LD50:87 mg/kg (M, p.o.);
    160 mg/kg (R, p.o.)

Synthesis

PAPER

Late stage functionalization of secondary amines via a cobalt-catalyzed electrophilic amination of organozinc reagents
Org Lett 2019, 21(2): 494

https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.orglett.8b03787

Scheme 6

Scheme 6. A New Synthesis of Penfluridol 5
str1 str2

English: DE patent 2040231

US patent 3575990

doi:10.1135/cccc19733879

File:Penfluridol synthesis.png

SYN

References

    • US 3 575 990 (Janssen; 20.4.1971; appl. 3.9.1969).
    • DOS 2 040 231 (Janssen; appl. 13.8.1970; USA-prior. 3.9.1969).
  • alternative synthesis:

    • FR-appl. 2 161 007 (Janssen; appl. 23.11.1972; J-prior. 25.11.1971).

PATENT

https://patents.google.com/patent/CN106187863A/en

Although Penfluridol listed for many years, but its chemical preparation technology abroad little studied in the earlier literature, there are several prepared as follows:

[0013] Process (a): 1971 Document Ger.0ffen [P], 2040231, (1971) Hermans.HKF first reported Penfluridol chemical synthesis, which process is as follows:

[0014]

Figure CN106187863AD00101

[0015] The process of cyclopropyl methanol (ΙΠ) by 4,4, _-difluorophenyl-one ([pi) as a starting material, the reaction of cyclopropyl magnesium bromide-bis 4- (fluorophenyl), then the reaction with thionyl chloride to give 1,1_-bis (4-fluorophenyl) -4-chloro-butene (IV), obtained by catalytic hydrogenation 1,1_-bis (4-phenyl gas) burning chlorobutanol _4_ (V), and finally with 4-chloro-3-methylphenyl gas-4-piperidinol (X VH) in methyl isobutyl ketone was refluxed for three days the reaction to produce Penfluridol (the I), Document: Sindelar.K.et al, Collect Czech.Chem.Commun [J], 38 (12): 3879-3901, (1973).

[0016] In the above process, starting material and documentation of cyclopropyl magnesium bromide hardly prepared each reaction were not reported preparation yield, and therefore Document Sindelar · K · et al, Collect Czech · Chem · Commun [ J], 38 (12):. 3879-3901, (1973) that this technology is not very good.

[0017] Process (b): 1973, Sindelar.K successful research and the following other technology, which process is as follows:

[0018]

Figure CN106187863AD00111

[0019] The process consists of 4,4_-bis (4-fluorophenyl) butoxy alkyl iodide as a starting material, 4,4_ ethylenedioxythiophene condensing piperidone removal of generated hydrogen iodide in N-pentanone – [4,4-bis (4-fluorophenyl) butoxy group] -4,4-dioxo-condensing vinyl piperidone, N-then obtained by acid hydrolysis [4,4-bis (4-fluorophenyl ) azetidinyl] -4-piperidone (W), the compound (W) with 4-chloro-3-trifluoromethyl phenyl magnesium bromide reacted Penfluridol (I).

[0020] This process route may seem simple, but there are more desired to prepare intermediates, the process is more complex, with low yields reported in the literature.

[0021] Process (c): as follows:

[0022]

Figure CN106187863AD00121

[0023] In this process, 4-chloro – (4-fluorophenyl) butyryl-one (Shan) starts, 4-fluorophenyl magnesium bromide reacts with 4-chloro – bis (4-fluorophenyl) butanol ( IX), and then boiling the reaction hydroiodic acid to give 4-iodo-in, red phosphorus catalyst – bis (4-fluorophenyl) butoxy left foot and finally burning ^^ – ^ – methyl ^ two gas – chlorophenyl Bu ‘piperidinol prepared products San ^ top five gas profitable ⑴.

[0024] This synthesis has the characteristics of high yield, but the intermediate (IX), (X) quality is not purified, many by-products, difficult to control the quality of products, and hydroiodic acid to be used, the source of raw material is difficult, therefore, not ideal technology.

[0025] Process (d), as follows:

[0026]

Figure CN106187863AD00131

[0027] The process begins by Stobber reaction with 4,4 – fluorophenyl ketone reaction product diethyl succinate and compound (XI), and then generates bis (4-fluorophenyl) methine acid or base hydrolysis after succinic acid (M), by catalytic hydrogenation to give 4,4_-bis (4-fluorophenyl) butanoic acid after, the reaction with thionyl chloride without isolating the compound (XIV) with the compound directly (XW), by reduction after obtain the final product – Penfluridol. The disadvantage of this process is that, in the above reaction step, Stobber the reaction yield is low; hydrogenation catalyst manufacturing operation more difficult and unsafe; reaction with thionyl chloride, large air pollution, and other refractory.

[0028] The various preparation techniques Penfluridol other drug earlier British Patent Brit. 1141664 and German patent Ger. Off en. 2040231 has been reported, but no other foreign patent reports. In neither country has patent coverage, and no magazine reported.

 The reaction formula is as follows:

[0058]

Figure CN106187863AD00151

[0059] Step (5), the preparation of compounds of formula (XW) as shown, may be employed a method reported in the literature, or prepared using a method specifically includes the following steps:

[0060]

Figure CN106187863AD00161

0124] (6) Penfluridol drug (I) were prepared:

[0125]

Figure CN106187863AD00221

[0126] In three 500ml reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, a thermometer, a calcium chloride tube, was added 250ml of anhydrous diethyl ether, 2 · 4g (0 · 0631mol) tetrahydro lithium aluminum hydride, stirring was started, was added 20g (0 · 0372mol) amide (6), the addition was completed, 38 ° C for 6 hours.

[0127] completion of the reaction, water was added 4.2ml decomposition for 25 minutes, followed by addition of 5.4ml of 20% by weight concentration of sodium hydroxide solution decomposition for 20 minutes, 14.2ml decomposed with water for 15 minutes;

[0128] The decomposition was filtered, the filtrate (ethyl ether) and dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate. Filtered, the filter cake was washed with a little ether. The filtrate and the washings added to a distillation flask, recovery ether atmospheric distillation, vacuum drained, was added a mixed solvent l〇〇ml [chloroform: petroleum ether (60-90 ° C) = 1: 4, weight ratio, stirred and heated to reflux dissolution, filtered while hot, the filtrate was allowed to stand for crystallization at about 10 ° C, to be naturally deposited crystal after freezing -5 ° C overnight, filtered, the cake was washed with a mixed solvent, drain, ventilation pressure at 70 ° C dried to constant weight to give white crystalline product Penfluridol drug (I), mp 105-107 ° C, yield 81.5%.

[0129] Intermediate 4_ (3-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenyl) -4-piperidinol (XW) (referred piperidinol) Preparation:

[0130] (1) benzylamine (Beta) Preparation:

[0131]

Figure CN106187863AD00222

[0132] equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, a thermometer 2000ml three reaction bottle, were added ammonium bicarbonate 240g (3.04mol), aqueous ammonia at a concentration of 20 wt %% of 15148 (17.812111〇1,

[0133] 1640ml), benzyl chloride 80g (0.632mol), reaction was stirred for 6 hours.Reaction to complete rested stratification. Aqueous layer was separated, and aqueous ammonia recovery bicarbonate atmospheric heating to 100 ° c, the water was distilled off under reduced pressure, with 50% sodium hydroxide PH12 above, extraction with benzene and dried solid sodium hydroxide. Recovery of benzene atmospheric distillation, vacuum distillation, collecting 33.4 g of the product obtained, yield 50.7%, content 99%,

[0134]

Figure CN106187863AD00223

[0135] (3) N_ benzyl – bis ([beta] methoxycarbonyl-ethyl) amine (C) (referred to as diester thereof):

[0136]

Figure CN106187863AD00231

[0137] The reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, a thermometer three 250ml, 43g methyl acrylate (0.5111〇1) methanol 328 (401111), was added with stirring 21.48 benzylamine (0.2111〇1), The reaction was stirred for 7 hours. Completion of the reaction, recovery of excess methyl acrylate and methanol, water chestnut vacuum distillation until the internal temperature l〇〇-ll〇 ° C, to give the crude product as a yellow oil (C) 54g, yield 97%, content 94.3%.

[0138] (3) 1 – benzyl-4-piperidone (E) (referred to as the hydrolyzate) is prepared:

[0139]

Figure CN106187863AD00232

[0140] In a reaction flask equipped with a 500ml three mechanical stirrer, thermometer, fractional distillation apparatus, was added 27% sodium methoxide 27g, crude diester was 33.4g (0.12mol), toluene 300ml, stirred and heated, the temperature reached 90 when ° C or more, additional 50ml toluene was reacted for 3 hours. Cooled to room temperature, and neutralized with acetic acid to PH6, standing layer. The toluene layer was separated and extracted with 150ml of 22% hydrochloric acid three times. Hydrochloric acid extracts were combined, heated with stirring for 4 hours. Recovered by distillation under reduced pressure and hydrochloric acid (about 120ml distilled dilute hydrochloric acid) was cooled to distillation l〇 ° C below, with 40% sodium hydroxide PH12 above. With 80ml ethyl acetate 3 times extracted with ethyl acetate extracts were combined, sub-net water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate was removed by filtration, recovering ethyl acetate atmospheric distillation, vacuum drained hydrolyzed to give (E) and the crude product 19g, yield 84%.

Figure CN106187863AD00233

[0141] (4) 1-ethoxycarbonyl-4-piperidone (F) (referred to as a carbonyl group-piperidone) Preparation:

[0142]

Figure CN106187863AD00234

[0143] equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, 250ml three reaction flask thermometer, was added ethyl chloroformate 23.9g (0 · 22mo 1), benzene 100ml, stirring slowly added dropwise [The crude hydrolyzate (E ) 37 · 8g (0 · 2mo 1) + 20ml phenyl] solution dropwise, the reaction was heated with stirring for 5 hours.Water chestnut evaporated under reduced pressure and ethyl benzene chlorine, Li mechanical change stream distilled off under reduced pressure, low boiling point evaporated to give the product 268 was collected, yield 76%.

[0144] (5) 1 – ethoxycarbonyl-4- (3-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenyl) -4-piperidinol (G) (referred to as a carbonyl group-piperidinol) is:

[0145]

Figure CN106187863AD00241

[0146] In three 500ml reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, a thermometer, a dropping funnel and a calcium chloride drying tube over anhydrous anhydrous absolute, at room temperature was added magnesium metal shoulder 2.5g (0.103mol) 20ml of anhydrous ethyl ether and slowly stirring was started.

[0147] 2-chloro-5-bromo – trifluorotoluene (referred bromide) was dissolved under 27g (0.104mol) at room temperature in 130ml anhydrous diethyl ether and stirred to obtain a uniform liquid mass (W is);

[0148] When the liquid material taken (W) 15ml was added to the above reaction, a solution of iodine 0.13g, 1,2- dibromoethane 0.2g, initiated Grignard reaction was heated until the iodine color disappeared, the reaction slowed down, slow slow dropping liquid material (W). The addition was completed, refluxing was continued for 1 hour. Completion of the reaction, cooled to room temperature, slowly added dropwise at room temperature carbonyl piperidone (F) water solution was cooled at normal [carbonyl-piperidone 13.6g (0.0795mol) + 40ml dry ether], dropwise, the reaction was heated with stirring 1.5 hour. L〇〇ml ammonium chloride solution concentration of 20% by weight was added, refluxed for 15 minutes and allowed to stand 30 minutes at room temperature stratification. Discharged aqueous layer (lower layer), the residual liquid was distilled (upper layer) at an external temperature of 55 ° C atmospheric distillation recovery ether, discharge hot, refrigerated overnight, the precipitated solid. Filtered, washed with a small amount of time, drained, and dried to give the product (G) 24.1g, yield 85.7%, mp 118-126Γ.

[0149] (6) 4- (3-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenyl) -4-piperidinol (X VH) (referred piperidinol) Preparation:

[0150]

Figure CN106187863AD00242

[0151] equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, 250ml three reaction flask thermometer, were added ethanol 40ml, 158 of sodium hydroxide (0.375111〇1), carbonyl piperidinol (6) 2 (^ (0.0569111〇1 ), heated to reflux, and the reaction stirred for 3.5 hours. the reaction was completed, 50ml of water was added, the reaction was refluxed for 10 minutes, the hot reaction solution was placed in 300g of crushed ice, stirred well, and the precipitated solid, -5 ° C frozen standing for 2 hours the above.

[0152] filtered, washed with water to pH 8-9, drained, and dried to give piperidinol (XVH) 15g, yield 94%, mp 137-144 ° C, ash content <5%.

[0153] Example 2

[0154] (a) 3- (4-fluorobenzoyl) propionic acid (2) (the acid) is prepared:

[0155]

Figure CN106187863AD00251

[0156] The reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a condenser, a thermometer three 500ml, was added 17.1g (0.171mol) of succinic anhydride, l〇5g (1 · 09mol) fluorobenzene, stirred and dissolved. Added in one portion 60g (0 · 306mol) in dry wrong trichloride, stirring, the reaction was stirred at 100 ° C for 2 hours, at a concentration of 10% by weight hydrochloric acid 165ml exploded 30 minutes;

[0157] Other embodiments with Example 1, the product, 111.? 105-107 ° (:, this step a yield of 81.5%, 46.7% overall yield.

References

  1. ^ van Praag HM, Schut T, Dols L, van Schilfgaarden R., Controlled trial of penfluridol in acute psychosis, Br Med J. 1971 December 18;4(5789):710-3
  2. ^ Janssen PA, Niemegeers CJ, Schellekens KH, Lenaerts FM, Verbruggen FJ, Van Nueten JM, Schaper WK., The pharmacology of penfluridol (R 16341) a new potent and orally long-acting neuroleptic drug, Eur J Pharmacol. 1970 July 15;11(2):139-54
  3. Jump up to:a b Soares, B; Silva de Lima, M (2006). “Penfluridol for schizophrenia”Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews2: CD002923.pub2. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002923.pub2.

Further reading

  • Benkert O, Hippius H.: Psychiatrische Pharmakotherapie, Springer-Verlag, 1976, 2. Auflage. ISBN3-540-07916-5
  • R Bhattacharyya, R Bhadra U Roy, S Bhattacharyya, J Pal S Sh Saha – Resurgence of Penfluridol:Merits and Demerits, Eastern Journal of Psychiatry, January-June 2015 vol 18, Issue 1 p 23 –29
Penfluridol
Penfluridol.svg
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
ATC code
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChemCID
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.043.689Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C28H27ClF5NO
Molar mass 523.965 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

/////////Penfluridol, Antipsychotic, SemapMicefalLongoperidol, MCN-JR-16,341, R 16,341, MCN-JR-16,341 / R 16,341, 

LEUPRORELIN, リュープロレリン;

$
0
0

Leuprorelin.svg

LEUPRORELIN

  • Molecular FormulaC59H84N16O12
  • Average mass1209.398 Da
5025
53714-56-0 [RN]
5-Oxo-L-prolyl-L-histidyl-L-tryptophyl-L-seryl-L-tyrosyl-D-leucyl-L-leucyl-L-arginyl-N-ethyl-L-prolinamide
pGlu-His-Trp-Ser-Tyr-D-Leu-Leu-Arg-Pro-NHC2H5
pGlu-His-Trp-Ser-Tyr-D-Leu-Leu-Arg-Pro-NHEt
TAP-144
UNII:EFY6W0M8TG
リュープロレリン;
For treatment of prostate cancer, endometriosis, uterine fibroids and premature puberty
INGREDIENT UNII CAS
Leuprolide acetate 37JNS02E7V 74381-53-6

Synthesis Reference, Daniel Kadzimirzs, Gerhard Jas, Volker Autze, “Solution-Phase Synthesis of Leuprolide and Its Intermediates.” U.S. Patent US20090005535, issued January 01, 2009.US20090005535

Leuprolide
CAS Registry Number: 53714-56-0
CAS Name: 6-D-Leucine-9-(N-ethyl-L-prolinamide)-10-deglycinamideluteinizing hormone-releasing factor (pig)
Additional Names: leuprorelin; (D-Leu6)-des-Gly10-LH-RH-ethylamide
Molecular Formula: C59H84N16O12
Molecular Weight: 1209.40
Percent Composition: C 58.59%, H 7.00%, N 18.53%, O 15.88%
Literature References: Synthetic nonapeptide agonist analog of LH-RH, q.v. Prepn: M. Fujino et al., DE 2446005 (1975 to Takeda), C.A. 83, 10895y (1975); R. L. Gendrich et al., US 4005063 (1977 to Abbott). Synthesis: J. A. Vilchez-Martinez et al.,Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 59, 1226 (1974); M. Fujino et al., ibid. 60, 406 (1974). Comparison of biological activity with natural LH-RH: D. H. Coy et al., ibid. 67, 576 (1975). Pharmacokinetics: L. T. Sennello et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 75, 158 (1986). Clinical efficacy in prostatic carcinoma: M. B. Garnick et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 311, 1281 (1984); in benign prostatic hypertrophy: L. M. Eri, K. J. Tveter, J. Urol. 150, 359 (1993). Clinical trial in endometriosis: J. M. Wheeler et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol. 167, 1367 (1992).
Properties: Fluffy solid. [a]D25 -31.7° (c = 1 in 1% acetic acid).
Optical Rotation: [a]D25 -31.7° (c = 1 in 1% acetic acid)
Derivative Type: Monoacetate (salt)
CAS Registry Number: 74381-53-6
Additional Names: Leuprolide acetate
Manufacturers’ Codes: Abbott 43818; A-43818; TAP-144
Trademarks: Carcinil (Abbott); Eligard (Sanofi-Aventis); Enantone (Takeda); Leuplin (Takeda); Lucrin (Abbott); Lupron (TAP); Prostap (Wyeth); Viadur (Alza)
Molecular Formula: C59H84N16O12.C2H4O2
Molecular Weight: 1269.45
Percent Composition: C 57.71%, H 6.99%, N 17.65%, O 17.64%
Therap-Cat: Antineoplastic (hormonal); LH-RH agonist.
Keywords: Antineoplastic (Hormonal); LH-RH Analogs; LH-RH Agonist.
Leuprolide belongs to the general class of drugs known as hormones or hormone antagonists. It is a synthetic 9 residue peptide analog of gonadotropin releasing hormone. Leuprolide is used to treat advanced prostate cancer. It is also used to treat uterine fibroids and endometriosis. Leuprolide is also under investigation for possible use in the treatment of mild to moderate Alzheimer’s disease.

Jitsubo , a subsidiary of  Sosei , was investigating JIT-1007 , presumed to be a biosimilar version of an undisclosed peptide therapeutic, generated using its proprietary Molecular Hiving, for the treatment of an unidentified indication, however no development has been reported for some time, this program is assumed to be discontinued.

Leuprorelin, also known as leuprolide, is a manufactured version of a hormone used to treat prostate cancerbreast cancerendometriosisuterine fibroids, and early puberty.[1][2] It is given by injection into a muscle or under the skin.[1]

Common side effects include hot flashes, unstable mood, trouble sleepingheadaches, and pain at the site of injection.[1] Other side effects may include high blood sugarallergic reactions, and problems with the pituitary gland.[1] Use during pregnancy may harm the baby.[1] Leuprorelin is in the gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) analogue family of medications.[1] It works by decreasing gonadotropin and therefore decreasing testosterone and estradiol.[1]

Leuprorelin was patented in 1973 and approved for medical use in the United States in 1985.[1][3] It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most effective and safe medicines needed in a health system.[4] In the United Kingdom a monthly dose costs the NHS about GB£75.24.[5] In the United States the equivalent dose has a wholesale cost of US$1,011.93.[6] It is sold under the brand name Lupron among others.[1]

Medical use

Leuprorelin may be used in the treatment of hormone-responsive cancers such as prostate cancer and breast cancer. It may also be used for estrogen-dependent conditions such as endometriosis[7] or uterine fibroids.

It may be used for precocious puberty in both males and females,[8] and to prevent premature ovulation in cycles of controlled ovarian stimulation for in vitro fertilization (IVF).

It may be used to reduce the risk of premature ovarian failure in women receiving cyclophosphamide for chemotherapy.[9]

Along with triptorelin and goserelin, it is has been used to delay puberty in transgender youth until they are old enough to begin hormone replacement therapy.[10] Researchers have recommended puberty blockers after age 12, when the person has developed to Tanner stages 2-3, and then cross-sex hormones treatment at age 16. This use of the drug is off-label, however, not having been approved by the Food and Drug Administration and without data on long-term effects of this use.[11]

They are also sometimes used as alternatives to antiandrogens like spironolactone and cyproterone acetate for suppressing testosterone production in transgender women.[citation needed]

It is considered a possible treatment for paraphilias.[12] Leuprorelin has been tested as a treatment for reducing sexual urges in pedophiles and other cases of paraphilia.[13][14]

Side effects

Common side effects of Lupron Injection include redness/burning/stinging/pain/bruising at the injection site, hot flashes (flushing), increased sweating, night sweats, tiredness, headache, upset stomach, nausea, diarrhea, constipation, stomach pain, breast swelling or tenderness, acne, joint/muscle aches or pain, trouble sleeping (insomnia), reduced sexual interest, vaginal discomfort/dryness/itching/discharge, vaginal bleeding, swelling of the ankles/feet, increased urination at night, dizziness, breakthrough bleeding in a female child during the first 2 months of leuprorelin treatment, weakness, chills, clammy skin, skin redness, itching, or scaling, testicle pain, impotence, depression, or memory problems.[15] The rates of gynecomastia with leuprorelin have been found to range from 3 to 16%.[16]

Mechanism of action

Leuprorelin is a gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) analogue acting as an agonist at pituitary GnRH receptors. Agonism of GnRH receptors initially results in the stimulation of luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) secretion by the anterior pituitary ultimately leading to increased serum estradiol and testosterone levels via the normal physiology of the hypothalamic–pituitary–gonadal axis (HPG axis); however, because propagation of the HPG axis is incumbent upon pulsatile hypothalamic GnRH secretion, pituitary GnRH receptors become desensitised after several weeks of continuous leuprorelin therapy. This protracted downregulation of GnRH receptor activity is the targeted objective of leuprorelin therapy and ultimately results in decreased LH and FSH secretion, leading to hypogonadism and thus a dramatic reduction in estradiol and testosterone levels regardless of sex.[17][18]

In the treatment of prostate cancer, the initial increase in testosterone levels associated with the initiation of leuprorelin therapy is counterproductive to treatment goals. This effect is avoided with concurrent utilisation of 5α-reductase inhibitors, such as finasteride, which function to block the downstream effects of testosterone.

Chemistry

The peptide sequence is Pyr-His-Trp-Ser-Tyr-D-Leu-Leu-Arg-Pro-NHEt (Pyr = LPyroglutamyl).

History

Leuprorelin was discovered and first patented in 1973 and was introduced for medical use in 1985.[19][20] It was initially marketed only for daily injection, but a depot injectionformulation was introduced in 1989.[20]

Society and culture

Names

Leuprorelin is the generic name of the drug and its INN and BAN, while leuprorelin acetate is its BANM and JANleuprolide acetate is its USAN and USPleuprorelina is its DCIT, and leuproréline is its DCF.[21][22][23][24] It is also known by its developmental code names A-43818Abbott-43818DC-2-269, and TAP-144.[21][22][23][24]

Leuprorelin is marketed by Bayer AG under the brand name Viadur, by Tolmar under the brand name Eligard, and by TAP Pharmaceuticals (1985–2008), by Varian Darou Pajooh under the brand name Leupromer and Abbott Laboratories (2008–present) under the brand name Lupron. It is available as a slow-release implant or subcutaneous/intramuscular injection.

In the UK and Ireland, leuprorelin is marketed by Takeda UK as Prostap SR (one-month injection) and Prostap 3 (three-month injection).

Approvals

Available formsLupron injection was first approved by the FDA for treatment of advanced prostate cancer on April 9, 1985.

  • Lupron depot for monthly intramuscular injection was first approved by the FDA for palliative treatment of advanced prostate cancer on January 26, 1989, and subsequently in 22.5 mg/vial and 30 mg/vial for intramuscular depot injection every 3 and 4 months, respectively. 3.75 mg/vial and 11.25 mg/vial dosage forms were subsequently approved for subcutaneous depot injection every month and every 3 months, respectively for treatment of endometriosis or fibroids. 7.5 mg/vial, 11.25 mg/vial, and 15 mg/vial dosage forms were subsequently approved for subcutaneous depot injection for treatment of children with central precocious puberty.
  • Viadur (72 mg yearly subcutaneous implant) was first approved by the FDA for palliative treatment of advanced prostate cancer on March 6, 2000. Bayer will fulfill orders until current supplies are depleted, expected by the end of April 2008
  • Eligard (7.5 mg for monthly subcutaneous depot injection) was first approved by the FDA for palliative treatment of advanced prostate cancer on January 24, 2002, and subsequently in 22.5 mg, 30 mg, and 45 mg doses for subcutaneous depot injection every 3, 4, and 6 months, respectively.
  • Leupromer 7.5 (7.5 mg, one month depot for subcutaneous injection) is the second in situ-forming injectable drug in the world. It is used for palliative treatment of advanced prostate cancer, endometriosis, and uterine fibroids. It was approved by The Ministry of Health and Medical Education Of Iran.

Leuprorelin is available in the following forms, among others:[25][26][27]

  • Short-acting daily intramuscular injection (Lupron): 5 mg/mL (2.8 mL) used as 1 mg every day.
  • Long-acting depot intramuscular injection (Lupron Depot): 7.5 mg once a month, 22.5 mg every 3 months, or 30 mg every 4 months.
  • Long-acting depot subcutaneous injection (Eligard): 7.5 mg once a month, 22.5 mg every 3 months, 30 mg every 4 months, or 45 mg every 6 months.
  • Long-acting subcutaneous implant (Viadur): 65 mg pellet once every 12 months.

“Lupron protocol”

A 2005 paper in the controversial and non-peer reviewed journal Medical Hypotheses suggested leuprorelin as a possible treatment for autism,[28] the hypothetical method of action being the now defunct hypothesis that autism is caused by mercury, with the additional unfounded assumption that mercury binds irreversibly to testosterone and therefore leuprorelin can help cure autism by lowering the testosterone levels and thereby mercury levels.[29] However, there is no scientifically valid or reliable research to show its effectiveness in treating autism.[30] This use has been termed the “Lupron protocol”[31] and Mark Geier, the proponent of the hypothesis, has frequently been barred from testifying in vaccine-autism related cases on the grounds of not being sufficiently expert in that particular issue[32][33][34] and has had his medical license revoked.[31] Medical experts have referred to Geier’s claims as “junk science”.[35]

Veterinary use

Leuprorelin is frequently used in ferrets for the treatment of adrenal disease. Its use has been reported in a ferret with concurrent primary hyperaldosteronism,[36] and one with concurrent diabetes mellitus.[37]

Research

As of 2006 leuprorelin was under investigation for possible use in the treatment of mild to moderate Alzheimer’s disease.[38]

by mouth formulation of leuprorelin is under development for the treatment of endometriosis.[39] It was also under development for the treatment of precocious pubertyprostate cancer, and uterine fibroids, but development for these uses was discontinued.[39] The formulation has the tentative brand name Ovarest.[39] As of July 2018, it is in phase II clinical trials for endometriosis.[39]

Patent

WO-2019198834

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019198834&tab=FULLTEXT&_cid=P11-K25LCW-03723-1

Process for producing leuprorelin as LH-RH (GnRH) agonist useful for treating endometriosis, uterine fibroids, premenopausal breast cancer and prostate cancer.

PATENT

WO2019198833

WO2016140232

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i “Leuprolide Acetate”. The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Archived from the original on 23 December 2016. Retrieved 8 December2016.
  2. ^ “19th WHO Model List of Essential Medicines (April 2015)” (PDF). WHO. April 2015. Archived (PDF) from the original on May 13, 2015. Retrieved May 10, 2015.
  3. ^ Fischer J, Ganellin CR (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 514. ISBN 9783527607495.
  4. ^ “WHO Model List of Essential Medicines (19th List)” (PDF)World Health Organization. April 2015. Archived (PDF) from the original on 13 December 2016. Retrieved 8 December 2016.
  5. ^ British national formulary : BNF 69 (69 ed.). British Medical Association. 2015. p. 655. ISBN 9780857111562.
  6. ^ “NADAC as of 2016-12-07 | Data.Medicaid.gov”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid ServicesArchived from the original on 21 December 2016. Retrieved 23 December 2016.
  7. ^ Crosignani PG, Luciano A, Ray A, Bergqvist A (January 2006). “Subcutaneous depot medroxyprogesterone acetate versus leuprolide acetate in the treatment of endometriosis-associated pain”. Human Reproduction21 (1): 248–56. doi:10.1093/humrep/dei290PMID 16176939.
  8. ^ Badaru A, Wilson DM, Bachrach LK, et al. (May 2006). “Sequential comparisons of one-month and three-month depot leuprolide regimens in central precocious puberty”. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism91 (5): 1862–7. doi:10.1210/jc.2005-1500PMID 16449344.
  9. ^ Clowse ME, Behera MA, Anders CK, Copland S, Coffman CJ, Leppert PC, Bastian LA (March 2009). “Ovarian preservation by GnRH agonists during chemotherapy: a meta-analysis”Journal of Women’s Health18 (3): 311–9. doi:10.1089/jwh.2008.0857PMC 2858300PMID 19281314.
  10. ^ David A. Wolfe; Eric J. Mash (9 October 2008). Behavioral and Emotional Disorders in Adolescents: Nature, Assessment, and Treatment. Guilford Press. pp. 556–. ISBN 978-1-60623-115-9Archived from the original on 2 July 2014. Retrieved 24 March 2012.
  11. ^ Dreger, A. (2009, Jan.-Feb.). Gender Identity Disorder in childhood: Inconclusive advice to parents. Hastings Center Report, pp. 26-29.
  12. ^ Saleh FM, Niel T, Fishman MJ (2004). “Treatment of paraphilia in young adults with leuprolide acetate: a preliminary case report series”. Journal of Forensic Sciences49 (6): 1343–8. doi:10.1520/JFS2003035PMID 15568711.
  13. ^ Schober JM, Byrne PM, Kuhn PJ (2006). “Leuprolide acetate is a familiar drug that may modify sex-offender behaviour: the urologist’s role”. BJU International97 (4): 684–6. doi:10.1111/j.1464-410X.2006.05975.xPMID 16536753.
  14. ^ Schober JM, Kuhn PJ, Kovacs PG, Earle JH, Byrne PM, Fries RA (2005). “Leuprolide acetate suppresses pedophilic urges and arousability”. Archives of Sexual Behavior34 (6): 691–705. doi:10.1007/s10508-005-7929-2PMID 16362253.
  15. ^ “Common Side Effects of Lupron (Leuprolide Acetate Injection) Drug Center”Archived from the original on 2015-07-29. Retrieved 2015-07-26.[full citation needed]
  16. ^ Di Lorenzo G, Autorino R, Perdonà S, De Placido S (December 2005). “Management of gynaecomastia in patients with prostate cancer: a systematic review”. Lancet Oncol6 (12): 972–9. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(05)70464-2PMID 16321765.
  17. ^ Mutschler E, Schäfer-Korting M (2001). Arzneimittelwirkungen (in German) (8 ed.). Stuttgart: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft. pp. 372–3. ISBN 978-3-8047-1763-3.
  18. ^ Wuttke W, Jarry H, Feleder C, Moguilevsky J, Leonhardt S, Seong JY, Kim K (1996). “The neurochemistry of the GnRH pulse generator”Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis56(3): 707–13. PMID 8917899Archived from the original on 2015-12-08.
  19. ^ Jamil, George Leal (30 September 2013). Rethinking the Conceptual Base for New Practical Applications in Information Value and Quality. IGI Global. pp. 111–. ISBN 978-1-4666-4563-9.
  20. Jump up to:a b Hara T (1 January 2003). Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry: The Process of Drug Discovery and Development. Edward Elgar Publishing. pp. 106–107. ISBN 978-1-84376-566-0.
  21. Jump up to:a b J. Elks (14 November 2014). The Dictionary of Drugs: Chemical Data: Chemical Data, Structures and Bibliographies. Springer. pp. 730–. ISBN 978-1-4757-2085-3.
  22. Jump up to:a b Index Nominum 2000: International Drug Directory. Taylor & Francis. 2000. pp. 599–. ISBN 978-3-88763-075-1.
  23. Jump up to:a b I.K. Morton; Judith M. Hall (6 December 2012). Concise Dictionary of Pharmacological Agents: Properties and Synonyms. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 164–. ISBN 978-94-011-4439-1.
  24. Jump up to:a b “Leuprorelin”.
  25. ^ Sara K. Butler; Ramaswamy Govindan (25 October 2010). Essential Cancer Pharmacology: The Prescriber’s Guide. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. pp. 262–. ISBN 978-1-60913-704-5.
  26. ^ Richard A. Lehne; Laura Rosenthal (25 June 2014). Pharmacology for Nursing Care – E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences. pp. 1296–. ISBN 978-0-323-29354-9.
  27. ^ Prostate Cancer. Demos Medical Publishing. 20 December 2011. pp. 503–. ISBN 978-1-935281-91-7.
  28. ^ Geier M, Geier D (2005). “The potential importance of steroids in the treatment of autistic spectrum disorders and other disorders involving mercury toxicity”. Med Hypotheses64 (5): 946–54. doi:10.1016/j.mehy.2004.11.018PMID 15780490.
  29. ^ Allen A (2007-05-28). “Thiomersal on trial: the theory that vaccines cause autism goes to court”SlateArchived from the original on 2008-02-03. Retrieved 2008-01-30.
  30. ^ “Testosterone regulation”. Research Autism. 2007-05-07. Archived from the original on 2015-04-18. Retrieved 2015-04-09.
  31. Jump up to:a b “Maryland medical board upholds autism doctor’s suspension”Chicago Tribune. May 11, 2011. Archived from the original on October 21, 2011.
  32. ^ John and Jane Doe v. Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc Archived 2008-03-06 at the Wayback Machine“, US District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, July 6, 2006
  33. ^ Dr. Mark Geier Severely Criticized Archived 2016-12-02 at the Wayback Machine“, Stephen Barrett, M.D., Casewatch.org
  34. ^ Mills S, Jones T (2009-05-21). “Physician team’s crusade shows cracks”Chicago TribuneArchived from the original on 2009-05-25. Retrieved 2009-05-21.
  35. ^ ‘Miracle drug’ called junk science: Powerful castration drug pushed for autistic children, but medical experts denounce unproven claims Archived 2013-12-03 at the Wayback MachineChicago Tribune, May 21, 2009
  36. ^ Desmarchelier M, Lair S, Dunn M, Langlois I (2008). “Primary hyperaldosteronism in a domestic ferret with an adrenocortical adenoma”. Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association233 (8): 1297–301. doi:10.2460/javma.233.8.1297PMID 19180717.
  37. ^ Boari A, Papa V, Di Silverio F, Aste G, Olivero D, Rocconi F (2010). “Type 1 diabetes mellitus and hyperadrenocorticism in a ferret”. Veterinary Research Communications34(Suppl 1): S107–10. doi:10.1007/s11259-010-9369-2PMID 20446034.
  38. ^ Doraiswamy PM, Xiong GL (2006). “Pharmacological strategies for the prevention of Alzheimer’s disease”. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy7 (1): 1–10. doi:10.1517/14656566.7.1.S1PMID 16370917.
  39. Jump up to:a b c d “Leuprorelin oral – Enteris BioPharma – AdisInsight”adisinsight.springer.com. Retrieved 16 July 2018.

External links

Leuprorelin
Leuprorelin.svg
Leuprorelin ball-and-stick.png
Clinical data
Trade names Lupron, Eligard, Lucrin, others
Synonyms Leuprolide; Leuprolidine; A-43818; Abbott-43818; DC-2-269; TAP-144
AHFS/Drugs.com Consumer Drug Information
MedlinePlus a685040
Pregnancy
category
  • X
Routes of
administration
implantinjection
Drug class GnRH analogueGnRH agonistAntigonadotropin
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Elimination half-life 3 hours
Excretion Kidney
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.161.466 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C59H84N16O12
Molar mass 1209.421 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

//////////LEUPRORELIN, リュープロレリン ,

Fluorodopa F 18, フルオロドパ (18F), флуородопа (18F) , فلورودوبا (18F) , 氟[18F]多巴 ,

$
0
0

92812-82-3.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | Fluorodopa F 18 | C9H1018FNO4

Fluorodopa F 18

2019/10/10, fda 2019,

Formula
C9H10FNO4
Cas
92812-82-3
Mol weight
215.1784

Diagnostic aid (brain imaging), Radioactive agent, for use in positron emission tomography (PET)

CAS 92812-82-3

フルオロドパ (18F)

L-6-(18F)Fluoro-DOPA
L-Tyrosine, 2-fluoro-18F-5-hydroxy- [ACD/Index Name]
флуородопа (18F) [Russian] [INN]
فلورودوبا (18F) [Arabic] [INN]
氟[18F]多巴 [Chinese] [INN]
((18)F)FDOPA
2-(fluoro-(18)F)-5-hydroxy-L-tyrosine
2-(Fluoro-18F)-5-hydroxy-L-tyrosine
2-(Fluoro-18F)-L-DOPA
2C598205QX
6-((18)F)fluoro-L-DOPA
6-(18F)Fluoro-L-DOPA
6692
(18F)FDOPA
2-((18)F)fluoro-5-hydroxy-L-tyrosine

Fluorodopa, also known as FDOPA, is a fluorinated form of L-DOPA primarily synthesized as its fluorine-18isotopologue for use as a radiotracer in positron emission tomography (PET).[1] Fluorodopa PET scanning is a valid method for assessing the functional state of the nigrostriatal dopaminergic pathway. It is particularly useful for studies requiring repeated measures such as examinations of the course of a disease and the effect of treatment

In October 2019, Fluorodopa was approved in the United States for the visual detection of certain nerve cells in adult patients with suspected Parkinsonian Syndromes (PS).[2][3]

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved Fluorodopa F 18 based on evidence from one clinical trial of 56 patients with suspected PS.[2] The trial was conducted at one clinical site in the United States.[2]

PAPER

 Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry (2019), 17(38), 8701-8705

A one-pot two-step synthesis of 6-[18F]fluoro-L-DOPA ([18F]FDOPA) has been developed involving Cu-mediated radiofluorination of a pinacol boronate ester precursor. The method is fully automated, provides [18F]FDOPA in good activity yield (104 ± 16 mCi, 6 ± 1%), excellent radiochemical purity (>99%) and high molar activity (3799 ± 2087 Ci mmol−1), n = 3, and has been validated to produce the radiotracer for human use.

Graphical abstract: One-pot synthesis of high molar activity 6-[18F]fluoro-l-DOPA by Cu-mediated fluorination of a BPin precursor
Radiosynthesis of [ 18F]6F-l-DOPA The synthesis of [ 18F]6F-l-DOPA was fully-automated using a General Electric (GE) TRACERLab FXFN synthesis module (Figure S1) loaded as follows: V1: 500 µL 15mg/mL TBAOTf + 0.2 mg/mL Cs2CO3 in water; V2: 1000 µL acetonitrile; V3: 4 µmol Bpin precursor, 20 µmol Cu2+ , 500 µmol pyridine in 1 mL DMF; V4: 0.2 mL 0.25 M ascorbic acid + 0.6 mL 12.1 N HCl; V6: 3 mL acetonitrile; V7: 10 mL 0.9% saline, USP; V8: 2 mL ethanol, USP; Dilution flask: 100 mL acetonitrile ; F18 separation port: QMA cartridge ; C18 port: Strata cartridge.

PATENT

KR 2019061368

The present invention relates to an L-dopa precursor compd., a method for producing the same, and a method for producing 18F-labeled L-dopa using the same.  The method of prepg. 18F-labeled L-dopa I using the L-dopa precursor II [A = halogen-(un)substituted alkyl; W, X, Y = independently protecting group] can improve the labeling efficiency of 18F.  After the labeling reaction, sepn. and purifn. steps of the product can be carried out continuously and it can be performed with on-column labeling (a method of labeling through the column).  The final product I, 18 F-labeled L-dopa, can be obtained at a high yield relative to conventional methods.  Further, it has an advantage that it is easy to apply various methods such as bead labeling.

PAPER

Science (Washington, DC, United States) (2019), 364(6446), 1170-1174.

PAPER

European Journal of Organic Chemistry (2018), 2018(48), 7058-7065.

PATENT

WO 2018115353

CN 107311877

References

  1. ^ Deng WP, Wong KA, Kirk KL (June 2002). “Convenient syntheses of 2-, 5- and 6-fluoro- and 2,6-difluoro-L-DOPA”. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry13 (11): 1135–1140. doi:10.1016/S0957-4166(02)00321-X.
  2. Jump up to:a b c “Drug Trials Snapshots: Fluorodopa F 18”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 27 November 2019. Archived from the original on 27 November 2019. Retrieved 27 November 2019. This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
  3. ^ “Drug Approval Package: Fluorodopa F18”U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 20 November 2019. Archived from the original on 27 November 2019. Retrieved 26 November 2019. This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the public domain.
Fluorodopa
Fluorodopa.png
Clinical data
Other names 6-fluoro-L-DOPA, FDOPA
License data
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
ChemSpider
UNII
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
Chemical and physical data
Formula C9H10FNO4
Molar mass 215.18 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

//////////////////Fluorodopa F 18, フルオロドパ (18F), FDA 2019, флуородопа (18F) فلورودوبا (18F) 氟[18F]多巴 , radio labelled

N[C@@H](CC1=CC(O)=C(O)C=C1[18F])C(O)=O

Viewing all 678 articles
Browse latest View live